Sei sulla pagina 1di 304

Coral Sea (C3)

Owner’s Manual

TM-A550-13/15-SO49223 (Rev -)
Parker Hannifin – Water Purification
2630 E. El Presidio Street
Carson, CA 90810
www.parker.com/watermakers
This page intentionally left blank.
REVISION HISTORY

REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE Author


- Initial Release August 27, 2018 S. Lentz
This page intentionally left blank.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

2 SPARE PARTS LIST

3 PRE-INSTALLATION NOTES

4 ELECTRICAL INFORMATION

5 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

6 OPERATIONS MANUAL

7 MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND TROUBLESHOOTING

8 DRAWING PULL-OUTS

9 COMPONENT DATA SHEETS AND MANUALS


This page intentionally left blank.
SECTION 1

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This page intentionally left blank.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
Coral Sea 3800, Potable Water Reverse Osmosis System with 460V / 60 Hz / 3 Phase or 380V /
50Hz / 3 Phase, Basic Controller, Fresh Water Flush
including: pH Neutralizer

SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS:

GALLONS/DAY LITERS/DAY M3/DAY VOLTAGE


Vertical 3800 14,385 14 460V/60Hz/3Ph
Vertical 3800 14,385 14 380V/50Hz/3Ph

HIGH REJECTION & HIGH YIELD MEMBRANE ELEMENTS:


Frame Configuration Single Length Membrane Element Vessels with Single Depth Membrane
Rack
PERFORMANCE:
RATED PERFORMANCE / PRODUCT WATER PRODUCED:
+-15% at 820 PSI 77◦ F & 35,000 PPM TDS typical seawater
56.6 bar 25◦ C & 35,000 PPM TDS typical seawater
5516 kPa 25◦ C & 35,000 PPM TDS typical seawater
57.7 Kg/cm2 25◦ C & 35,000 PPM TDS typical seawater

SALT REJECTION (CHLORIDE ION):


Per individual R.O. Membrane Element
Minimum 99.2%, Average 99.6%
PRODUCT WATER TEMPERATURE: Ambient to feed water temperature

SPECIFICATIONS:
SYSTEM FEED WATER:
FLOW:

GALLONS PER MINUTE LITERS PER MINUTE


ALL MODELS 15.6 59
SALINITY RANGE:
Seawater System up to 35,000 ppm TDS
TEMPERATURE RANGE: 0-29°C
pH RANGE: 3-11 (typical seawater pH is 8)

REVERSE OSMOSIS MEMBRANE:


TYPE: Selected aromatic tri-polyamide, thin film composite, spiral wound, single pass reverse
osmosis membrane element.
CHLORINE TOLERANCE: 0.1 PPM

SYSTEM PRESSURE:

Minimum: 15 psi Maximum: 60 psi


1 bar 4.1 bar
103 kPa 414 kPa
1 Kg/cm2 4.2 Kg/cm2

SYSTEM OPERATION:

Seawater 820 psi


56.6 bar
5516 kPa
57.7 Kg/cm2
Brackish Varies w/PPM

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT:


DIMENSIONS: REFER TO SECTION 8 DRAWING PULL-OUTS
WEIGHT:

DRY WEIGHT WET WEIGHT


POUNDS KILOGRAMS POUNDS KILOGRAMS
587 266 817 371
NOTE: System gross shipping weight add approximately 160 lbs. / 68 Kg
WATER CONNECTIONS:

Model 3800
Fresh Water Flush Inlet ½” FNPT
Product Water Outlet ¾” FNPT
Drain 1” FNPT
Sea Water Inlet 1” FNPT

ELECTRICAL:
CAUTION: The Parker Hannifin Reverse Osmosis Desalination System is designed to be as
electrically efficient as possible. The High-Pressure Pump’s RPM’s and Operating Pressure
govern the amount of energy required by the High-Pressure Pump’s Electric Motor. In order to
maintain a sufficient flow of feed water into the Reverse Osmosis Membrane Element, Parker
Hannifin utilizes several different Driver/Driven pulley ratios. These different pulley ratios, in
turn, create different power requirements.
The Parker Hannifin Systems utilize a three phase, mono Cycle (Hz) Electric Motor of either 50
or 60 Hz. When operating on 50 Hz, the electric motor turns slower than a motor used in a 60
Hz operation. However, the High-Pressure pump must be driven at a predetermined RPM. For
this reason, Parker Hannifin systems utilize different pulley ratios to drive the High-Pressure
Pump (Optional Pump). The High-Pressure Pump maintains its predetermined RPM when
operating on the specified power source.
Therefore, do not attempt to operate the Parker Hannifin system from a power source that
creates 50 Hz if you have a 60 Hz System. Likewise, do not attempt to operate the Parker
Hannifin system from a source that creates a 60 Hz if you have a 50 Hz System.
If the Parker Hannifin system is set up for 50 Hz and operated at 60 Hz, the motor will turn too
fast and require excessive power. This over stresses and overheats the motor. If the Parker
Hannifin system is set up for 60 Hz but operated at 50 Hz, R.O. Membrane Element fouling may
occur. This is because the motor turns too slowly and drives the High-Pressure pump slower
than the required predetermined speed thus subjecting the R.O. Membrane Element to high
recovery (percentage ratio of feed to product).
CHEMICAL SAFETY & FIRST AID

Parker Hannifin SRC SC Storage Chemical

WARNING! CONTAINS SODIUM METABISULFITE. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED, AVOID BREATHING DUST &
FUMES. CAUSES IRRITATION TO EYES & MUCOUS MEMBRANES. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. KEEP AWAY
FROM FOOD.

FIRST AID: IF SWALLOWED, CALL A PHYSICIAN, GIVE TAP WATER & INDUCE VOMITING. IN CASE OF
CONTACT IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES & GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL
ATTENTION. THOROUGHLY WASH AFFECTED SKIN AFTER HANDLING PRODUCT.

MEDICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH:


Parker Hannifin’s “SRC SC”, SYSTEM & MEMBRANE STORAGE CHEMICAL,
are available 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK,
U.S.A. TOLL FREE MEDICAL EMERGENCY NUMBER 1-800-228-5635.

FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY.

Use with adequate ventilation. Prevent breathing dust & prevent contact with eyes. Thoroughly was
contacted parts after handling. Do not allow powder to become wetted with small amounts of water.
Adding small amounts of water to powder may liberate irritating sulfur dioxide gas. Add powder to
specified amount of water only. Do not mix with other chemicals or cleaners. If spilled, sweep up as
much as possible then flush with water to drain.

KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.

Parker Hannifin Membrane Cleaning Chemical – No. 1

WARNING! CONTAINS SODIUM METASILICATE. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED. MAY CAUSE BURNS. AVOID
CONTACT WITH EYES. AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT WITH SKIN. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. KEEP AWAY
FROM FOOD.

FIRST AID: IF SWALLOWED, CALL A PHYSICIAN, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITTING, GIVE ONE GLASS OF TAP
WATER OR MILK. IN CASE OF CONTACT IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES & GET
IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. THOROUGHLY WASH AFFECTED SKIN AFTER HANDLING PRODUCT.
CONTACT A PHYSICIAN IF IRRITATION PERSISTS.

MEDICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH:


Parker Hannifin’s Membrane Cleaner No 1,
R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT ALKALINE DETERGENT CLEANING CHEMICAL
are available 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK,
U.S.A. TOLL FREE MEDICAL EMERGENCY NUMBER 1-800-228-5635.

FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY.

Use with adequate ventilation. Prevent breathing dust & prevent contact with eyes. Thoroughly wash
contacted parts after handling. Do not allow powder to become wetted with small amounts of water.
Add powder to specified amount of water only. Do not mix with other chemicals or cleaners. If spilled,
sweep up as much as possible then flush with water to drain.
KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.

Parker Hannifin Membrane Cleaning Chemical – No. 2

WARNING! CONTAINS SULFAMIC ACID. CAUSES BURNS, EYE & SKIN IRRITATION. HARMFUL IF
SWALLOWED. AVOID BREATHING DUST. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD.

FIRST AID: IF SWALLOWED, CALL A PHYSICIAN, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITTING, GIVE ONE GLASS OF TAP
WATER OR MILK. IN CASE OF CONTACT IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES & GET
IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. THOROUGHLY WASH AFFECTED SKIN AFTER HANDLING PRODUCT.
CONTACT A PHYSICIAN IF IRRITATION PERSISTS.

MEDICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH:


Parker Hannifin’s Membrane Cleaner No 2,
R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT ACID CLEANING CHEMICAL are available 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK,
U.S.A. TOLL FREE MEDICAL EMERGENCY NUMBER 1-800-228-5635.

FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY.

DO NOT MIX WITH CHLORINATED SOLUTIONS OR COMPOUNDS. Use with adequate ventilation. Prevent
breathing dust & prevent contact with eyes. Thoroughly wash contacted parts after handling. Do not
allow powder to become wetted with small amounts of water. Add powder to specified amount of water
only. Do not mix with other chemicals or cleaners. If spilled, sweep up as much as possible then flush
with water to drain.

KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.

Parker Hannifin Membrane Cleaning Chemical – No 3

WARNING! CONTAINS SODIUM METABISULFITE. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED. AVOID BREATHING DUST


AND FUMES. CAUSES IRRITATION TO EYES AND MUCOUS MEMBRANES. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY.
KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD.

FIRST AID: IF SWALLOWED, CALL A PHYSICIAN, GIVE TAP WATER AND INDUCE VOMITTING. IN CASE OF
CONTACT IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES & GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL
ATTENTION. THOROUGHLY WASH AFFECTED SKIN AFTER HANDLING PRODUCT. CONTACT A PHYSICIAN IF
IRRITATION PERSISTS.

MEDICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH:


Parker Hannifin’s R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT No 3,
RUST REMOVER CLEANING CHEMICAL are available 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK,
U.S.A. TOLL FREE MEDICAL EMERGENCY NUMBER 1-800-228-5635.

FOR INDUSTRIAL USE ONLY.

Use with adequate ventilation. Prevent breathing dust & prevent contact with eyes. Thoroughly was
contacted parts after handling. Do not allow powder to become wetted with small amounts of water.
Adding small amounts of water to powder may liberate irritating sulfur dioxide gas. Add powder to
specified amount of water only. Do not mix with other chemicals or cleaners. If spilled, sweep up as
much as possible then flush with water to drain.

KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.


This page intentionally left blank.
SECTION 2

SPARE PARTS LIST


This page intentionally left blank.
CORAL SEA
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST
1 YEAR

Part Number Description QTY


40012014 20 MICRON CARTRIDGE FILTER ELEMENT 12
40012013 5 MICRON CARTRIDGE FILTER ELEMENT 12
40012004 CIP CLEANING ELEMENT #1 5
40012005 CIP CLEANING ELEMENT #2 5
40012019 PRESERVATION CHEMICAL ELEMENT #3 3
0803004873 FWF ELEMENT CHARCOAL 12
21-1122 PARKER MEMBRANE LUBRICANT, SINGLE USE PACKET 8
91-3557 HANDHELD WATER QUALITY METER 1
This page intentionally left blank.
SECTION 3

PRE-INSTALLATION NOTES
This page intentionally left blank.
3. PRE-INSTALLATION NOTES
3.1 PRECAUTIONS
STORAGE PRIOR TO UNCRATING:
1. Adhere to crate markings:
- DO NOT store in direct sunlight.
- DO NOT store above 103 degrees F (39 degrees C)
- DO NOT freeze
- STORE ONLY on base with ARROWS UP.
- KEEP THE R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT WET AT ALL TIMES.
2. If the R.O. system has been shipped new with Reverse Osmosis Membrane Elements
installed, the System must be commissioned within 3 months. This is to avoid drying out or
biological fouling of the R.O. membranes.
UNCRATING:
1. Disassemble crate from system as follows: top first; sides second, third, fourth, and fifth.
2. Remove the system from the bottom of its shipping crate only when the system is in place
from the shipping crate. Place wood, cardboard or material onto the metal forks of the forklift.
CAUTION: Metal forks will damage the powder coating on the underside of the skid.

REVERSE OSMOSIS MEMBRANE ELEMENT SUSCEPTIBILITY TO CHEMICAL ATTACK


CAUTION: Do Not expose the system to intake Feed Water containing the following chemical:

Hydrogen peroxide Chloramines-T


Chlorine dioxide Chlorine
Bromine Phenolic disinfectants
Chloramines N-chlorioisocyanurates
Hypochlorite Iodine
Bromide Petroleum products
Any chemical, not approved in writing by Parker Hannifin.
USE OF NON-AUTHORIZED OR MISUSE OF AUTHORIZED CHEMICALS VOIDS SYSTEM WARRANTY.
Do not connect any water line to the system that may contain any of the above chemicals. Example: Do not
connect the inlet of the system to the ship’s potable water system if the ships system contains chlorinated or
brominated water. These chemicals destroy the copolymer components within the R.O. system. These oxidants
and others also damage the R.O. membrane element. The Fresh Water Flush removes chlorine and bromine from
the ship’s potable water system.
DO NOT PERFORM INSTALLATION UNLESS:

1. The system feed water sea cock valve is closed.

2. The system main electrical disconnect switch is switched “OFF”, LOCKED, AND TAGGED.

3. A Volt / Ohm meter will be necessary.

WARNING: ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD. The installation procedures expose the installer to High Voltage and
electrical shock hazard. Only attempt installation if you are a qualified electrician and only if surrounding
conditions are safe.

QUALIFICATIONS:

Technicians must have technical knowledge and ability in the following fields:

a) Electrical, Electronic, Electric Motors & Circuits

b) Electromechanical & Mechanical Systems

c) Hydraulic and Liquid Pressure & Flow Systems

d) Piping and Plumbing Systems

e) Water Suction & Pressure Lines

f) Thru-Hull Fitting below & above water level

NECESSARY COMPONENTS SUPPLIED BY OWNER:

These are general recommendation for the proper installation of the Reverse Osmosis System. Site specific
conditions may require modifications to these recommendations. Consult with the factory with any questions or
concerns regarding these recommendations.

Refer to P&ID on following pages.

1. Ship / Vessel Installations:

a. Thru-Hull Fitting with Inlet Sea Cock Valve: The Thru-Hull Fitting must include a ¼ turn Sea Cock Valve
with either a ¾” MNPT connection (/3 systems) or a 1” MNPT connection (/4 systems) exposed for the
supplied System Inlet Fitting. The entire fitting and valve assembly must be of corrosion resistant material
such as Naval Bronze, PVC, CPVC, or Stainless Steel. Any ferrous material causes rust and fouling of the
Membrane Elements.

b. Power cable with the proper gauge rating for this system’s power consumption.

c. An electrical power source capable of supplying the proper current at the proper AC Voltage, Cycles and
Phase to the System.

d. Brine Thru-Hull Fitting for overboard dump (above water level) for the Brine Discharge Line from the
system. This fitting must be minimum ¾” {1”} size with a ¾” {1”} MNPT nipple exposed for coupling with
the supplied System Brine Discharge Connection. The brine discharge line should be located above water
level to minimize pressure build up on the Brine Discharge Line. There should be no valves in the Brine
Discharge Line. Damage occurs if the Brine Discharge is blocked by a closed valve during System
operation.

e. Ship’s Potable Water Storage Tank with Product Water Storage Tank Connection: This fitting must be
minimum ½” {3/4”} FNPT size for coupling with the System Product Water Fitting. The Product Water Line
should terminate above water level. The Product Water Storage Tank must be vented to ensure no
pressure build up during production.

CAUTION: There should be no valves in the Product Water Line. Damage to the System occurs if a valve is closed
during System operation.

2. Land Installations:

a. Feed Source for the R.O. Systems. The feed source may be from a deep well, shallow well, directly from
the source, or other means. All necessary components required for Land Installations including screens, piping,
valves, pumps and gauges are available from Parker Hannifin. The entire feed line, including well casings, must be of
non-ferrous materials such as Naval Bronze, PVC, CPVC, or 316L Stainless Steel. Any ferrous material causes rust
fouling of the R.O. Membrane Element.

The feed source and line must be appropriately sized to prevent excessive friction losses. The proper feed
flow and pressure required at the R.O. System varies depending upon the actual System configuration and
installation.

b. Power cable with the proper gauge rating for this system’s power consumption.

c. An electrical power source capable of supplying the proper current at the proper AC Voltage, Cycles and
Phase to the system.

d. Brine Discharge line back to the source or other suitable discharge location. For well applications do not
discharge the brine back into the feed well. Do not install any valves in the Brine Discharge Line. A closed valve in
the Brine Discharge line causes damage during system operation.

e. Potable Water Storage Tank with Product Water Storage Tank connection and product water line with
associated piping and fittings. This line must be size appropriately for the flow of Product Water over the horizontal
run and vertical incline of the Product Water line to the Storage Tank. The Product Water Storage system must be
vented to ensure no pressure build up.

CAUTION: There should be no valves in the Product Water Line. Damage to the System occurs if a valve is closed
during System operation.

3. Special Considerations

a. Bonding of the High-Pressure Pump, Feed Pump and Booster Pump:

Vessel Installations: The High-Pressure Pump, Feed Pump and Booster Pump may be isolated from the ship’s
bonding system because of the protective coating applied to the pumps and their attached motor. As such,
there may be no continuity between the pumps and the ship’s bonding system. The path of stray current
from the electric motors may be through the Feedwater Line. This is especially true if the electric motor
grounding wire is insufficient. If left unbonded, the pumps become sacrificial and corrosion by electrolysis
takes effect and destroys the pump manifolds, chambers and impellers. Such destruction renders these
pumps inoperable within just a few short months. The System Warranty does not cover damage resulting
from electrolysis or improper or inadequate grounding.

Therefore, the pump manifolds and volutes should be individually and separately bonded to the ships
Bonding System. The ships Bonding System is designed to provide the same electrical potential to all metal
parts which come into contact with the ocean. This minimizes the potential for and effects of electrolysis.

CAUTION: Do not confuse the ship’s electrical ground with the ship’s Bonding System. These are two separate and
distinct circuits, which have two separate and distinct functions. Using the ship’s electrical ground as a means to
bond the pumps would enhance corrosion and rapidly destroy the pumps.

b. Electrical Grounding of all pump motors:


Whether for ship or land applications, the Electric Motors of all Pumps within the system must be properly
electrically grounded. If left ungrounded, the Pump becomes the grounding device and is rapidly destroyed
by electrolysis.

The Electric Motors must be individually and separately electrically grounded to a proper electrical
grounding source.

4. Length of Connection Lines:

The System operates most efficiently with interconnect lines as short and straight as possible. As the distance of
suction lines increases, the feed pressure decreases. As the distance of discharge lines increase, the greater the
backpressure on those lines. Maximum allowable backpressure on the Brine Discharge line is 30 psi. Maximum
allowable backpressure on the Product Water line is 20 psi.

NOTE: Restrictions in the Feed Line cause head loss and reduction of the Booster Pump Outlet Pressure. Ideal
maximum output performance of the Booster Pump is important in order to maintain a proper pressure into the
Pre-Filtration section. Feed Line restrictions reduce the pressure into the Pre-filters and may cause the System to
shut down due to low-pressure output from the Booster Pump. Such Feed Line restrictions require expensive
plumbing rework to correct the friction losses. This is considered an installation error, and any plumbing or
installation correction is the owner’s responsibility. Parker Hannifin has no control over the system Feed Line
installations and does not cover such difficulties arising from or attributed to the Feed Line installation.

5. System Feed Inlet

The FEED INLET (THRU-HULL FITTING ON SHIP INSTALLATIONS) must be in constant contact with the Feedwater. Any
air suction leaks coming into the System Feed Line may cause the system to shut down due to low feed pressure. If
the installation is aboard a vessel, care must be taken plumb the Feed Line at the bottom of the Sea Chest. This
ensures an uninterrupted supply of air free Feedwater. The Inlet Thru-Hull Fitting should be dedicated for only the
R.O. System. Using a single Thru-Hull Fitting for several auxiliary Systems can cause air suction leaks from other
Systems competing for the same feedwater.

6. The R.O. Membrane Vessel Assembly

The R.O. Membrane Vessel Assembly must be exposed to heat in excess of 103 ◦ F (39.5◦ C) the R.O. Membrane
Elements experience irreversible flux loss (loss in production).

7. Access for Maintenance

Give special consideration to access for maintenance of all components. Such access would include, but not limited
to: Pre-Filtration Element removal, High Pressure Pump oil changes, R.O. Membrane Element removal and Post
Filtration Element removal.

8. The Control Panel

Control Panel contains system controls, which must be accessible for operation and viewing.

9. Locate the System in a well-ventilated area.

10. Piping and Interconnect Diagrams

The P&ID illustration foldout in Section 8. The illustrations may include Standard and Optional Accessory
configurations.

Determine the Pre-Filtration and Post Filtration components that were supplied with the system being installed.
Locate the appropriate diagram and interconnect the components as per the appropriate diagram.
R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENT NOTES:
CAUTION: Some systems are shipped WITHOUT the Reverse Osmosis Membrane Element. This is to accommodate
Boat Builders that will install the system well in advance of commissioning the boat the system.

Does this system have R.O. membrane(s) installed or not?

If not, is it your intention to install the R.O. membranes at this time, or do you wish to install them at a later date
when the boat is commissioned?

WARNING: IF THE REVERSE OSMOSIS MEMBRANE ELEMENT IS NOT TO BE INSTALLED AT THIS TIME ENSURE THAT
YOU LEAVE A VISIBLE NOTE AT THE SYSTEM CONTROLLER AND AT THE FRONT OF THE CONTROL PANEL INFORMING
THE END USER THAT:

THE REVERSE OSMOSIS MEMBRANE ELEMENTS ARE NOT INSTALLED; TO CONTACT THE FACTORY FOR
THE R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENTS; AND DO NOT OPERATE THE SYSTEM WITHOUT THE R.O. MEMBRANE
ELEMENTS INSTALLED.

EXTENSIVE DAMAGE WILL OCCUR IF THE SYSTEM IS OPERATED WITHOUT THE R.O. MEMBRANE
ELEMENTS INSTALLED.
DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM CAUSED BY THE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM WITHOUT R.O. MEMBRANE ELEMENTS
INSTALLED IS NOT COVERED BY THE PARKER HANNIFIN WARRANTY; IS THE LIABILITY OF THE INSTALLER IF THE
INSTALLER DID NOT NOTIFY THE END USER; OR IS THE LIABILITY OF THE END USER IF THE INSTALLER NOTIFIED THE
END USER THE R.O. MEMBRANES WERE NOT INSTALLED AND TO NOT OPERATE THE SYSTEM WITHOUT THE R.O.
MEMBRANE ELEMENTS INSTALLED.

3.3 Feed Source External to the System


Components are installed in several modular skids forming a complete system. Refer to P&ID foldout in Section 8

a. Feed Source External to the System:

This section of the system collects, filters and delivers the system feed water into the system. The feed source may
be collected directly from the source or through a well, other natural filter bed or a ship’s sea chest.

A beach well lateral or feed source screen pickup is the initial point at which the feed water enters the system line.
A lateral will be used if the inlet will be from a beach well or other natural Media Filter.

If the feed is taken directly from the source than the suction line can be fitted with a suction screen.

1. Feed source which will be direct from the ocean, river, well or other natural body of water, which is to
be treated with the Parker Hannifin Reverse Osmosis Desalination System.

2. The feed line check valve (or non-return valve) is used in the suction line to ensure that the feed line
remains full of feed water during shutdown periods.

3. The coarse strainer is a basket filter body with a cleanable fine mesh filter screen. Its design allows for
quick bowl removal. The coarse strainer filters out large particulate matter. The fine element traps
suspended particles that would otherwise enter and damage the feed water and/or booster pump. The
result is lowered maintenance costs. The coarse strainer is designed for vacuum use and will not withstand
pressure. The coarse strainer is not necessary if the feed source is from a well or other natural filter bed.

b. Suction Line Subsystem:

This section of the system filters suspended solids from the feedwater of the system before it reaches the High-
Pressure Pump and R.O. Membrane elements. The feedwater may be collected directly from the source, from a well,
or through a ship’s sea check / inlet thru hull fitting. The raw feed water is filtered to remove suspended solids larger
than 5- micron size (5/1,000,000 of a meter). The pre-filtration protects the R.O. Membrane elements from fouling.

Always ensure that the pre-filtration subsystem is clear and monitor it frequently.

1. Well water pump isolation valves allow for complete isolation and shut-off of the system feed water
pump. These valves allow the pump to be removed for maintenance while maintaining the prime in the
system feed water line.

2. The feed water pump supplies a positive pressure to the inlet of the system booster pump. A feed water
pump may be required to deliver a positive pressure into the booster pump. Consult Parker Hannifin if the
supplied booster pump is unable to suck and deliver the proper flow and pressure into the system.

3. System feed water pump priming / well purging valve is used to prime the feed water pump as well as
purge the beach well. Any new well must be purged for several days in order to clear it from fines and
establish consistent flow.

4. System feed water pump isolation valves allows for complete isolation valves allow for complete isolation
and shut-off of the system feed water pump. These valves allow the pump to be removed for maintenance
while maintaining the prime in the system feed water line.

5. The booster pump skid inlet flange connection allows for connection of the feed line into the booster
pump.

6. The 3-way ball valve at the booster pump inlet controls the feed source direction, which can either be
normal operating feed water or storage chemical, cleaning chemicals or fresh water for rinsing.

7. Booster pump inlet pressure gauge (compound gauge) -30 to 60 psi (-2.1 to 4 bar) monitors feed water
pressure or suction into the booster pump form the feed water source or feed water pump.

8. The booster pump supplies a positive pressure to the pre-filtration section and, in turn, to the high-
pressure pump. Positive pressure will provide longer life to the Media Filters and pre-filters, provide longer
life to the high-pressure pump and also decrease required maintenance and decrease associated
maintenance costs. Parker Hannifin utilizes a high efficiency, marine quality pump which delivers
approximately 40 psi (2.8 bar) into the Media Filter.

9. The booster pump outlet 3-way ball valve controls the direction of flow from the booster pump. Here the
flow can be sent into the Media Filter for normal operation or to the R.O. membrane elements for cleaning
purposes.

10. Flange connection, booster pump outlet to system at booster pump skid edge allows for connection of
the booster pump skid outlet to the Hydrocyclone inlet flange connection.

11. Hydrocyclone filter is an option that is option that is recommended for systems that will be used in areas
where the sea water is heavily laden with suspended solids.

Separation Range: 15-50 microns


Capacities: Up to 250 GPM
Sizes: 3” (7.62cm) and 6” (15.24cm)

12. Flange Connection, Hydrocyclone outlet allows for connection of the prefilter inlet skid.

c. Prefiltration Subsystem:

This section of the system receives the raw feed water from the booster pump and filters any suspended solids down
to a minimum 5-micron size (5/1,000,000 meter). Such controlled pre-filtration protects the element from undue
fouling.
The pre-filtration subsystem must always be kept clean in order to allow the proper rate of system feed water to
flow through it and into the high-pressure pump. A partially or fully fouled pre-filtration subsystem will cause
cavitation damage to the high-pressure pump and will also permanently “foul” the R.O. membrane element.

Always ensure that the pre-filtration subsystem is clear and monitor it frequently.

1. A 3-way directional control ball valve directs feed water flow into the media filter when in the normal
position or allows backwash wastewater to exit the media filter when in the backwash position. In the
“Down” position the valve is set to normal which allows feed water to enter the top of the media filter. In
the “Up” position the valve is set to allow the backwash wastewater to exit the top of the media filter during
the backwash maintenance operation.

2. Media filter backwash flow control valve controls the velocity (volume) of feed water allowed to
backwash the media bed. The velocity of water must be controlled. If the backwash water velocity is too
great, the media may be forced out of the filter housing and be flushed to discharge. If the backwash water
velocity is too low, the media will not be properly cleaned.

3. Media filter backwash flow control meter measures the rate of the backwash water progress through the
media filter. The flow meter is calibrated in gallon and liter per minute flow. This meter allows the operator
to regulate the media filter backwash flow control valve to the required backwash velocity. Since the meter
is clear, the operator will know when the filter bed is clean by observing the condition and clarity of the
backwash water.

4. A low pressure gauge between the booster pump outlet and media filter inlet allows the operator to
monitor the condition of the booster pump and media filter when correlated to pressure gauge.

5. Media filters are two RFP (Reinforced Fiberglass Plastic) vessels, which contain a graduated media filter
bed (sand and gravel). The media traps suspended solids, that are larger than 30 microns, and thus, provides
protection and longer life to the pre-filter element. The media filter is back-washable, which minimizes
maintenance costs.

6. Media filter outlet / backwash inlet directional control 3-way ball valve, when used in conjunction with
valve controls the direction of water flow out of or into the media filter. In the “Down” position, the valve
is set to normal and allows filtered feed water to exit the bottom of the media filter. In the “Up” position,
the valve is set to the backwash mode allowing feed water to reverse flow from the bottom of the media
bed.

7. Media filter drain valve allows draining the media filter for maintenance.

8. 20 microns cartridge pre-filters, installed after the media filter, further filter the feed water to 20 microns.
These primary cartridge pre-filters consist of RFP housings with a removable lid and specially treated
cartridge filter elements. There are over 200 square feet of actual filter surface within the two primary pre-
filter housings. These unique primary pre-filter elements efficiently filter suspended solids from the system
feed water. It is essential that the pre-filter elements be changed on a regular basis, as they become fouled.

9. The cartridge pre-filter drain valve allows for draining of the cartridge filter canisters during pre-filter
element changing and maintenance.

10. The small ball valve located at the top of each of the cartridge pre-filter housing allow for air to be
removed from the pre-filter housings. Air must be removed from the housings for safety reasons and to
ensure full utilization of the cartridge pre-filter elements.

11. The low-pressure gauges between the outlet of the media filter and inlet of the primary 20-micron
cartridge pre-filter allow for observation of the condition of the media filter when correlated to pressure
gauge.
12. The 5 microns cartridge pre-filters, installed after the 20-micron cartridge pre-filters, accomplish final
polishing filtration of the systems feed water down to 5 microns. These secondary cartridge prefilters
consist of RFP housings with a removable lid and specially treated cartridge filter elements. There are over
200 square feet of actual filter surface within the two secondary pre-filter housings. These unique
secondary, or final polishing, pre-filter elements efficiently filter suspended solids from the system feed
water for final protection of the R.O. membrane element. It is essential that the pre-filter elements be
changed on a regular basis, as they become fouled.

13. The small ball valve located on top of each of the cartridge pre-filter housing allow for air to be removed
from the pre-filter housings. Air must be removed from the housings for safety reasons and to ensure full
utilization of the cartridge pre-filter elements.

14. The low-pressure gauges between the outlet of the primary 20-micron cartridge pre-filters and the inlet
of the secondary 5-micron cartridge pre-filter allow for observation of the condition of the primary 20-
micron cartridge pre-filter elements when correlated to pressure gauge.

15. Low pressure protection switch will turn the system off automatically if feed water flow, through the
pre-filtration section, drops below the requirements of the high-pressure pump. Shutdown due to low
pressure would indicate that the pre-filtration section requires maintenance such as media filter
backwashing or cartridge pre-filter element changing. This low-pressure protection switch protects the
high-pressure pump, the R.O. membrane element, and the booster pump from damage.

16. The low-pressure gauge between the outlet of the secondary 5-micron cartridge pre-filters and the inlet
of the high-pressure pump allow for observation of the condition of the secondary 5-micron cartridge pre-
filter elements when correlated to pressure gauge.

17. Gallon/liter per minute feed water flowmeter measures the rate of feed water progress through the
pre-filtration section, into the high-pressure pump and, in turn, into the R.O. membrane elements. The
flowmeter is calibrated in gallons and liters per minute. This is one of the most important visual check points
of the system and should be monitored on a regular basis.

Proper interpretation of the GPM water flowmeter readings and movements will allow the user to
determine the need for maintenance or the occurrence of a malfunction in other components. The GPM
feed water flowmeter is therefore important to the proper operation of the system and must be monitored
on a regular basis.

d. Pressurization Subsystem:

Proper pressure and proper flow across the membrane element are two of the basic requirements for
reverse osmosis. Both must be maintained at specified levels or the system simply will not function
correctly. Therefore, it is important that the pre-filtration subsystem be maintained to ensure that the high-
pressure subsystem receives a proper flow of feed water. The normal operating pressure of the system is
700-850 psi (48.1-55.2 bar) for sea water use, or 200 to 400 psi (13.8 – 27.6 bar) for brackish water use. The
maximum pressure the system will develop is 975 psi (67.2 bar), because the high-pressure switch supplied
with the system automatically shuts the system off at 925 psi +/-50 psi (63.8 bar +/- 3.5 bar).

Over pressure will cause damage to the R.O. membrane element and under pressure results in low water
production as well as high salinity content in the product water. Under flow of the feed water into the R.O.
membrane element will cause rapid and premature fouling of the R.O. membrane element because of
higher than normal recovery (percentage of recovered water to feed water).

Fluctuations in temperature of the feed water will affect system productivity.

1. Electric drive motor is an AC (alternating current) electric motor and may be ordered with
varying NEMA, or industry, specifications to fit virtually any application or requirement.
2. High Pressure Pump (standard): The APP pumps are based on the axial piston principle and they
are designed so that lubrication of the moving parts in the pump is provided by the fluid itself. No
oil lubrication is thus required.

All parts included in the APP pumps are designed to provide long service life and minimum of
service required.

The pumps are fixed displacement pumps in which the flow is proportional to the number of
revolutions of the input shaft and the pump displacement, regardless of any counter-pressure.

3. High Pressure Pump (optional): This is a marine quality positive displacement ceramic plunger
pump with stainless steel manifold.

4. The pressure relief valve (optional pump) works in conjunction with an over pressure switch to
shut the system off should over pressure develop. If the system is over pressurized, the pressure
relief valve will open and allow water pressure to build up at the pressure switch, which, in turn,
opens to shut the system off.

5. The high-pressure hose connects the outlet of the high-pressure pump to the inlet of the
pulsation dampener.

6. The pulsation dampener (optional pump) is of the inline design and has no repairable parts. The
pulsation dampener is, therefore, maintenance free. The pulsation dampener assists the high-
pressure pump in delivering a smooth, pulsation free, supply of water to the R.O. membrane
elements.

7. High pressure protection switch is a normally closed (N.C.) switch and set to open at 975 psi
(67.2 bar). At 975 psi (67.2 bar), when the high-pressure switch opens, the system will shut off for
safety purposes.

8. The high-pressure gauge located at the outlet of the high-pressure pump and inlet of the first
R.O. membrane element, is a visual indication of the pressure created by the high-pressure pump
and pressure within the R.O. membrane element assemblies. The high quality stainless steel gauge
is glycerin oil filled for dampening, and provides an accurate, smooth reading.

9. The flow by-pass valve allows for the system to be started with minimal shock to the R.O.
membrane elements. This valve should be opened at each start-up of the system which allows a
large portion of the feed water to by-pass the R.O. membrane and discharge back to the feed
water. This helps protect the membrane from the sudden thrust of the water at each start-up and
in turn, prolong the life of the R.O. membrane element.

10. Parker Hannifin’s R.O. membrane & vessel assemblies consist of an exclusive, and unique, high
pressure, and corrosion resistant vessel, which houses special spiral wound reverse osmosis
membrane elements. The R.O. membrane elements reject the salt ions present in the feed water
yet allows the potable H2O molecules to pass through the thin membrane surface. A sufficient
flow of water across the membrane surface must be continually in progress for the correct
percentage of salt rejection to occur. Only 5 to 10% (sea water systems, per individual membrane
element) of the system feed water becomes fresh product water. The remainder, becomes a
concentrated brine solution which carries rejected salt ions away from the membrane element
and back to the feed water source. The proper flow of water is also essential to minimize fouling
of the R.O. membrane element. Reducing the flow of feed water would cause the R.O. membrane
element to recover a higher percentage of the feed water. Excessive recovery would rapidly foul
the membrane.

11. High-pressure lines transfer pressurized seawater from the pulsation dampener to the first R.O.
membrane element vessel assembly, between R.O. membrane element vessel assemblies and
from the last R.O. membrane element vessel assembly to the back-pressure regulator assembly.
These lines are constructed of a special high grade stainless steel alloy.

12. The pressure by-pass valve must be open at each start up and during system storage or
membrane cleaning cycles to relieve all pressure at the R.O. membrane element. The valve must
be closed for normal operation.

13. The high-pressure gauge located at the outlet of the R.O. membrane vessel assemblies and
inlet of the back-pressure regulator valve, is a visual indication of the differential pressure between
the R.O. membrane vessel assemblies. Proper correlation of this pressure gauge to pressure gauge
will allow the operator to determine R.O. membrane element fouling and the necessity for cleaning
of the R.O. membrane element.

14. Back pressure regulator valve is of 316 Stainless Steel construction. By turning the valve handle
clockwise, a smaller orifice is created, and this results in pressure build up. By turning the valve
handle clockwise and counter clockwise pressure is increased and decreased accordingly, which in
turn increases and decreases system operating pressure and productivity of the R.O. membrane
elements.

e. Brine Discharge Subsystem

This section of the system carries the Brine Discharge expelled from the R.O. membrane element back to the feed
source.

1. The pressure gauge at the brine discharge line allows the operator to determine if there is any
obstruction on the brine discharge line. This line must be kept free and clear of any blockages so
that the brine water discharges with minimal pressure and restriction.

2. Brine discharge pressure switch is a normally closed switch and set at 70 psi (4.8 bar) when the
brine discharge pressure exceeds 70 psi, the PLC will shut down the system.

3. Brine discharge line atmospheric check valve allows for natural drainage of the discharge line
without creating a vacuum in the line.

4. Brine discharge outlet flange connection is the connection point for the brine discharge line back
to the feed source.

f. Product Water Monitoring Subsystem:

This section of the system gives a visual indication of the clarity and quality of product water being produced. By
correlating the quality of product water produced to the system operating pressure, temperature and salinity of the
system feed water the user can establish whether the R.O. membrane element requires cleaning. This also allows
the user to estimate the running time required to fill or refill the product water storage tank(s) or cistern(s).

Post filtration of the system is the final step in product water quality control. The type and quantity of post filtration
required is dependent on the quality of the system feed water and desired quality or conditions of the product water.
By the time the product water reaches the post filtration stage, the R.O. membrane element has removed most of
the dissolved solids present in the feed water.

The Parker Hannifin exclusive temperature compensated electronic subsystem has rejected any high salinity product
water, so the water is potable from a salinity standpoint. The post filtration subsystem is designed to limit unpleasant
odor, taste, and biological matter such as bacteria, virus and other microorganisms which may have passed through
the R.O. membrane element and would therefore be present in the product water. Optional post treatment and
post filtration, such as pH adjustment, hardness adjustment, biological control and others may be added to the
product water line if specific conditions are required by the owner.
1. Product water test taps located at each end of the R.O. membrane element pressure vessel
assemblies allow the user to draw water samples from each of the individual R.O. membrane
elements.

2. Product water manifold is designed to collect all product water produced by R.O. membrane
element and routes the combined production on to the product water flow meter.

3. Product water line check valve is vented to the atmosphere for relief of vacuum during the
condition of natural osmosis occurring because of power failure during normal pressurized
operation, and while the system is in operation, but no pressurized.

4. Potable product water line check valve prevents foreign chemical intrusion into the product
water line from the product water storage tank or cistern.

5. Temperature compensated salinity probe is directly connected to the salinity controller and
sends a continuous signal to it. It electrically determines whether the salinity content of the
product water is acceptable. This unique salinity probe compensates automatically for water
temperature variations. A salinity probe must be temperature compensated to provide accurate
readings and protect the health of the individuals consuming the product water.

6. Gallon/Liter per minute product water flow meter has flow-through design which allows it to
measure the rate of product water progress from the membrane toward the product water storage
tank. This flow meter is essential for plotting records of membrane performance for maintenance
purposes.

7. Product water line pressure gauges register the pressure on the product water line assists the
operator in diagnosing any line blockages. The product water line must be kept free and clear of
any blockages.

8. Three-way diversion actuator valve is made of solid PVC and functions according to signals
received from the salinity controller. After the controller has determined, from the temperature
compensated salinity probe, that potable (drinkable) water is being produced, the controller
energizes the valve to the “Potable” position. If the product water being produced is “Unpotable”
then the controller energizes the valve to the “Unpotable” (discharge) position.

9. Potable product water outlet flange connection is provided at the skid edge for potable product
routing into the booster pump skid edge where the post filtration components are located.

10. Potable product water outlet flange connection at the booster pump skid edge for inter
connection of the system product water outlet and booster pumps post filtration section.

11. Hose wash down valve and connection are supplied to the system skid edge allowing the
operator to utilize the product water being produced by the system for wash down and filling of
the pretreatment or cleaning tanks.

12. Product water charcoal filter is designed to assist in the removal of unpleasant odors for the
product water. A second charcoal filter may be added between the product water storage tank or
cistern and the point of use. This would be desirable to remove impurities, sediment particles, or
the taste of chlorine, all of which may be present in the product storage tank or cistern, due to
sources other than the system.

13. Product water ultraviolet sterilizer destroys at least 99.9% of any virus, bacteria and other
microorganisms which may pass through the R.O. membrane element. The optional U.V. sterilizer,
is highly recommended if the product water storage tank or cistern is not otherwise treated by a
means such as chlorination. Use of the U.V. sterilizer is also recommended if the system feed inlet
is near a polluted source such as a raw sewage outlet. However, such polluted sources should
always be avoided.
14. Product water delivery pump (optional) flow control switch activates the optional product
water delivery pump motor starter relay when potable product water production is in progress.

15. Product water delivery pump pushes the potable product water onward from the R.O. system
to the product water storage tank or cistern. This optional feature may or may not be necessary
depending on the location of the product water storage tank, or cistern. Product water line will
cause pressure build up on the product water line more than 20 psi (1.8 bar).

16. Potable product water outlet flange connection is provided at the booster pump skid edge for
final potable product water collection.

g. Cleaning and Rinsing Subsystem:

Consists of supplied valves and required tank or container for the cleaning, rinsing or storage of the R.O. system. The
system should be rinsed, stored and cleaned from time to time or as appropriate.

1. The flange connections at the booster pump skid edge, cleaning tank skid edge and controller
skid edge allow for interconnection of the cleaning tank.

2. Cleaning system drain valve used for draining the cleaning tank.

3. Cleaning solution tank holds the rinse water, R.O. membrane cleaning chemical or storage
solution during the appropriate operation.

4. Cleaning system pressure gauges allow the operator to monitor the amount of R.O. membrane
fouling and subsequent cleaning effectiveness. The greater the differential pressure observed at
the onset of cleaning indicates a greater amount of R.O. membrane element fouling. The lower
the differential pressure observed at the end of the cleaning indicates the success of the cleaning
operation.

Vic connectors allow for simple connection of cleaning chemical routing hoses into and out of the
R.O. membrane vessel assemblies.

Cleaning system flow restrictor limits the flow or velocity of the cleaning chemical to an effective
flow rate.

h. Chemical Pre/Post Treatment Subsystem:

1. Chemical pretreatment tank (optional)

PRE-TREATMENT – Flocculent, Antiscalant, Sequestriant, Sodium Bisulfite, Chlorine, others

POST-TREATMENT – Chlorine, Bromine, pH neutralizing, hardness adjustment, others

Flocculent pre-treatment system is used in cases of extreme turbidity of the feed water. If the feed
water is taken directly from the feed source, it may be necessary to add chemical pre-treatment
to the system feed water prior to the media filter. Flocculent chemicals coagulate the suspended
solids and assist the media filter in trapping them. If the system feed water is taken from a well,
other natural filter bed, or if the feed source is extremely clear, it will not be necessary to add
flocculent to the system feed line.

Antiscalant or Sequestriant chemical protects the R.O. membrane element from premature
dissolved solids fouling. Such chemical pre-treatment will only be required if the system is
subjected to excessive recovery or if the feed water chemical makeup indicates that fouling would
occur. Normal sea water feed will not require antiscalant or sequestriant pre-treatment.

If the feed water has been treated with chlorine, then it must also be treated with sodium bisulfate
in order to neutralize. The chlorine as free chlorine will attack and damage the R.O. membrane
element.
Post treatment chlorine or bromine may be desired if the product water will be stored in a cistern
or tank for extended periods or if biological intrusion is likely from the cistern, tank or plumbing.

The product water from a R.O. system is aggressive and slightly acidic. The product water, if not
treated, will attack metal piping systems. In order to neutralize the product water pH neutralizing
and hardness adjustment chemicals are available.
This page intentionally left blank.
SECTION 4

ELECTRICAL INFORMATION
This page intentionally left blank.
4 ELECTRICAL INFORMATION
CAUTION: Always allow slack in electrical cables. Allow the cable to enter or leave from the
strain relief in a straight manner for several inches to ensure proper connection, to relieve
stress to the cable and fitting, and to allow ease of detachment and reattachment for
maintenance or replacement. If electrical cables are pulled tight causing them to bend at the
strain relief, they will pull out of the strain relief causing a dangerous electrical shock condition,
the wire may break, and the strain relief will lose its water-tight integrity.
A. AMPERAGE NOTES
The Electric Motors within the system start in series in time delay between each motor starting
after the Touch Screen “Start” Switch is pressed. First, the Booster Pump starts, then the main
High-Pressure Pump Electric Motor starts. Alternatively, the Booster Pump and High-Pressure
Pump may be started manually by accessing the manual operation mode from the Touch
Screen.
During start up, the current of the Booster Pump Electric Motor surges to “Locked Rotor”
amperage for a fraction of a second after which the current drops to normal running load. Then
the High-Pressure Pump Electric Motor starts and surges to “locked Rotor” amperage for a
fraction of a second after which the current drops to normal running load.
Therefore, the maximum surge current equals the Booster Pump Electric Motor normal running
amperage plus High-Pressure Pump Electric Motor starting amperage. Normal operational
amperage equals the normal operating amperage of the Booster Pump Electric Motor plus the
normal operating amperage of the High-Pressure Pump Electric Motor.
B. POWER SOURCE REQUIREMENTS
Check line voltage and frequency to ensure that it agrees with system nameplate. Grounding
and circuit protection should be done in accordance with National Electrical Code. See
connection diagram on nameplate of motor or refer to the diagrams within this manual.
C. MOTOR ROTATION
Refer to Booster Pump and High-Pressure Pump markings to determine proper rotation.
Three Phase Systems: Ensure proper rotation by jogging each motor from the manual operation
mode.
This page intentionally left blank.
SECTION 5
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
This page intentionally left blank.
5 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
LAND INSTALLATION NOTE: REFER TO SECTION 5.4 REGARDING FEED WATER INSTRUCTIONS
FOR LAND INSTALLATIONS. REFER TO THE REST OF THE SECTION FOR INSTALLATION.
All mounting surfaces must be flat to avoid warping of brackets and frames. Any damage
caused by attaching the system or its components to an uneven surface is attributed to
improper installation, is the liability of the installer, and is not covered by the Parker Hannifin
warranty. Grind flat or use of appropriate shims on uneven surfaces to ensure that mounting of
the system components does not cause bending or warping.
5.1 COMPONENTS SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER:
1. Suction piping of 1 inch inside diameter minimum. The suction line should include ¼ turn
quick shut-off valve and minimum 1” orifice and terminate with a 1-inch American standard
national pipe thread nipple for connection of the supplied 1-inch female national pipe threaded
flange fitting. The entire suction line, fitting and valve assembly must be of non-ferrous
material. PVC, CPVC, Naval bronze or another noncorrosive material is correct. Any ferrous
material will cause rust fouling of the R.O. membrane element. Rust fouling of the R.O.
membrane element may not be cleanable and may render the R.O. membrane element
permanently damaged. Fouling of the R.O. membrane element by rust is not covered under
warranty.
2. Brine discharge line sufficient to handle the system brine discharge along with unpotable
product water discharge, and the media filter back flush waste water. The line and fitting must
be minimum 1” size, with 1” piping up to the Parker Hannifin system and terminate with a 1”
American standard national pipe thread nipple for connection of the supplied 1” female
national pipe threaded flange fitting.
Ferrous material should not be used as the brine discharge water is high in salt content and
very corrosive. There should be no valving in the line. Damage to the system caused by a
blocked brine discharge line will not be covered by warranty.
3. Product water storage tank connection: This fitting must be minimum 1” size, with 1” piping
up to the Parker Hannifin system and terminate with a 1” American standard pipe thread nipple
for connection of the supplied 1” female national pipe threaded flange fitting.
Ferrous material should not be used as the product water is very aggressive and slightly acidic.
Product water will turn red or brown if ferrous material is used in the product water
distribution line or storage tank.
There should be no valving in this line. Damage to the system caused by a blocked product
water line will not be covered by warranty.
4. Power cable with proper gauge rating for this system’s power consumption.
5. An electrical power source capable of supplying the proper current and voltage to the
system.
5.2 FINAL LIFT OF THE SKID INTO PLACE
1. Attach lift ropes to the top portion of the frame four corner posts only. Use caution to
protect the epoxy with soft material. DO NOT attach guidelines to or handle the Parker Hannifin
system by any of the piping, controls, or other components within the system. Lift each skid
into place.
2. Set the skid onto wood blocks in order to suspend it above ground level while aligning
mounting holes or studs.
3. Lift the skid and remove the wood blocks from the final resting place. Once the skid is in its
exact place for installation gently set the skid down to rest and secure it.
4. Secure each skid in place using Vibration Isolators as required.
5.3 INTERCONNECTING SKIDS
Refer to System Specifications regarding water line capacities and electrical power
consumption.
a. INSTALLING FLANGE PLUMBING
Install the interconnecting hose or pipe to skid flanges and fitting per Table 5-1.
b. INSTALLING COMPONENT PLUMBING
Install the component interconnecting tube per Table 5-2
c. INSTALLING COMPONENT WIRING
Install Booster Pump and HP Pump wiring to control box per system specification and wiring
diagram.
Install all other component wiring per system specification and wiring diagram.
IF SYSTEM COMMISSIONING AND OPERATION WILL BEGIN WITHIN 1 OR 2 DAYS THEN
CONTINUE TO NEXT SECTION.
5.4 COMPONENT PREPARATION:
a. MEDIA FILTER
1. Remove the top entrance cover. The filter media used in the media filter consists of
two grades of sand, which must be placed into the media filter from the bottom up as
follows:
1) Add approximately 50 lbs. (22kg) of Fine Angular Gravel or Garnet 1/8 – 1/6
inches (3-1.5mm). Fill to 1 – 3 inches (25 – 75mm) above the bottom laterals.
2) Add approximately 150 lbs. (68kg) of No. 20 Grade Silica Sand.
2. Upon completion of the sand loading, wash off the top of the filter to remove all sand
from the O-ring groove. Lubricate and replace the O-ring into its groove and mount the top
entrance cover onto the top of the filter assembly.
3. Close the media filter valve on the system. This forces the flow of feedwater from the
booster pump through the media filter before it returns to the pre-filter inlet.
Media Filter Connections:
NOTE: Media Filter Flange Connections are designed to mate directly to their corresponding
flanges on the side of the system frame. If space limitations prevent this, connect the system
flanges to their corresponding media filter flanges with flexible hose or pipe.
b. RO MEMBRANE
Do not install the membrane elements until the system is ready for commissioning. This
ensures that the membrane elements do not dry out and become fouled.
CAUTION: The membrane and vessel assembly is packaged with storage solution. Avoid skin
and eye contact with this solution. In case of skin contact, rinse the skin thoroughly with water.
In case of eye contact, flush repeatedly with water and notify a physician immediately. (THE
STORAGE CHEMICAL IS WATER, SODIUM BISULFITE & PROPYLENE GLYCOL).
TABLE 5-1
Refer to P&ID illustration at back of this manual. Use the recommended hose or piping as
required to interconnect the system skids:
1” Plumbing
Step Run Description
1. From: Feed Source
To: Booster Pump Feed Inlet
2. From: Booster Pump Feed Outlet
To: Cyclone Filter Inlet
3. From: Cyclone Filter Outlet
To: MMF Feed Inlet
4. From: MMF Feed Outlet
To: Pre-Filter Inlet
5. From: MMF Brine Discharge
To: Brine Discharge Line
6. From: Pre-Filter Outlet
To: HP Pump Inlet
7 From: HP Pump Outlet
To: Control Feed Inlet
8. From: Control Brine Discharge
To: Brine Discharge Line
9. From: Control Product Outlet
To: Post-Filter Product Inlet
10. From: Post-Filter Product Outlet
To: PH Neutralizer Product Inlet
11. From: PH Neutralizer Product Outlet
To: Storage Tank Product Inlet

TABLE 5-2
Refer to P&ID illustration at back of this manual. Use the recommended tube to interconnect
the system components:
1/4” Plumbing
Step Run Description
1. From: Booster Pump Press. Pickup
To: BP Inlet Press. Gauge
2. From: MMF Press Pickup Tee
To: MMF Inlet Press. Gauge
3. From: MMF Press. Tee
To: Pre-Filter Tee
4. From: Pre-Filter Tee (4)
To: Pre-Filter Press. Gauge (4)

Notes:
1. Connection from Clean/Rinse water tank should terminate below the water level.
2. Connection to Clean/Rinse water tank should terminate above the water level.
3. The Brine Discharge connection should terminate above water level.
SECTION 6

OPERATIONS MANUAL
This page intentionally left blank.
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07

J3 and C3 and T3 Series


Java Sea and Coral Sea and Tasman Sea

Control Operation Manual

For RO Systems:
Java Sea J3 – 9.1M 3 D, 2400 GPD, 1.7 GPM
Java Sea J3 – 10.6M 3 D, 2800 GPD, 1.9 GPM
Java Sea J3 – 12.9M 3 D, 3400 GPD, 2.4 GPM

Coral Sea C3 – 14.4M 3 D, 3800 GPD, 2.6 GPM


Coral Sea C3 – 15.9M 3 D, 4200 GPD, 2.9 GPM
Coral Sea C3 – 19.7M 3 D, 5200 GPD, 3.6 GPM
Coral Sea C3 – 23.5M 3 D, 6200 GPD, 4.3 GPM
Coral Sea C3 – 25.7M 3 D, 6800 GPD, 4.7 GPM
Tasman Sea T3 – 30.3M 3 D, 8000 GPD, 5.6 GPM
Tasman Sea T3 – 37.9M 3 D, 10000 GPD, 6.9 GPM
Tasman Sea T3 – 45.4M 3 D, 12000 GPD, 8.3 GPM
Tasman Sea T3 – 60.6M 3 D, 16000 GPD, 11.1 GPM
Tasman Sea T3 – 68.1M 3 D, 18000 GPD, 12.5 GPM

Page 1 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Contents
C3 and T3 Series Information .................................................................................................................................3
First Time Startup Information...............................................................................................................................3
Startup - Automatic Mode......................................................................................................................................4
Shutdown – Automatic Mode ................................................................................................................................5
Automatic Startup Sequence..................................................................................................................................6
Automatic Shutdown Sequence .............................................................................................................................6
The Main P&ID Screen............................................................................................................................................7
Alarms and Warnings Screen..................................................................................................................................8
Main Menu .............................................................................................................................................................9
Engineering Login Screen .......................................................................................................................................9
Parker Information Screen .................................................................................................................................. 10
Stage Info Screens ............................................................................................................................................... 12
Startup Stage Info Screen................................................................................................................................ 12
Shutdown Stage Info Screen ........................................................................................................................... 12
System Settings and Options Screen................................................................................................................... 13
Membrane Cleaning (CIP).................................................................................................................................... 14
Membrane Cleaning Steps 1 and 2 ................................................................................................................. 15
Membrane Cleaning Step 3 ............................................................................................................................. 16
Membrane Cleaning Step 4 and 5 ................................................................................................................... 17
Membrane Cleaning Step 6 ............................................................................................................................. 18
Cleaning Alarm Settings................................................................................................................................... 19
Total Runtimes..................................................................................................................................................... 20
Flows.................................................................................................................................................................... 20
Calculated Values ................................................................................................................................................ 21
Membrane Differential Pressure..................................................................................................................... 22
Booster Pump Manual Control............................................................................................................................ 23
Fresh Water Flush Manual Control ..................................................................................................................... 24
Engineering Menu ............................................................................................................................................... 25
System Settings and Options Screen................................................................................................................... 26
Fresh Water Flush Options.............................................................................................................................. 26
MV-1003 Blowdown Options .......................................................................................................................... 27
Time and Date ..................................................................................................................................................... 28
Stage Timers ........................................................................................................................................................ 29
Calculated Value Setpoints.................................................................................................................................. 30
Digital Input Checks............................................................................................................................................. 31
Digital Output Checks .......................................................................................................................................... 32
Analog Input Setpoints ........................................................................................................................................ 33
Analog Channel Configuration ........................................................................................................................ 34
Analog Output Settings (Automatic VFD Speed Control).................................................................................... 35
Analog Output Settings (Manual VFD Speed Control) ........................................................................................ 36

Page 2 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
C3 and T3 Series Information
This manual is for the Coral Sea and Tasman Sea Series 3 RO systems. This manual also covers all optional
equipment used by versions of these series.

First Time Startup Information


Make sure all external plumbing connections are made per the P&ID diagram. Make sure all electrical connections to any
and all external devices are connected properly per the electrical schematics.

Install the membranes and verify that the membranes are facing the correct direction. If the optional media tank is used,
install the media material.

The direction of the 3-phase power coming into the Electrical Power panel can be confirmed by briefly running the high
pressure pump in manual mode to verify that the motor fan is turning clockwise (when viewed from the right side of the RO
frame). If the fan is running counter-clockwise, isolate the power coming into the power panel and then reverse two of the
three incoming wires. Restore the power and recheck the direction of the high pressure pump fan rotation.

The external power cable connection to the optional media tank Feed pump panel may also have to be reversed if the Feed
pump rotation is backwards. Test the high pressure pump direction first before checking the Feed pump. If the feed pump is
run in reverse, the impeller may become dislodged within the pump housing and the motor shaft may get locked up.

Verify that all the optional devices included with the system are properly enabled and shown on the P&ID screen. See the
Digital Input Checks and Digital Output Checks screens for details.

Verify that the manual three-way selector valves are pointing to the correct positions. Verify that all bleed valves and sample
ports are closed.

The entire RO system needs to be properly primed and filled up with water. The Booster pump and optional Feed pump can
be used to push seawater through the system when the RO is empty. Manual control of these pumps can be done from the
Booster Pump Manual Control screen. The air purge valves on top of the two pre-filter housings can be used to vent air
from the system as it is being primed.

The normal operational speeds of the Booster pump VFD may have to be adjusted based on the incoming pressure from
the external sea water feed line. If the incoming pressure is high, the VFD speed may have to be decreased to
accommodate this. There are two setpoints that can be used to control the VDF speed during normal automatic operation.
More information about these settings can be found in the Analog Outputs Settings section of this manual.

Page 3 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Startup - Automatic Mode
First, double check that the three-way selector valves are pointing to the correct positions. For normal operation, the red
arrows on the BV-1014 valve handle point upward and to the left to connect the Feed line to the high pressure pump inlet.
The red arrows on the BV-1011 valve handle point downward and to the left to connect the Reject discharge line to the
Reject outlet connection (TIE-1005). In the images below, the yellow arrows indicate flow direction. Also, make sure all the
bleed valves and sample ports are closed.
BV-1011

BV-1014

Note: These images are from the vertical configuration of a C3 Coral Sea system.

While the system is stopped and there are no active alarms, the system can be started by pressing the button in the lower
right part of the main P&ID screen:

Page 4 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
As external conditions change over time, the backpressure regulator valve may need to
be adjusted to change the system pressure (PIT-1005) and to produce the appropriate
product output flow rate. Achieving the target product flow rate value is more important
than the specific PIT-1005 pressure value. In general, the pressure at PT-1005 should be
around 800PSI when the backpressure valve is adjusted to achieve the target product
flow rate for the RO system.

See the system size information on the front page of this manual for the target product
flow rate.

During automatic operation, if any pressure values or other setpoints are not within normal parameters, the system will
notify the operator about the specific condition. (See Analog Input Setpoints).

Shutdown – Automatic Mode


While the RO system is running, the system can be stopped by pressing the button in the lower right part of the main P&ID
screen. There are three ways to stop the system with this button:
1. Pressing the button once will initiate a normal shutdown where the RO goes through all 5 stages of shut down.
2. Pressing and holding the button for 2 seconds will perform a “Fast Stop” where the RO goes directly to Shutdown
Stage D and performs a Fresh Water Flush.
3. Pressing and holding the button for 5 seconds will completely stop everything.

Page 5 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Automatic Startup Sequence
Here is the normal sequence of events that occur after an automatic startup is initiated:
1. Stage 1.
Any equipment that was turned on manually will be automatically turned off.
The Stage 1 timer counts down to zero before beginning Stage 2.
2. Stage 2.
The optional Feed pump (P-100) is activated. This pump is located before the optional Media Tank which is upstream
of the inlet selector valve MV-1001.
The optional metering pumps (MV-1018 and MP-1020) are turned on.
The Stage 2 timer counts down to zero before beginning Stage 3.
3. Stage 3.
The main Booster feed pump (P-101) is activated and allowed to fill up the RO system with water.
The Stage 3 timer counts down to zero before beginning Stage 4.
4. Stage 4.
The High Pressure Pump (P-102) is activated.
After a delay timer, valve MV-1009 closes.
The Stage 4 timer counts down to zero before beginning Stage 5.
5. Stage 5.
The optional metering pumps (MP-1001 and MP-1002) are turned on.
Once 25 seconds have passed, the Product Diversion valve (MV-1010) will open if the conductivity level at AIT-1001
is below the high setpoint. If the conductivity level remains high, a “High Product Salinity Shutdown Delay Timer” will
count down and will eventually stop the system with an Alarm.
If he salinity level comes down to an acceptable level, the Stage 5 timer will then countdown and the system will
display “SYSTEM ONLINE (RUNNING)” on the status bar.

A summary of the Stage 1 through Stage 5 events can be viewed on the “Stage Info” screens which can be accessed from
the Main Menu.

Automatic Shutdown Sequence


Here is the normal sequence of events that occur after a normal automatic shutdown is initiated:
1. Stage A.
The Product valve (MV-1010) closes and the Bypass valve (MV-1009) opens.
The High Pressure Pump (P-102) is turned off.
The optional metering pumps (MP-1001, MP-1002, and MP-1020) are turned off.
The Stage A timer counts down to zero before beginning Stage B.
2. Stage B.
The Booster pump (P-101) turns off.
The Stage B timer counts down to zero before beginning Stage C.
3. Stage C.
The optional Feed pump (P-100) turns off.
The Stage C timer counts down to zero before beginning Stage D.
4. Stage D.
The inlet selector valve (MV-1001) opens and turns toward the Fresh Water Flush inlet line (TIE-1010).
The Stage D timer counts down to zero before beginning Stage E. This stage D timer is also known as the Fresh
Water Flush Duration timer.
5. Stage E.
The inlet selector valve (MV-1001) closes and turns back toward the sea water feed inlet line (TIE-1001). The
optional MP-1018 metering pump turns off.
The Stage E timer counts down to zero.
The system is now fully stopped.

A summary of the Stage A through Stage E events can be viewed on the “Stage Info” screens which can be accessed from
the Main Menu.

Page 6 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
The Main P&ID Screen
The analog values of all the sensors can be monitored from this overview screen. The status of the valves motors and
metering pumps and tank levels are also shown. Any optional pumps or valves or level switches or metering pumps that are
not used with the RO system are disabled and not shown on this screen.

7
8

13

12
6

10

11
1 2 3 4 5
1. The Back button will jump to the previous screen. If the previous screen requires an Engineering Login password and
the operator is no longer logged in, then the interface will be sent back to this P&ID screen.
2. The Engineering Menu button will open up the popup Engineering Menu. This button is only visible if the operator is
logged in with the Engineering Login password.
3. The Alarms and Warning button will open the Alarm and Warning screen. This button will be yellow if there is an
active alarm.
4. The Menu button will open the popup Main Menu.
5. The P&ID button will return to this P&ID screen.
6. The “Sensor(s) Disabled” indicator will appear if one or more of the sensors are disabled. During normal operation, all
sensors should be enabled.
7. If enabled, the optional Feed Pump (P-100) will be shown here. The image will be green when the pump is running.
8. Any optional metering pump that is enabled will appear on the left or right side of this screen. The image will be green
when the pump is running.
9. If the optional LSL-200 and LSH-200 level switches are installed and enabled, the level of the product tank will be
shown here.
10. The current status of the RO will be displayed here.
11. If there is an active countdown timer, the value will be displayed here.
12. Optional MV-1003 actuator valve. This actuator valve is only used on larger systems. Smaller systems will have a
manual valve (NV-1000) in this location. This will only be shown if the actuator enabled. (Refer to the “Digital Output
Checks” and “MV-1003 Blowdown Options” screens for more information.)
13. The current speed setting of the Booster pump.

Page 7 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07

The current value of each analog sensor is displayed on this screen. The device
name and the selected units are displayed above or below the value. The four
squares below the value represent the Alarm and Warning statuses.

For example, if the RO system is running and the PIT-1001 value is


81PSI and the PIT-1001 High Setpoint is set to 80PSI and the High
Delay is 5 seconds, then the third box will turn yellow after a 5
second delay. If the pressure continues to climb up to 95PSI, the
Alarm will activate and the RO will shutdown.

All alarm and warnings will be shown on the Alarms and Warnings screen for
reference. See the Analog Input Setpoints and Analog Channel Configuration
sections for more information about the analog input values.

Alarms and Warnings Screen


The Alarms and Warnings button will turn yellow when there is an active alarm. Pressing this
button will take the operator to the Alarms and Warnings screen which displays any active alarms
and warnings. Active alarms and warnings will be shown in red text while inactive alarms and
warnings will be blue. Active alarms can be reset once the condition is no longer present. Warnings
cannot be reset manually because they automatically reset themselves when the condition no
longer exists or the RO system is stopped. All inactive warnings or alarms that have been reset will remain on the list unless
the “Clear Alarm Log” button is pressed. Alarms and warnings for disabled parameters will not be active or shown on the
list.

The date and time listed in front of the text is based on the touchscreen’s internal clock. Refer to the Time and Date section
for further details.

Page 8 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Main Menu
Frequently used screens can be accessed from the popup Main Menu

1. This button will close the popup Main Menu screen


1
2. The operator can access the Engineering Login screen by pressing this button.

All screens that can be accessed from the Main Menu are described below.

Engineering Login Screen

1. Press on the white value to enter the Engineering password.


2. This indicator shows if the operator is Logged In or not.
Once logged in, the operator will be able to access all of the Engineering Menu choices. (Refer to the
Engineering Menu section for more information.)

Page 9 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Parker Information Screen

2 3 6
1. PLC and HMI touchscreen versions are recorded here.
2. Press this button to go to the Part Number Info Screen which indicates the part numbers of common consumable
or spare items available from Parker.

3. Press this button to go to the Legend screen which spells out many of the abbreviations used on this RO system.

4. The system Serial Number, Commissioning Date (on-site) and the factory Configuration Date are displayed here.
5. Model, capacity and frequency information is displayed here. Typically, this information is configured during
factory testing. To change the displayed capacity, press and hold this text for 3 seconds. Then, after returning to
the P&ID screen, the operator will be directed to the Initial Configuration screen to reselect the model, capacity
and frequency information.

Page 10 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07

6. Press this button to go to the Serial Number and Configuration Date screens. (This button only appears when
Logged in from the Main Menu.) Three additional screens are used when updating this specific information. As
noted on the screens, additional passwords are needed to modify this data. Typically, this information will be
entered by factory technicians or commissioning personnel.

Page 11 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Stage Info Screens
Information about what events happen in which stage can be viewed on the two Stage Info screens.

Startup Stage Info Screen


This screens details the events of the 5 Startup Stages. All optional devices are shown. If the optional device is not used,
then that portion can be ignored.

The “Go To Stage Timers” button will only be visible is the operator has entered the Engineering login password. Refer to
the Engineering Menu section for information about the Stage Timers screen.

Shutdown Stage Info Screen


This screens details the events of the 5 Shutdown Stages. All optional devices are shown. If the optional device is not used,
then that portion can be ignored.

Page 12 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
System Settings and Options Screen

1. Press the Fresh Water Flush Options button to go to the Fresh Water Flush Options screen.
2. Press the MV-1003 Blowdown Options button to go to the Blowdown Valve options screen. This button will be hidden
if the MV-1003 valve is disabled on the Digital Output Checks screen.
3. The analog value from the salinity sensor is in MicroSiemens by default. If the operator changes the salinity units
from µS to PPM, this multiplication factor is used to convert the value. Typically, this value is either 0.5 or 0.65.
4. The salinity units can be changed between µS and PPM.
5. The Flow units can be changed between GPM and LPM.
6. The Pressure units can be changed between PSI and BAR.
7. The Modbus output address mapping can be enabled by entering the password here. Entering 9999 will disable the
Modbus mapping feature. The message box to the right will indicate when Modbus is or is not enabled.
8. The maximum salinity allowable. The product diversion valve will only open once the salinity value is below this
setpoint.
9. In stage 5, this delay timer represents the amount of time
that the system is allowed to run without producing good
quality water. This prevents the RO system from running
for an extended amount of time without producing any
good quality water. The status display will indicate “Stage
5 – High TDS Warning” while this timer is active. If the
water quality remains high until the end of this timer, the
system will shut down with the alarm: “PRODUCT
SALINITY HAS BEEN HIGH FOR TOO LONG”.
10. Press here to open the screen that will allow the operator
to adjust and reset the High Pressure Pump Maintenance
Countdown timer. (To disable this reminder, set the timer
to zero.)

Page 13 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
11. Press here to open the screen that will allow the operator
to adjust and reset the pH Cartridge Usage Countdown
timer. (To disable this reminder, set the timer to zero.)

Membrane Cleaning (CIP)

The CIP (Clean In Place) cleaning procedure can be performed to clean the membranes without having to
remove them from the vessels.

The differential pressure across the membranes will increase over time as the membranes become fouled.
Refer to the “Membrane Differential Pressure” screen for information about tracking this evolvement.

The Cleaning can be accessed from the Main Menu. The following four screens provide a 6-step guide to
performing the cleaning procedure.

Page 14 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Membrane Cleaning Steps 1 and 2

5
2
9

4
8
7

1. The Cleaning Alarm Settings screen can be access from any of the Membrane Cleaning screens.
2. CIP mode can be toggled between enable and disable with this button. Disabling CIP mode will reset any
CIP steps that have already been confirmed.
3. If Manual mode is enabled, this indicator will be visible.
4. Some relevant pressure values are displayed here for reference.
5. A brief overview of all the CIP steps is listed here.
6. The operator can press here to confirm that step 1 has been completed and proceed to step 2.
7. The operator can press here to confirm that step 2 has been completed and proceed to step 3.
8. The operator can navigate to the other CIP screens, but progress will only be made once the “Confirm and
Continue” buttons have been pressed for each step.
9. After a complete CIP process has been performed, this counter will increase by 1. For this to occur, the
booster pump must run for at least 30 minutes in step 3 and the FWF must run for at least 10 minutes in
step 5.

Page 15 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Membrane Cleaning Step 3

3 4

1. Use this setting to control the speed of the Booster pump VFD during CIP Step 3. This value only applies to
CIP Step 3.
2. Press this button to enable (green) and disabled (red) the Booster pump.
3. The CIP Booster Pump timer will be shown here.
4. The Cleaning Timer can be reset by holding down the Reset button for 3 seconds.
5. Once the Booster pump has run and recirculated the cleaning chemical for at least 30 minutes, press this
button to confirm that step 3 has been properly completed.
6. After a complete CIP process has been performed, this counter will increase by 1. For this to occur, the
booster pump must run for at least 30 minutes in step 3 and the FWF must run for at least 10 minutes in
step 5.

Page 16 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Membrane Cleaning Step 4 and 5

1
7

2 3

1. The operator can press here to confirm that step 4 has been completed and proceed to step 5. The
buttons and settings of step 5 are hidden until step 4 is completed.
2. The duration time of the FWF in step 5 of the cleaning procedure.
3. Press to initiate the FWF. This will open valve MV-1001. The FWF will automatically stop after the
duration time has expired.
4. Press this button to turn the Booster pump on or off during the FWF. This is optional and can be used to
assist with FWF flow during cleaning step 5.
5. The speed setpoint of the Booster pump if the Booster pump is used during step 5.
6. The operator can press here to confirm that step 5 has been completed and proceed to step 6. The FWF
needs to run for a minimum of 5 minutes (600 seconds) for the PLC to record that a complete cleaning
cycle has been performed.
7. After a complete CIP process has been performed, this counter will increase by 1. For this to occur, the
Booster pump must run for at least 30 minutes in step 3 and the FWF must run for at least 10 minutes in
step 5.

Page 17 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Membrane Cleaning Step 6

1. Press here to confirm that Step 6 had been acknowledged and that the operator has read the text
about the activities of a complete cleaning process.
2. If the cleaning process needs to be repeated with another chemical cleaner, then this button can be
pressed to go back to cleaning step 1.

Page 18 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Cleaning Alarm Settings

1 2

This screen can be accessed from any of the Cleaning screens. These alarms and setpoints are only active when
CIP mode is active and the Booster pump is running. These alarms are used to help make sure that the cleaning
recirculation pressures are safe and adequate.

1. Setpoints for the pressure alarms when the booster pump is running during CIP mode.
2. The time delays between when the pressure falls above/below the corresponding setpoint and when the
alarm actually occurs.
3. Press here to open the screen that will allow the
operator to adjust and reset the Membrane
Cleaning Countdown timer. (To disable this
reminder, set the timer to zero.)

Page 19 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Total Runtimes

The total runtimes of each pump can be viewed on this screen. Any optional device that is disabled (unused) will be hidden.
The total product flow is shown at the bottom of the screen in both 1000’s of gallons and cubic meters. Each total can be
reset as indicated by the text on the screen. The runtime of the optional Feed pump (P-100) is not monitored. This is
because the Feed pump can be run locally in manual mode and the PLC cannot keep track of that variable.

Flows

The flow rates through the HPP, Product, and Reject lines can be viewed from this screen. The Product flow is taken from
the product flow paddlewheel analog sensor (AIT-1001). Since there is no sensor for the feed flow, the HPP flow value (FIT-
c102) must be manually entered to perform the Reject flow and Recovery rate calculations. The text on the screen
describes more details about these flow values. The Feed flow rate at TIE-1001 may be higher than the HPP flow rate (fixed
value) because the Autofilter drain valve can allow some of the feed flow to escape to the Reject line (TIE-1005).

Page 20 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Calculated Values
The Calculated Values screen can be accessed from the Main Menu or by pressing on the certain parts of the P&ID screen
like the Pre-filters or the Reject line.

The values on this screen are calculated in the PLC based on other analog input values or settings. These calculations are
described in the text below the values. If any of the calculation values are disabled, then the associated result will not be
shown. For example, if PT-1003 is disabled, then the values for DPT-c1002 and DPT-c1003 will be blank. The Reject Flow
and Recovery values will be blank if the system is not running.

The Calculated Value Setpoints button will only be visible if the operator is logged in with the Engineering Login. Refer to
the Calculated Value Setpoints section for details about this screen.

Page 21 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Membrane Differential Pressure

The Membrane Differential Pressure screen can be accessed from the Calculated Values screen or by touching the
membrane graphic on the P&ID screen.

1. The differential pressure across brand new membranes can be recorded here. Over time, the differential pressure
(DPT-c1005) will increase as the membranes become fouled.
2. When the RO is running, the current differential pressure across the membranes is monitored.
3. The difference between the recorded value and the current value is calculated and shown here.

Page 22 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Booster Pump Manual Control

This screen can be accessed from the Main Menu or by pressing on the % display beneath the Booster pump on the P&ID
screen. The optional Feed pump (P-100) and the Booster pump (P-101) can be manually controlled from this screen. If the
Feed pump is disabled, it will not be shown.
The operator may need to run these pumps manually to prime the system or flush the Pre-filters after changing them. Refer
to the text on this screen for more information.

1. The Booster pump can be turned on and off by pressing this button.
2. The speed output of the Booster pump VFD can be controlled by this value.
This value is only used during manual operation from this screen. A different speed value is used during normal
automatic operation.
3. The current speed of the Booster pump VFD is shown here.
4. The optional Feed pump (P-100) can be toggled on and off with this button. For this to work properly, the local
selector switch on the Media pump (Feed pump) control panel must be set to the Automatic position.

The optional Feed pump can be manually controlled from here when backwashing the optional media tank filtration.
Alternatively, the Feed pump can be run manually from the local Media pump control panel.

Page 23 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Fresh Water Flush Manual Control
The Fresh Water Flush Manual Control screen can be accesses from the Main Menu.

1. When the RO system is not running (and no alarms are present), the countdown to the next automatic fresh
water flush cycle can be seen here.
2. This timer will countdown whenever the Fresh Water Flush is active. This timer is based on the “Carbon Filter
Lifetime Usage” set point which can be found on the FWF options screen.
3. The automatic FWF can be manually initiated by pressing the Start/Stop button. The FWF duration and interval
can be adjusted from the Fresh Water Flush Options screen which is accessed from the Engineering menu. (For
more information on this, refer to the section about the Fresh Water Flush Options.) The FWF duration value is
also the same variable as the shutdown Stage D delay timer. (For more information on this, refer to the section
about the Stage Timers.)
4. This display will indicate when the FWF is in progress.
5. Press this button to open the pop-up screen that allow the
operator to reset the FWF Carbon Filter Usage Countdown
timer.

Page 24 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Engineering Menu
From the Main Menu, a login password is required to access the Engineering menu. Once the password is entered, the
login access will last for 1 hour before it automatically resets. The countdown of this 3600 second (1 hour) login timer can
be seen in the upper right corner of the Engineering menu once logged in. The operator may logout anytime with the red
“Press to Logout” button.

All screens that can be accessed from the Engineering Menu are described below. These screens are not accessible
without the Engineering login password.

Page 25 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
System Settings and Options Screen

This screen is covered in the Main Menu section.

Fresh Water Flush Options

1. When the RO is stopped, this FWF Interval timer counts down the time until the next automatic FWF. The interval
timer will automatically reset when the FWF ends.
2. The FWF interval time can be adjusted here. When the RO is stopped, the system will automatically perform a FWF
cycle at every interval. This is done to help keep the membranes clean and hydrated. (168 hours = 1 week)
3. The FWF duration is how long the FWF will allow fresh water through the system during a FWF cycle. Typically, this
is set for about 5 minutes (600 seconds).
4. Low pressure warning setpoint at PIT-1001 during FWF. This can be used to verify that the FWF pressure is
adequate. A warning message will be displayed if the pressure is too low during FWF, but no alarm will occur.
5. High pressure Alarm setpoint at PIT-1001 during FWF. If the pressure during FWF is higher than this setpoint, an
alarm will occur and the FWF will stop.
6. The pressure value of PIT-1001 is shown here for reference.
7. The FWF can be manually initiated or stopped by pressing this button. This will reset the interval timer.
8. This indicator will be on when the automatic FWF is occurring.
9. This timer will countdown whenever the Fresh Water Flush is active.
This timer is based on the “Carbon Filter Lifetime Usage” set point
10. The “Carbon Filter Lifetime Usage” set point is the total number of
hours that the Fresh Water Flush is allowed to run until an alarm
notification is activated to remind the operator to change the Carbon
Filter.
11. Press here to open the screen that will allow the operator to reset
the FWF Carbon Filter Usage Countdown timer. (To disable this
reminder, set the timer to zero.)

Page 26 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
MV-1003 Blowdown Options

The MV-1003 actuator valve is an optional feature on some larger systems. It can be enabled or disabled from the Digital
Output Checks screen.

1. The state of the valve is shown here. Red is closed, green is open.
2. When the RO is running, this Interval timer counts down the time until the next automatic blowdown. The interval
timer will automatically reset when the blowdown duration ends.
3. The interval time can be set here. A setpoint of 0 will disable the timer and the valve will just stay closed.
4. The amount of time that the valve stays open during blowdown.
5. The current differential pressure between PIT-1002 and PIT-1001.
6. The high setpoint for DCP-c1000. When the DCP-c1000 value reaches this high setpoint, the blowdown will
automatically occur. This parameter is also on the Calculated Value Setpoints screen.
7. If the blowdown actuates at least 5 times in one hour, this warning message will appear. There will also be an
“WARNING - AUTOFILTER IS FLUSHING FREQUENTLY” message on the Alarms and Warnings screen. Unlike
other warning messages, this warning condition can be reset.

Page 27 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Time and Date

It is important to note that the PLC’s time and date is different than the HMI’s time and date. The PLC’s time and date can
be updated from the left side of this screen. The HMI’s time and date can be updated by entering the HMI’s Maintenance
menu. Once on the Maintenance menu, refer to the blue text on the screen above for instructions.

1. Enter the correct time here (hh:mm:ss, 24 hour format)


2. Enter the correct date here
3. Press this button to update the PLC time and date with the new values.
The time stamp on the Alarms and Warnings screen is based on the HMI time, not the PLC time.

Page 28 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Stage Timers
If the operator has entered the Engineering login password, the Stage Timers will be available and can be accessed from
the Engineering Menu or the Stage Information screens.

The ten timers for the ten stages can be adjusted here. Some stage timers can be set to 0 if that stage is disabled. For
example, if the optional Feed Pump is disabled and MV-1018 and MV-1030 are also not used, then the Stage 2 timer can
be set to zero. (Refer to the text on the Stage Info screens for a list of which optional events happen in each stage.)

1. The ten stage delay timers can be adjusted from this screen.
2. This button opens the Startup Stage information screen where the events of each startup stage are listed in detail.
3. This button opens the Shutdown Stage information screen where the events of each shutdown stage are listed in
detail.
4. This delay timer represents the time between the start of Stage 4 and the time when the HP bypass valve (MV-1009)
closes.
5. In stage 5, this delay timer represents the amount of time that the system is allowed to run without producing good
quality water. This prevents the RO system from running for an extended amount of time without producing any good
quality water. The status display will indicate “Stage 5 – High TDS Warning” while this timer is active. If the water
quality remains high until the end of this timer, the system will shut down with the alarm: “PRODUCT SALINITY HAS
BEEN HIGH FOR TOO LONG”.

Page 29 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Calculated Value Setpoints

This screen can be accessed from the Calculated Values popup screen on the Main menu.
1. These six calculated variables can be enabled or disabled by toggling the buttons in this row. If any of the analog
values used to calculate these values are disabled, then the corresponding displays will be blank. Disabling any one
of these will disable all alarms and warning associated with it. The “Sensor(s) Disabled” indicator will appear in the
lower left corner of the main P&ID screen if any of these are disabled.
2. The High High alarm setting is used stop the system if the corresponding value goes above this setpoint and the
corresponding High High delay timer has expired.
3. The High warning setting is used to display the warning message if the corresponding value goes above this setpoint
and the corresponding High delay timer has expired.
4. The Low warning setting is used to display the warning message if the corresponding value goes below this setpoint
and the corresponding Low delay timer has expired.
5. The Low Low alarm setting is used stop the system if the corresponding value goes below this setpoint and the
corresponding Low Low delay timer has expired.
6. The current value of each calculation is shown here. If this value is blank, it may be because the system isn’t running
or the value is disabled or the value(s) used for the calculation are disabled. For example, if PT-1003 is disabled, then
the values for DPT-c1002 and DPT-c1003 will be blank.
7. The units of the setpoints are displayed here. If the flow units are changed, then the corresponding flow setpoints also
need to be changed to the new units. The pressure units are set and their setpoints must be done in PSI on this
screen.

Page 30 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Digital Input Checks

1. These indicator lights show when the corresponding PLC input is on (green) or off (red).
2. Four inputs can be enabled or disabled. If disabled, all alarms and warnings associated with that input are disabled.
a. LSL-200 and LSH-200 should be both enabled or both disabled together. If enabled, the product tank
graphics will appear on the P&ID screen.
b. If LSL-1018 is enabled, a small red or green circle will appear next to pump PMP-1018. In this sample
image, the optional PMP-1018 is enabled and the green circle indicates that the tank level is not low.

c. IF LSL-1002 is enabled, a small red or green circle will appear next to pump PMP-1002. In this sample
image, the optional PMP-1002 is enabled and the red circle indicates that the tank level is low.

3. Once the input turns off, the input delay timer begins. Once the delay timer expires, the appropriate action(s) will
occur depending on the current state of the RO.
On the P&ID screen, a small red or green circle appears next to the High Pressure Pump (P-102). This
is the PSL-1001 indicator represented by input I1. The circle is red when there is low pressure (pressure
switch is off). The circle is green when there is not low pressure (pressure switch is on).

4. Input I6 is for an optional external “Backwash in Progress” signal. If the RO is running and this input turns on, then
the RO will temporarily stop until the signal turns off. Then the RO will automatically restart. There will also be a
“Backwash in Progress” indication on the main P&ID screen when this condition is applicable.

Page 31 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07

Digital Output Checks

For testing purposes, each of the outputs can be manually toggled from this screen. Depending on the configuration of the
RO system, the optional outputs can be permanently enabled or disabled here.

1. Manual mode must be turned on before any of the outputs can be toggled from this screen.
2. The optional equipment can be enabled or disabled by pressing the corresponding buttons on the right.
3. Press on the circular buttons to toggle the corresponding outputs. The specific output label and relay name are next
to the buttons for reference and troubleshooting purposes.
4. When enabling the Booster Pump (P-101), the speed setting must be manipulated in addition to the output on/off
signal. The button below the P-101 circular button will go to the Analog Output Settings screen where the VFD speed
settings can be adjusted. Since the Engineering Login password is needed to view these two screens, the operator is
also able to run the Booster pump manually by going to the Booster Pump Manual Control screen from the Main
Menu.

Optional equipment such as the metering pumps and ultraviolet are enabled by optional relays and powered by an
additional transformer control panel. See electrical schematics for details.

Page 32 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Analog Input Setpoints

1. These analog input variables can be enabled or disabled by toggling the buttons in this row. However, PT-1004
cannot be disabled because it is a critical sensor in the protection of the high pressure pump. Disabling a channel will
disable all alarms and warning associated with it. The “Sensor(s) Disabled” indicator will appear in the lower left
corner of the main P&ID screen if any of these are disabled.
2. The High High alarm setting is used stop the system if the corresponding value goes above this setpoint and the
corresponding High High delay timer has expired.
3. The High warning setting is used to display the warning message if the corresponding value goes above this setpoint
and the corresponding High delay timer has expired.
4. The Low warning setting is used to display the warning message if the corresponding value goes below this setpoint
and the corresponding Low delay timer has expired.
5. The Low Low alarm setting is used stop the system if the corresponding value goes below this setpoint and the
corresponding Low Low delay timer has expired.
6. The current value of each input is shown here. The value will be blank if the channel is disabled.
7. The units of the setpoints are displayed here. If the flow units or salinity units are changed, the corresponding
setpoints need to be changed to the new units, too. The pressure units are set and their setpoints must be done in
PSI on this screen.
8. As described in the section about the P&ID screen, the four squares below each value represent the Alarm and
Warning statuses. These yellow and red boxes will only change if the system if running and the condition is being
monitored. Please note that various alarms and warning are only active during certain stages in the RO automatic
startup and shutdown process.
9. The Analog Channel Configuration screen can be accessed from here. (See next section.)

Page 33 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Analog Channel Configuration

1. These analog input variables can be enabled or disabled by toggling the buttons in this row. However, PT-1004
cannot be disabled because it is a critical sensor in the protection of the high pressure pump. Disabling a channel will
disable all alarms and warning associated with it. The “Sensor(s) Disabled” indicator will appear in the lower left
corner of the main P&ID screen if any of these are disabled.
2. This value represents the raw 4-20mA analog input signal converted into a 0-32767 value.
3. This is the maximum range of the analog device. Most pressure transmitters are 0-300PSI or 0-2000PSI. The flow
range should match the settable output range of the flow sensor (typically 20 GPM).
4. The units of these ranges are fixed.
5. The value of the analog input based on the analog signal and the maximum range scaling.
6. The positive or negative offset to be applied to the Scaled Value
7. The desired units to be displayed on the P&ID screen.
8. The final value based on all the above choices.
9. The status register of the analog input channel. See definition key along the bottom of the screen. If the sensor wires
are not connected, the status register will be 6. If the channel signal is good (within range), the status register will be
0.
10. Press this button to go back to the Analog Input Setpoints screen.

Page 34 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Analog Output Settings (Automatic VFD Speed Control)

By default, the RO system will be set for Automatic VFD control.

The PIT-1004 pressure value should normally be between 25 PSI and 75 PSI to protect the high pressure pump when it is
running. The Booster pump VFD may need to run at a different spend before and after the high pressure pump starts.
Before the high pressure pump starts, the PIT-1004 inlet pressure should be just below 75PSI. After the high pressure
pump starts, the PIT-1004 pressure should remain be above 25PSI.

1. The target pressure for PIT-1004 during Startup Stage 3. The Booster Pump VFD speed will automatically ramp up or
down to reach this setpoint.
2. The minimum pressure setpoint for PIT-1004 while the High pressure pump is running in automatic mode. When
necessary, the VFD speed will ramp up to maintain this minimum speed. If the feed pressure is higher, the VFD will
ramp down to about 5 PSI above this setpoint to conserve energy.
3. The value of the analog output. This is on a scale of 0 to 10000 which is equivalent to a scale of 4-20mA.
4. The active mode is displayed here. When the RO is stopped, the operator can toggle between Automatic mode and
Manual mode.
5. When in Manual mode, the operator can control the speed of the Booster pump VFD.
6. The VFD start Signal must also be on for the pump to run.
7. Press this to go to the Digital Output Checks screen.
8. Press this to toggle between automatic and manual control of the VFD speed during automatic RO operation.

Page 35 of 36
Control System Operation Manual – J3 & C3 & T3 Series Rev 1.07
Analog Output Settings (Manual VFD Speed Control)

The PIT-1004 pressure value should normally be between 25 PSI and 75 PSI to protect the high pressure pump when it is
running. The Booster pump VFD may need to run at a different spend before and after the high pressure pump starts.
Before the high pressure pump starts, the PIT-1004 inlet pressure should be just below 75PSI. After the high pressure
pump starts, the PIT-1004 pressure should remain be above 25PSI. These manual speed settings may vary and will
depend on the sea water inlet pressure coming into the RO system.

1. The setpoint speed of the Booster pump VFD during automatic operation before the high pressure pump starts.
2. The setpoint speed of the Booster pump VFD during automatic operation after the high pressure pump starts.
3. The value of the analog output. This is on a scale of 0 to 10000 which is equivalent to a scale of 4-20mA.
4. The active mode is displayed here. When the RO is stopped, the operator can toggle between Automatic mode and
Manual mode.
5. When in Manual mode, the operator can control the speed of the Booster pump VFD.
6. The VFD start Signal must also be on for the pump to run.
7. Press this to go to the Digital Output Checks screen.
8. Press this to toggle between automatic and manual control of the VFD speed during automatic RO operation.

Page 36 of 36
SECTION 7

MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND


TROUBLESHOOTING
This page intentionally left blank.
7. MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND TROUBLESHOOTING

From time to time, Parker Hannifin may make programming changes to the Control Logic.
Other production changes are tracked by Parker Hannifin through the system serial number.
Troubleshooting methods and results can vary depending on the operating conditions indicated
on the system control panel.
Whenever requesting assistance from Parker Hannifin or one of Parker Hannifin’s service dealers,
ALWAYS PROVIDE ALL INFORMATION AND OPERATION CONDITIONS DISPLAYED AT THE
SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL.
SERIAL NUMBER: Helps us to determine the latest physical version and configuration of your
system which is necessary to ensure that we provide you with the correct information or parts.
TYPE: Tells us the production capacity of your system which gives us a bench mark in diagnosing
product water flow and pressure concerns.
TIME RUNNING: Assists us in diagnosing abnormalities that can occur at given operational time
intervals such as required pump maintenance, or R.O. membrane element condition.
VERSION: Allows us to determine the specific sequential operation of the system based on the
version of the programmed control logic.
AND always provide us the System Operating Voltage, Cycles and Phase.
7.1 50 HOURS CHECK
Approximately every 50 hours of use, the System should be inspected as part of a preventive maintenance
program.
The following steps should be taken to ensure that potential problems are resolved prior to leading into major
repairs. Any electro-mechanical pumping system requires similar preventive maintenance.
1. Mounting Hardware: Because the system is subject to vibrations transferred from the drive source,
inspect all mounting hardware for tightness. Inspect all screws, brackets, nuts and bolts. Pay special
attention to the mounting of the high-pressure pump and its electric motor as they are subject to more
vibration than the rest of the system.
2. High-pressure Pump (optional): Regularly check the level of the crankcase oil. When the pump is
horizontal, the oil level should be at the high-level mark on the dipstick gauge. Over filling does not
harm the pump.Use onlyParker Hannifin high-pressure pump crankcase oil.
3. Regularly clean any salt water or salt deposits off any part of the system by rinsing with a rag wetted with
fresh water. Dry all parts, and as protection against the salt water environment, apply a thin coating of
light oil such as WD-40 to the external metal parts.
4. Regularly check drive belt wear and tension (optional pump). Pay special attention to alignment, but do not
over tighten the drive belt.
5. Check regularly for fluid leaks; either oil from the high-pressure pump (optional) or water from
anywhere in the system. Do not arbitrarily tighten water fittings unless they are obviously loose or
leaking. Do not over tighten the fittings. Be sure to tighten the black tube fittings by hand only, without tools.
Use caution in tightening the gray PVC fittings.
6. Regularly check all tubing and high-pressure hoses for wear and friction against abrasive surfaces. Hoses
should not be in contact with heated or abrasive surfaces.

Ensure that all high-pressure piping align properly to their respective mating pipe. Misalignment causes the
gasket, within the fitting, to leak. Misalignment also causes wear and premature failure of the fitting. The pipes
must be aligned prior to installing the gasket and fitting. Do not over tighten nuts and bolts.
The frequency of required maintenance is dependent on the regularity of usage, the condition of the intake
water (the location of use), length of time the System is exposed to water, the total running time and, in some
cases, the way the System is installed.
Because of these factors, the Operator Maintenance Intervals are a guideline for recommended actions. The
following maintenance timetable is an estimate of the time intervals at which maintenance may be
required on various systems components. This is based upon factual data compiled from installations around
the world. However, this schedule must be adjusted to each individual system depending upon the variables
mentioned above. Refer to the Table below.

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TIME INTERVAL TIME


REQUIRED INTERMITTENT INTERVAL
Coarse Strainer DUTY
100 hours CONTINUOUS
Weekly
Inspect & Clean
DUTY
Screen & Housing
Booster Pump Replace Seals 3 months 2000 hours
Multi-Media Filter Back wash & Rinse 200 hours Weekly
Pre-filter Replace element(s) & Low Pressure <6 psi (x BAR) Low Pressure <6 psi (x BAR)
Clean housing
Flow Meters Clean inside the clear When dirty. When dirty.
HP Pump Plunger face. internal
Check 500 hours 500 hours
(std)
R. O. Membrane components
Clean Element When normalized product When normalized product
flow or salt rejection flow or salt rejection
decreases by 10% decreases by 10%
Charcoal Filter Replace Element Monthly Monthly
Coral Sea – C3
FILTER REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES

CLEANING FILTER (CL-95)


FRESH WATER FILTER (FIL-1006)
MEDIA FILTER
INSTALLATION OF CLEANING FILTER CL-95

Remove vessel by turning Lower vessel out of RO frame


counter-clockwise.

Insert filter as shown. Replace vessel by turning clockwise


until tight.
INSTALLATION OF FRESH WATER FILTER FIL-1006

Remove vessel by turning counter-clockwise. Lower vessel out of RO frame

Insert filter as shown. Replace vessel by turning clockwise


INSTALLATION OF MEDIA FILTER

Push down cap to relieve pressure Lift out retaining ring from housing.
against retaining ring while pulling
the retaining ring inward and up.

Lift cap out of the housing. Pull out filter by handle.


MEMBRANE MAINTENANCE AND HANDLING

A. HANDLING AND PRESERVATION:


Preservation:
Some new Parker elements are shipped in a standard preservation solution containing 1%
sodium bisulfite. All these elements have been tested by quality control, soaked in the
mentioned solution for one hour, drained and bagged into double plastic bag. The inner bag is
made of an oxygen barrier material.
Bisulfite provides protection from biological growth.
Some types of Parker elements are also available as dry elements. Those elements have been
dry vacuum tested, but not tested with saline water. They are bagged into a single plastic bag.
They do not require any preservation solution, but they should be kept in their sealed bag until
they are used.
Any Parker element that has been used and removed from the pressure vessel for storage or
shipping must be preserved in a preservation solution. Use a mixture of 1% (by weight) of
sodium bisulfite – food grade, not cobalt activated – and water. Soak the element for one hour
in the solution, allow to drip out and seal it into an oxygen barrier plastic bag. We recommend
re-using the original bag. Do not fill the plastic bag with the preservation solution – the
moisture in the element is sufficient, and leaking might create a problem during transport.
Identify the element and the preservation solution on the outside of the bag.

Rewetting of Dried Out Elements:


Elements that have dried out after use may irreversibly lose water permeability. Rewetting
might be successful with one of the following methods:
- Soak in 50/50% ethanol/water or propanol/water for 15 minutes.
- Pressurize the element at 10 bar (150 psi) and close the permeate port for 30 minutes. Take
care that the permeate port is re-opened before the feed pressure is released.
- Soak the element in 1% HCl or 4% HNO3 for 1-100 hours.

Storage:
The following are guidelines for storage of elements:
- Store inside a cool building or warehouse and not in direct sunlight.
- Temperature limits: -4°C to +35°C (22°F to 95°F). New, dry elements will not be affected
by temperatures below -4°C (22°F).

Page 1 of 11
- Elements stored in 1% sodium bisulfite will freeze below -4°C (22°F), but the membrane
will not be damaged, provided they are thawed before loading and use.
- Keep new elements in their original packaging.
- Preserved elements should be visually inspected for biological growth every three
months. When the preservation solution is no longer clear, or after six months, the
element should be removed from the bag, soaked in fresh preservation solution and
repacked.
- If equipment for preservation (fresh solution, clean environment, bag sealing device) is
not available, the elements can be left in their original packaging for up to 12 months.
When the elements are loaded into the pressure vessels, they should be cleaned with an
alkaline cleaner before the plant is started up.
- The pH of the preservation solution should be spot-checked every 3 months and must
never drop below pH 3. A pH decrease can occur when bisulfite is oxidized to sulfuric
acid. This precaution is especially important for seawater membranes because the salt
rejection of those membranes will be affected at low pH storage. Re-preservation is
mandatory when the pH is 3 or lower.

Shipping:
When Parker elements must be shipped, they must be preserved with a preservation solution
according to the previous instructions.
Make sure that:
- The plastic bag does not leak.
- The element is properly identified.
- The preservation solution is correctly labeled.
We recommend using the original packaging with the polystyrene foam cushions to protect the
element from mechanical damage. The product tube ends of elements of sizes less than 8” are
especially endangered.

Disposal:
Used Parker elements can be disposed of as municipal waste, provided:
- No preservation solution of other hazardous liquid is contained in the element.
- No depositions of hazardous substances are on the membranes (e.g. elements used in
wastewater treatment).

Page 2 of 11
B. HANDLING, PRESERVATION AND STORAGE – NEW ELEMENTS:
General:
Parker membrane elements should be handled in such a way that biological growth and change
in membrane performance during long-term storage, shipping or system shutdowns are
prevented. The elements should preferably be stored and shipped outside the pressure vessels
and loaded into the pressure vessels just prior to start-up.
Follow accepted safety practices when using biocide solutions as membrane preservations.
Always wear eye protection. Consult the relevant Safety Data Sheets as supplied by the
manufacture of the chemicals.
Parker elements are tested and shipped either in dry condition or as wet and preserved
elements. Wet elements are preserved in a standard storage solution containing a buffered 1
wt % food-grade sodium metabisulfite (SMBS). The storage solution prevents biological growth
during storage and shipping of elements.
Wet elements are bagged in a durable, oxygen-barrier composite plastic bag and preservative
solution is delivered prior to vacuum sealing. Precise preservative volume and high bag integrity
help ensure a stable preservative environment during transportation and storage.
Dry Parker elements are bagged and sealed in a robust plastic bag. They do not require any
preservation solution, but they should be kept in their sealed bag until they are used.
Please follow these guidelines for storage:
- Store inside a cool building or warehouse and not in direct sunlight.
- Temperature limits: -4°C to +35°C (22°F to 95°F). New, dry elements will not be affected
by temperatures below -4°C (22°F).
- Elements stored in 1% SMBS will freeze below -4°C (22°F), but the membrane will not be
damaged, provided they are thawed before loading and use.
- Keep new elements in their original packaging.
- Preserved element should be visually inspected for biological growth 12 months after
shipment and thereafter every three months. If the preservation solution is not clear,
the element should be removed from the bag, soaked in fresh preservation solution and
repacked.
When the elements are loaded into the pressure vessels, they should be cleaned with an
alkaline cleaner before the plant is started up.

Page 3 of 11
C. HANDLING, PRESERVATION AND STORAGE – USED ELEMENTS:
Preservation and Storage:
Any Parker element that has been used and removed from the pressure vessel for storage or
shipping must be preserved in a preservation solution as follows:
- Use the standard storage solution of 1% food-grade SMBS (not cobalt-activated) in
good, quality water (preferably reverse osmosis (RO) or nanofiltration (NF) permeate).
- Soak the element for 1 hour in the solution; keep it in a vertical position so that the
entrapped air can escape. Allow it to drip out, and seal it into oxygen barrier plastic bag.
We recommend reusing the original bag. Do not fill the plastic bag with the preservation
solution – the moisture in the element is sufficient, and leaking bags might create a
problem during transport.
- Identify the element and the preservation solution on the outside of the bag.
- The storage conditions are the same for the new elements.
- Re-preserved elements should be visually inspected for biological growth every three
months. If the preservation solution is not clear, the element should be re-preserved
and repacked as above.
- The pH of the preservation solution must never drop below pH 3. In the absence of a
buffer, such as is used in the original preservative for wet Parker elements, a pH
decrease can occur when bisulfite is oxidized to sulfuric acid. Therefore, the pH of the
bisulfite preservation solution should be spot checked at least every three months. Re-
preservation is mandatory when the pH is 3 or lower.
- Wear protective gloves and sleeves to avoid prolonged contact with skin, when working
with the preservative.

Page 4 of 11
D. LOADING OF PRESSURE VESSELS – ELEMENT REMOVAL:
Element Removal – Standard Elements:
Two operators are recommended when removing NF or RO elements from a train or system.
Remove the element from each pressure vessel as follows:
1. Disconnect the hard plumbing at each end of the pressure vessel. Refer to the vessel
manufacturer’s drawing as required. Mark or tag all removed items for return to the
same location.
NOTE:
Numbering of the endplates and reinstalling in the same vessel is very important, this makes
reinstallation much easier and all the connections will line up properly.

2. Remove the end cap assemblies from each end of the pressure vessel.
3. Push the NF or RO elements from the pressure vessel in the same direction as feed
water flows. Push the elements out one at a time. Support each element as it is being
pushed out of the vessel until the element is free of the pressure vessel.

Page 5 of 11
E. LOADING OF PRESSURE VESSELS – PREPARATION
Preparation:
A schematic diagram of the RO system should be prepared for recording pressure vessel and
element locations. It should show the entire piping system for the skid as well. To identify
individual element locations, use the Parker serial numbers written on each label. This diagram
will help you keep track of each individual element in the system.
The following equipment is recommended:
- Safety shoes
- Safety glasses
- Rubber gloves
- Silicone lubricant (Dow Corning / Molykote 111 recommended)
- Clean rags
- Glycerin
- Hose and water to flush vessel
- Sponge / Swab, long stick and rope to clean vessel
1. Load Parker elements into the pressure vessels just prior to start-up.
2. Before assembling all components, check the parts list and make sure all items are
present and in the right quantities.
3. Carefully remove all dust, dirt, and foreign matter from the pressure vessels before
opening.
4. Remove all end cap assemblies and thrust rings (if provided) from all pressure vessels in
the train or system.
NOTE:
There are several manufacturers of pressure vessels used for spiral wound nanofiltration and reverse
osmosis elements. Refer to manufacturer’s drawing for your pressure vessel during removal and
installation of end cap assembly.

5. Spray clean water through the open pressure vessels to remove any dust or debris
present in the vessels.
NOTE:
If additional cleaning is required, create a swab large enough to fill the inside diameter of the pressure
vessel. Soak the swab in a glycerin/water solution (50 vol %) and move it back and forth through the
pressure vessel until the vessel is clean and lubricated.

Page 6 of 11
F. LOADING OF PRESSURE VESSELS – ELEMENT LOADING
Element Loading:
1. Install the thrust ring in the concentrate discharge end of the vessel. Consult the
manufacturer’s drawing for specific information on the thrust ring positioning. This must
be done before the loading of the elements., there is a risk of not installing it properly.
2. You need to verify whether you are installing iLECTM (Interlocking Endcap) or standard
elements, which require the use of a supplied interconnect.
3. It’s recommended to stage the elements prior to loading and record each serial number
by position, so that in the future you will know where each element is located inside of
the pressure vessel.
4. Place the leading end of the first RO or NF element into the feed water end of the first
pressure vessel and slide it in approximately one-half of the element length.
Note:
Always load NF or RO elements into the feed water end of the pressure vessel. Verify that the
U-cup brine seal is properly seated in the end cap groove of the element such that the brine
seal opens in the upstream direction.
5. To Load Standard Elements:
Lubricate the O-ring seals on the interconnector and the inside of the product water
tube with a very thin layer of silicone lubricant.
Install the interconnector into the permeate tube of the element.
When installing O-rings, expand them slightly, do not roll them into position. Glycerin
may be used, but is not recommended. Although glycerin lubricates during the initial
installation, it quickly washes out during normal operation. Experience has shown that
using a silicone lubricant applied sparingly to the bore of 8-inch elements or the
permeate water tube outer sealing surface for 4-inch and 2.5-inch elements, maintains
the desired lubricity long after the initial start-up.
For potable water and food processing applications, it’s recommended that the
lubricant be Dow Corning 111 valve lubricant and sealant, which carries both FDA and
NSF approval.
a. Apply a thin layer of silicone lubricant to each brine seal.
b. Lift the next element into position and install the trailing end of the
interconnector. Be very careful to hold the next element so that the weight is
not supported by the interconnector, and push the element into the pressure
until about one-half of the element extends outside the vessel.

Page 7 of 11
Repeat these steps until all elements are loaded into the pressure vessel. The number of
elements loaded into an individual vessel will depend on the length of the elements and
the vessel itself.
6. Install the downstream end cap assembly on each end of the pressure vessel:
a. Carefully position the downstream end cap assembly in the vessel and push
the end cap assembly as a unit squarely into the end of the element. Use care
when seating the O-ring seal on the adapter into the element and avoid pinching
or rolling the O-rings.
b. Rotate the end cap assembly to ensure proper alignment with the connecting
piping.
c. Replace the hardware, sealing the end cap assembly in place. Refer to the
pressure vessel manufacturer’s drawing.
7. Push the element stack from the feed end (upstream) towards the downstream end.
8. After the elements have been installed, it may be necessary to add shims to reduce the
amount of “freeboard” or space between the face of the lead element and the face of
the adapter hub, with the vessel adapter being the component which internally
connects the element product water tube with the permeate port on the pressure
vessel. This procedure helps prevent movement and hammering of elements when the
system starts and shuts down.
Continue these steps for each pressure vessel in the train or system.
9. Install the feed end cap assembly on each of the pressure vessels like the downstream
end cap assembly. Close each pressure vessel with the parts from the same vessel. Re-
install any piping that was previously removed for element loading.

Page 8 of 11
G. LOADING OF PRESSURE VESSELS – SHIMMING / ELEMENT SPACERS
Shimming Elements:
Pressure vessels for membrane elements are all built with a tolerance to allow for slight
variations in the length of the elements. This is referred to as freeboard. In operation, the
elements can slip back and forth during start-up and shutdown, causing wear to the internal
seals. Additionally, the pressure vessel elongates when pressurized, which in the most extreme
case could push the whole stack of elements off the lead end adapter, resulting in a severe
feed-to-permeate leak. Shimming the elements in a pressure vessel at the time they are loaded
will minimize the shifting that occurs during start-ups and shutdowns and ensures that the
adapters are properly seated in the permeate tubes of the lead and tail elements.
Shims themselves are plastic spacer rings (like washers), usually about 0.20 inches (5mm) thick
with an inside diameter slightly larger than the pressure vessel head end of the adapter. Figure
1 below shows a drawing of a typical shim and the placement of multiple shims on the adapter
between the adapter hub and the pressure vessel head. Shims are always placed on the feed
end adapter, keeping the stack of elements tight against the thrust ring and end plug on the
brine end of the pressure vessel.

Figure 1 – Shim and placement on feed end adapter

Shims can be purchased from your pressure vessel manufacturer. An alternative is to cut shims
from an appropriately sized piece of polyvinylchloride (PVC) pipe. If cut from pipe, the shims
must be free of burrs and must be cut parallel and flat to work correctly.

Page 9 of 11
The process of shimming is performed after the membrane elements have been loaded. The
element stack should be pushed completely into the vessel such that the downstream element
is firmly seated against the thrust ring at the brine end of the vessel. Refer to the pressure
vessel manufacturer’s instructions on loading elements. From this point the procedure is as
follows:
1. Remove the adapter O-ring and head seal from the feed end of theses vessel components.
This will assure that there is no interference from any of the sealing components and minimize
the force required to “seat the head”.
2. Remove the end plate and slide spacers over the end of the adapter that fits into the
permeate port. Add enough spacers so it is not possible to install the retaining rings after
seating the head.
3. Remove one spacer at a time until you can just install the retaining rings. The slight remaining
movement is acceptable.
4. Remove the head and reinstall the adapter O-ring and head seal.
5. Close the vessel according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

Page 10 of 11
Installing an Element Spacer:
In some instances, it is desirable to reduce the amount of water that a membrane system
produces. In large systems, this is often done by turning off banks of elements. In other systems
the feed pressure is reduced, but reducing the feed pressure will lower the overall water
quality. Therefore, it may be necessary to remove the lead elements from a system and install
element spacers instead.
An element spacer, also call a “dead man”, is simply a standard product water tube without
permeate holes. Proper installation is critical to both performance and safety. Only one
element spacer can be installed per pressure vessel, and it must always be installed in the first
or lead element position. If placed in any other position, it may crack or break due to the force
being put on the water tube.
To install the spacer:
1. Remove the first or lead element.
2. Remove and inspect the adapter and first interconnector, making certain that the O-rings are
not rolled, compression set (flat on one side), or otherwise damaged. Replace the O-rings if
necessary.
3. Insert the interconnector in the spacer and push the spacer/interconnector into the second
position element.
4. Insert the adapter and then replace the pressure vessel head. It may be helpful to only
partially insert the interconnector and adapter to leave room to line up the parts. Alternately, a
guide stick can be inserted through the permeate port on the vessel head to hold the spacer in
line while the parts are pushed together.

Figure 2 – Element spacer properly installed in a pressure vessel.

Page 11 of 11
Alarms result in a shutdown of the system. Warnings result in a warning messages only (no shutdown).
(This list assumes that the sensors, valves and motors are all functioning correctly.)

Technical Text on HMI Plain Text Version Possible Causes Remedy


The sea water feed line is blocked or closed.
Verify flooded inlet line at tie point TIE-1001
PIT-1000 CH0 LOW LOW ALARM BOOSTER PUMP INLET LOW PRESS. ALARM The valves on the optional Multi Media skid are not properly configured to allow water
Verify the positions of the three Multi Media valves (if applicable)
into the RO skid.
Verify pressure of feed line.
PIT-1000 CH0 HIGH HIGH ALARM BOOSTER PUMP INLET HIGH PRESS. ALARM The inlet pressure into TIE-1001 is too high.
Install pressure regulator valve if necessary.
The sea water feed line is blocked or closed.
Use the optional feed pump to manually push water through the RO system.
The valves on the optional Multi Media skid are not properly configured to allow water
PIT-1001 CH1 LOW LOW ALARM BOOSTER PUMP OUTLET LOW PRESS. ALARM Open up the pressure pickup tubing for PIT-1001 to bleed out trapped air and allow
into the RO skid.
the booster pump to prime properly.
There is air in the line at the booster pump outlet.
Verify pressure of feed line.
PIT-1001 CH1 HIGH HIGH ALARM BOOSTER PUMP OUTLET HIGH PRESS. ALARM The inlet pressure into TIE-1001 is too high.
Install pressure regulator valve if necessary.
The sea water feed line is blocked or closed.
Use the optional feed pump to manually push water through the RO system.
The valves on the optional Multi Media skid are not properly configured to allow water
PIT-1002 CH2 LOW LOW ALARM 20-MICRON PREFILTER INLET LOW PRESS. ALARM Open up the pressure pickup tubing for PIT-1001 to bleed out trapped air and allow
into the RO skid.
the booster pump to prime properly.
There is air in the line at the booster pump outlet.
Verify pressure of feed line.
PIT-1002 CH2 HIGH HIGH ALARM 20-MICRON PREFILTER INLET HIGH PRESS. ALARM The inlet pressure into TIE-1001 is too high. Install pressure regulator valve if necessary.
Valve NV-1000 can be opened a little bit to decrease the pressure.
The sea water feed line is blocked or closed.
Use the optional feed pump to manually push water through the RO system.
The valves on the optional Multi Media skid are not properly configured to allow water
PIT-1003 CH3 LOW LOW ALARM 5-MICRON PREFILTER INLET LOW PRESS. ALARM Open up the pressure pickup tubing for PIT-1001 to bleed out trapped air and allow
into the RO skid.
the booster pump to prime properly.
There is air in the line at the booster pump outlet.
Verify pressure of feed line.
PIT-1003 CH3 HIGH HIGH ALARM 5-MICRON PREFILTER INLET HIGH PRESS. ALARM The inlet pressure into TIE-1001 is too high. Install pressure regulator valve if necessary.
Valve NV-1000 can be opened a little bit to decrease the pressure.
The sea water feed line is blocked or closed. Use the optional feed pump to manually push water through the RO system.
The valves on the optional Multi Media skid are not properly configured to allow water Open up the pressure pickup tubing for PIT-1001 to bleed out trapped air and allow
into the RO skid. the booster pump to prime properly.
PIT-1004 CH4 LOW LOW ALARM HP PUMP INLET LOW PRESS. ALARM
There is air in the line at the booster pump outlet. Make sure that internal parts of the autofilter are not clogged and that the drain is not
The autofilter is clogged. completely closed (NV-1000).
The Prefilters are dirty Replace the Prefilters.
Verify pressure of feed line.
PIT-1004 CH4 HIGH HIGH ALARM HP PUMP INLET HIGH PRESS. ALARM The inlet pressure into TIE-1001 is too high. Install pressure regulator valve if necessary.
Valve NV-1000 can be opened a little bit to decrease the pressure.
BPRV-1002 is not set correctly.
PIT-1005 CH5 LOW LOW ALARM MEMBRANE INLET LOW PRESS. ALARM BPRV-1002 needs to be adjused (closed) to increase the system pressure.
Verify that MV-1009 is closing in Startup Stage 4.

BPRV-1002 is set too high.


PIT-1005 CH5 HIGH HIGH ALARM MEMBRANE INLET HIGH PRESS. ALARM BPRV-1002 needs to be adjused (opened) to decrease the system pressure.
There is a blockage in the membrane vessels.

BPRV-1002 is not set correctly.


PIT-1006 CH6 LOW LOW ALARM MEMBRANE REJECT OUTLET LOW PRESS. ALARM BPRV-1002 needs to be adjused (closed) to increase the system pressure.
Verify that MV-1009 is closing in Startup Stage 4.
BPRV-1002 is set too high.
PIT-1006 CH6 HIGH HIGH ALARM MEMBRANE REJECT OUTLET HIGH PRESS. ALARM BPRV-1002 needs to be adjused (opened) to decrease the system pressure.
There is a blockage in the membrane vessels.
Check the product piping for leaks.
PIT-1007 CH7 LOW LOW ALARM MEMBRANE PRODUCT OUTLET LOW PRESS. ALARM The product line is broken or the setpoint value is too high.
Reduce the setpoint value.

Check the product piping for blockage. Make sure no external valves are closed.
PIT-1007 CH7 HIGH HIGH ALARM MEMBRANE PRODUCT OUTLET HIGH PRESS. ALARM The product line is blocked or the setpoint value is too low.
Increase the setpoint value.

BPRV-1002 is not set to produce enough system pressure. Increase BPRV-1002 until the product flow is at the appropriate value.
FIT-1002 CH8 LOW LOW ALARM PRODUCT OUTLET LOW FLOW ALARM The FIT-1002 flow transmitter is not configured correctly and the output is not Configure the flow transmitter and confirm that the output value matches the FI-1002
accurate. gauge value. (Typically this involves adjusting the Factor of the transmitter)
BPRV-1002 is set to produce too much system pressure. Decrease BPRV-1002 until the product flow is at the appropriate value.
FIT-1002 CH8 HIGH HIGH ALARM PRODUCT OUTLET HIGH FLOW ALARM The FIT-1002 flow transmitter is not configured correctly and the output is not Configure the flow transmitter and confirm that the output value matches the FI-1002
accurate. gauge value. (Typically this involves adjusting the Factor of the transmitter)
The inlet feed salinity level is too low. Reduce the pressure at BPRV-1002.
AIT-1001 CH9 LOW LOW ALARM PRODUCT TDS LOW SALINITY ALARM
The Low Low setpoint value is too high. Lower the setpoint.
The couplers or adapters in the membranes may be damaged allowing sea water into
Check the membranes for damage or wear.
the product line.
AIT-1001 CH9 HIGH HIGH ALARM PRODUCT TDS HIGH SALINITY ALARM Verify that the salinity value is accurate by measuring the product salinity with an
The membranes are worn and may need cleaning or replacing.
external device.
The inlet feed salinity level is too high.
PIT-1000 CH0 LOW WARNING BOOSTER PUMP INLET LOW PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1000 CH0 HIGH WARNING BOOSTER PUMP INLET HIGH PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1001 CH1 LOW WARNING BOOSTER PUMP OUTLET LOW PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1001 CH1 HIGH WARNING BOOSTER PUMP OUTLET HIGH PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.
Alarms result in a shutdown of the system. Warnings result in a warning messages only (no shutdown).
(This list assumes that the sensors, valves and motors are all functioning correctly.)

Technical Text on HMI Plain Text Version Possible Causes Remedy

PIT-1002 CH2 LOW WARNING 20-MICRON PREFILTER INLET LOW PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1002 CH2 HIGH WARNING 20-MICRON PREFILTER INLET HIGH PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1003 CH3 LOW WARNING 5-MICRON PREFILTER INLET LOW PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1003 CH3 HIGH WARNING 5-MICRON PREFILTER INLET HIGH PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1004 CH4 LOW WARNING HP PUMP INLET LOW PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1004 CH4 HIGH WARNING HP PUMP INLET HIGH PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1005 CH5 LOW WARNING MEMBRANE INLET LOW PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1005 CH5 HIGH WARNING MEMBRANE INLET HIGH PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1006 CH6 LOW WARNING MEMBRANE REJECT OUTLET LOW PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1006 CH6 HIGH WARNING MEMBRANE REJECT OUTLET HIGH PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1007 CH7 LOW WARNING MEMBRANE PRODUCT OUTLET LOW PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

PIT-1007 CH7 HIGH WARNING MEMBRANE PRODUCT OUTLET HIGH PRESS. WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

FIT-1002 CH8 LOW WARNING PRODUCT OUTLET LOW FLOW WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

FIT-1002 CH8 HIGH WARNING PRODUCT OUTLET HIGH FLOW WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

AIT-1001 CH9 LOW WARNING PRODUCT TDS LOW SALINITY WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.

AIT-1001 CH9 HIGH WARNING PRODUCT TDS HIGH SALINITY WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.
WARNING - LOW PRESSURE AT PIT-1001 DURING
WARNING - BOOSTER PUMP OUTLET LOW PRESSURE DURING FWF See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this device.
FRESH WATER FLUSH
Make sure that internal parts of the autofilter are not clogged and that the drain valve
WARNING - AUTOFILTER IS FLUSHING FREQUENTLY WARNING - AUTOFILTER IS FLUSHING FREQUENTLY The differential pressure across the AF-1000 Autofilter is consistantly high.
MV-1003 is functioning properly.
Refill the tank with the proper chemical solution.
The optional LSL-1002 dosing tank level switch is low or disconnected.
WARNING - LSL-1002 LOW LEVEL (MP-1002, TK-1002) WARNING - LOW LEVEL IN THE TK-1002 CHLORINE DOSING TANK Verify input wiring to the level switch.
The LSL-1002 input is enabled but not used.
If necessary, disable the LSL-1002 switch.
The "Acceptable Product Salinity Level" setpoint is too high.
The back pressure regulator is not creating enough back pressure. Adjust the setpoint.
HIGH PRODUCT SALINITY FOR AN EXTENDED
PRODUCT SALINITY HAS BEEN HIGH FOR TOO L ONG The membranes/couplers/adapers are damaged and are allowing sea water into the Increase the pressure by closing BPRV-1002.
PERIOD OF TIME
product line within the membrane vessels. Check the membranes/couplers/adapers within the membrane vessels
The salinity or temperature of the sea water has risen.
E-STOP WAS ACTIVATED E-STOP IS ACTIVE E-stop condition is present. Reset the E-stop Button or turn off the E-stop command from MODBUS

The flow into the high pressure pump is restricted or less than the flow demand of the
Adjust the setpoint.
pump. This starves the pump and causes a decrease in the inlet pressure to the
PSL-1001 LOW PRESSURE ALARM HP PUMP INLET LOW PRESSURE SWITCH ALARM Increase (close) BPRV-1002
pump.
Check the membranes/couplers/adapers within the membrane vessels
The Autofiller Drain valve (NV-1000) may be open too much.
HIGH PRESSURE AT PIT-1001 DURING FRESH Reduce the pressure of the FWF inlet line.
HIGH PRESSURE AT BOOSTER PUMP OUTLET DURING FRESH WATER FLUSH The FWF inlet pressure at TIE-1010 is too high
WATER FLUSH Install pressure regulator valve if necessary.
Refill the tank with the proper chemical solution.
The optional LSL-1018 dosing tank level switch is low or disconnected.
LSL-1018 LOW TANK LEVEL ALARM LOW LEVEL IN THE TK-1018 SBS DOSING TANK Verify input wiring to the level switch.
The LSL-1018 input is enabled but not used.
If necessary, disable the LSL-1018 switch.

LOW PRESSURE AT PIT-1000 IN CLEANING MODE LOW PRESSURE AT BOOSTER PUMP INLET DURING CLEANING The cleaning loop is not completely flooded with water. Use valve BV-98 to add Fresh water to the Cleaning loop.

LOW PRESSURE AT PIT-1001 IN CLEANING MODE LOW PRESSURE AT BOOSTER PUMP OUTLET DURING CLEANING The cleaning loop is not completely flooded with water. Use valve BV-98 to add Fresh water to the Cleaning loop.
Alarms result in a shutdown of the system. Warnings result in a warning messages only (no shutdown).
(This list assumes that the sensors, valves and motors are all functioning correctly.)

Technical Text on HMI Plain Text Version Possible Causes Remedy

HIGH PRESSURE AT PIT-1001 IN CLEANING MODE HIGH PRESSURE AT BOOSTER PUMP OUTLET DURING CLEANING The pressure within the cleaning loop is too high. Make sure valve BV-98 is closed and use valve SV-95 to bleed off pressure.

HIGH PRESSURE AT PIT-1005 IN CLEANING MODE LOW PRESSURE AT MEMBRANE INLET DURING CLEANING The pressure within the cleaning loop is too high. Make sure valve BV-98 is closed and use valve SV-95 to bleed off pressure.

HIGH PRESSURE AT PIT-1007 IN CLEANING MODE HIGH PRESSURE AT MEMBRANE PRODUCT OUTLET DURING CLEANING The pressure within the cleaning loop is too high. Make sure valve BV-98 is closed and use valve SV-95 to bleed off pressure.

REMOTE ESTOP SIGNAL WAS ACTIVATED MODBUS E-STOP SIGNAL IS ACTIVE The MODBUS E-stop command is turned on (when MODBUS is enabled). Reset the MODBUS E-stop command.
The Brine Flow Low Low setpoint is too high.
FIT-c1006 LOW LOW ALARM MEMBRANE REJECT LOW FLOW ALARM The Feed Flow value is incorrect. Adjust the FIT-c1006 setpoint.
The Product Flow value is incorrect.
The Brine Flow High High setpoint is too low.
FIT-c1006 HIGH HIGH ALARM MEMBRANE REJECT HIGH FLOW ALARM The Feed Flow value is incorrect. Adjust the FIT-c1006 setpoint.
The Product Flow value is incorrect.
The Recirculation Low Low setpoint is too high.
REC-c1005 LOW LOW ALARM MEMBRANE LOW RECOVERY % ALARM The Feed Flow value is incorrect. Adjust the REC-c1005 setpoint.
The Product Flow value is incorrect.
The Recirculation High High setpoint is too low.
REC-c1005 HIGH HIGH ALARM REC-c1005 MEMBRANE HIGH RECOVERY % ALARM The Feed Flow value is incorrect. Adjust the REC-c1005 setpoint.
The Product Flow value is incorrect.
The Differential Pressure Low Low setpoint is too high.
DPT-c1000 LOW LOW ALARM AUTOFILTER LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ALARM Adjust the DPT-c1000 setpoint.
The PIT-1001 or PIT-01002 value is incorrect.
The Differential Pressure High High Low setpoint is too low.
DPT-c1000 HIGH HIGH ALARM AUTOFILTER HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ALARM Adjust the DPT-c1000 setpoint.
The PIT-1001 or PIT-01002 value is incorrect.
The Differential Pressure Low Low setpoint is too high.
DPT-c1002 LOW LOW ALARM 20-MICRON PREFILTER LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ALARM Adjust the DPT-c1002 setpoint.
The PIT-1002 or PIT-01003 value is incorrect.
The Differential Pressure High High Low setpoint is too low.
DPT-c1002 HIGH HIGH ALARM 20-MICRON PREFILTER HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ALARM Adjust the DPT-c1002 setpoint.
The PIT-1002 or PIT-01003 value is incorrect.
The Differential Pressure Low Low setpoint is too high.
DPT-c1003 LOW LOW ALARM 5-MICRON PREFILTER LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ALARM Adjust the DPT-c1003 setpoint.
The PIT-1003 or PIT-01004 value is incorrect.
The Differential Pressure High High Low setpoint is too low.
DPT-c1003 HIGH HIGH ALARM 5-MICRON PREFILTER HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ALARM Adjust the DPT-c1003 setpoint.
The PIT-1003 or PIT-01004 value is incorrect.
The Differential Pressure Low Low setpoint is too high.
DPT-c1005 LOW LOW ALARM MEMBRANE LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ALARM Adjust the DPT-c1005 setpoint.
The PIT-1005 or PIT-01006 value is incorrect.
The Differential Pressure High High Low setpoint is too low.
DPT-c1005 HIGH HIGH ALARM MEMBRANE HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ALARM Adjust the DPT-c1005 setpoint.
The PIT-1005 or PIT-01006 value is incorrect.
FIT-c1006 LOW WARNING MEMBRANE REJECT LOW FLOW WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this value.

FIT-c1006 HIGH WARNING MEMBRANE REJECT HIGH FLOW WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this value.

REC-c1005 LOW WARNING MEMBRANE LOW RECOVERY % WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this value.

REC-c1005 HIGH WARNING MEMBRANE HIGH RECOVERY % WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this value.

DPT-c1000 LOW WARNING AUTOFILTER LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this value.

DPT-c1000 HIGH WARNING AUTOFILTER HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this value.

DPT-c1002 LOW WARNING 20-MICRON PREFILTER LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this value.

DPT-c1002 HIGH WARNING 20-MICRON PREFILTER HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this value.

DPT-c1003 LOW WARNING 5-MICRON PREFILTER LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this value.

DPT-c1003 HIGH WARNING 5-MICRON PREFILTER HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this value.

DPT-C1005 LOW WARNING MEMBRANE LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this value.

DPT-C1005 HIGH WARNING MEMBRANE HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE WARNING See corresponding Alarm information for this device. See corresponding Alarm information for this value.
SECTION 8

DRAWING PULL-OUTS
This page intentionally left blank.
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PROPRIETARY STATEMENT
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO PARKER WATER PURIFICATION ("PARKER"). THIS DOCUMENT IS FURNISHED ON THE
UNDERSTANDING THAT THE DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION IT CONTAINS WILL NOT BE COPIED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN CONDUCTING
BUSINESS WITH PARKER, AND WILL BE RETURNED AND ALL FURTHER USE DISCONTINUED UPON REQUEST BY PARKER. THE RECIPIENT OF THIS DOCUMENT THROUGH ITS OWN ANALYSIS
AND TESTING IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING THE FINAL SELECTION OF THE APPLICABLE SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS AND ASSURING THAT ALL PERFORMANCE, ENDURANCE,
MAINTENANCE, SAFETY AND WARNING REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPLICATION ARE MET. COPYRIGHT PARKER. YEAR OF COPYRIGHT IS FIRST YEAR INDICATED ON THIS DOCUMENT. ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED.

D D

CP
CONTROL PANEL
24 VDC

PP
460VAC,3PH,60HZ POWER PANEL
or
380VAC,3PH,50HZ

FLOW: 1/2"
A55X-13: 15.6 GPM (59.1 LPM) MV-1009
PVC SS316 HIGH PRESSURE
A55X-15: 15.0 GPM (56.8 LPM) BYPASS REJECT
A55X-23: 15.3 GPM (58.0 LPM) PRESSURE
1x1/2 1/2" 1/2" PIT
A55X-25: 14.7 GPM (55.6 LPM) X X X X X X X X X X X X
A55X-33: 14.6 GPM (55.3 LPM) SS TUBE SS TUBE 1006
A55X-35: 14.0 GPM (53.0 LPM) 0-2000 PSIG

X
BPRV-1002

SS TUBE
A55X-43: 13.9 GPM (52.6 LPM) 1x3/4 (0-138 BAR)

X
C BACK PRESSURE
C

X
A55X-45: 13.3 GPM (50.3 LPM)

1/4"
PVC SS316 REGULATOR VALVE SS316 RUBBER

X
A55X-53: 13.5 GPM (51.1 LPM)

X
1"
X

A55X-55: 12.9 GPM (48.8 LPM) BV-1011 1"


1" 1" REJECT/CONCENTRATE 3/4" 3/4x1/2 SS316 SS316 1x1/2 SS316 1/2" (-8)
X

TIE REJECT/CHEM
X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PRESSURE: DIVERSION PVC PIPE PVC PIPE PVC HOSE HP HOSE
1005 PRODUCT

SS TUBE

SS TUBE
X

X
0-30 PSIG (0-2 BAR) VALVE CV-1009

X
OUTLET

1/4"

1/4"
PRESSURE
X

X
EC

X
PIT 3/4"
FIT
REJECT 1" AIT PRV-1003

X
1007

X
OUTLET PVC PIPE 1" 1002 PRESSURE
1" X X 1" 1001 0-300 PSIG RELIEF VALVE
BACKPRESSURE

X
X X X

PP TUBE
X

(0-21 BAR)
1x1/2

PVC HOSE PVC PIPE COIL

X
FE 3/4x1/2
CV-1010 0-10 GPM

1/4"
AE

X
X

X
0-37.9 LPM) 1002
1001

X
X

1" 1x3/4 3/4" FI 3/4" 3/4" PRODUCT/PERMEATE 3/4x1/2 1/2" 1/2" 1/2x1/4

X
X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
M
MV-1010

3/4x1/4
PVC HOSE 1002 PVC HOSE PVC PIPE PP TUBE PP TUBE
CV-1000

PRODUCT PRODUCT PRODUCT

X
FLOW:
X

1/2"

TUBE
DIVERSION FLOWMETER CONDUCTIVITY

PP
A55X-13 & 15:2.6 GPM (8.9 LPM)

1/2"
X

X
VALVE
X

A55X-23 & 25:2.9 GPM (11.0 LPM) MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")

X
A55X-33 & 35:3.6 GPM (13.6 LPM) 3/8"
X

X X
A55X-43 & 45:4.3 GPM (16.3 LPM) X X X X X X X X
PP TUBE

HP HOSE
X

A55X-53 & 55:4.7 GPM (17.8 LPM)

1/2" (-8)
X
1x3/4

TUBE
TIE
X

PP
1/2"
X

X
PRESSURE: 1004
X

0-30 PSIG (0-2 BAR) MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")

X
3/8"
BOOSTER PUMP
X X X X X X X X X X X X
X

3/4" PP TUBE
3/4" 3/4" OUTET PRESSURE

X
PRODUCT WATER

TUBE
PVC PIPE

PP
OUTLET PVC PIPE

1/2"
X
PIT

X
X

CV-1004 1001 MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")

X
3/8"
PVC HOSE
X

0-300 PSIG X X
X X X X X X X X

PP TUBE
(0-21 BAR) PP TUBE

HP HOSE
X
X
3/4"

X
1/2" (-8)
1/4"

3/4x1

TUBE
X

PP
1/2"
X

X
MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")
X
X

X
X3/8" X X X X X X X X X X X
HC-1000
X

B X X X
HYDRO
PP TUBE
B

X
X

TUBE
X

CYCLONE

PP
1/2"
X

X
X

MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") HIGH PRESSURE PUMP

PVC PIPE

X
CL-95 3/8" OUTLET PRESSURE
X

X X X

3/4x1/2
X X X X X X X
CLEANING CARTRIDGE PP TUBE

1"

HP HOSE
X

X
1/2" (-8)
HOUSING

TUBE
1/2" PIT PI

PP
1/2"

1/2"
X
X

X
FLOW: 1005
1005
440-480V/3PH/60Hz
X X X X
X PVC PIPE MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") 0-2000 PSIG
X

X
18.2 GPM (68.9 LPM) NV 3/8" (0-138 BAR)

X
X

X X X X X X X X X X X X

SS TUBE
1000
X
PP HOSE

380-410V/3PH/50Hz PP TUBE
3/4"

1/4"
X
PVC HOSE
X

17.6 GPM (66.6 LPM) BOOSTER PUMP

RUBBER SS316
TUBE
X

FIL-1000 FIL-1001

PP
1/2"
X
TIE INLET PRESSURE PREFILTER PREFILTER
X

X
1"

20 MICRON 5 MICRON HIGH PRESSURE PUMP


X

PRESSURE: PIT INLET OUTLET


1001 PREFILTER PREFILTER INTLET PRESSURE MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")
PRESSURE PRESSURE
X

X
SV-1000

SV-1001
0-30 PSIG (0-2 BAR) 1000 3/8"
X

X X X X X X X X X X X X
CV-95

0-300 PSIG PP TUBE


3/4"

(0-21 BAR)
X

PI PIT PIT PSL PIT PI


X
PP TUBE

FED WATER 1" 1002 20m 1003 5m 1004

X
X

1002 1001 1004


1/4"

INLET PVC PIPE


X

0-160 PSIG 0-300 PSIG 0-300 PSIG 0-160 PSIG


1x3/4

(0-11 BAR) (0-21 BAR) (0-11 BAR) MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")

X
(0-21 BAR)
X

0-300 PSIG

X
1-1/4x1
X
/

1" X X (0-21 BAR) 6800 GPD (25.7 CMD)

PP TUBE

PP TUBE

PP TUBE

X
SEE SHEET 2 FOR OTHER VESSEL CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
X

X
FLOW: MV-1001 1" X
1" X
1/4"

1/4"

1/4"
M 1/2"

X
4.0 GPM @ 60 PSI FEED INLET PVC PIPE PVC HOSE X 1/2" (-8)

X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
(15.1 LPM @ 4.1 BAR) VALVE
HP HOSE
1" 1-1/4x1 1-1/4x1 1" 1-1/4x1 1-1/4x1 1" 1x3/4 3/4" CV-102
X

X X X X X
PRESSURE: P-101 PVC PIPE PVC PIPE PVC PIPE PVC HOSE
BOOSTER PUMP

3/4x1/2
FLOODED TO

1x1/2
X

1/2" 2.0 HP (1.5 KW) P-102


65 PSIG (4.5 BAR) X X X X X X X X X X X X

DWG NO
TIE PP TUBE 65 PSI (4.5 BAR) HIGH PRESSURE PUMP
FIL-1006 440-480V/3PH/60Hz
CV-1006

TEMPERATURE: 1010 FRESH WATER FLUSH 1" 10.0 HP (7.5 KW), 3470 RPM
1/2"

BASED ON 25°C FLOW:


CARTRIDGE HOUSING 1/2" FNPT BV-1014 3/8" FNPT 15.2 GPM (57.2 LPM) @ 65PSI (4.5 BAR)
440-480V/3PH/60Hz (PLUGGED) (PLUGGED)
1/2" 18.2 GPM (68.9 LPM) PREFILTER 380-410V/3PH/50Hz
FRESHWATER 1/2" 3/4x1/2 3/4x1/2 7.5 HP (5.6 KW). 2890 RPM
X X X X X X X
380-410V/3PH/50Hz DRAIN

A550-PID
FEED PP TUBE VALVE 14.7 GPM (55.6 LPM) @ 65PSI (4.5 BAR)
BV 17.6 GPM (66.6 LPM)
1006
A PRESSURE:
TIE
1009
N.O.
CUSTOMER - Parker Hannifin Corporation Contact
ATMOSPHERE Filtration Group / Water Purification Office: 310-608-5600
- 2630 E. El Presidio Street Fax: 310-608-5692
PREFILTER 1" 1" Carson, CA 90810 www.parker.com
DRAIN PVC PIPE PVC PIPE PROJECT -
- C3 CORAL SEA A550 (VERT) & A551 (HORIZ)
DRAWN - BCW DATE - 02.13.18 3800 GPD (14.4 CMD) - 6800 GPD (25.7 CMD)

SH
STANDARD FLANGE KIT (PN 61012038)
REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM

1
TIE DESCRIPTION CONNECTION
OTHER OPTIONS AVAILABLE PER REQUEST
CHECKED - JB DATE - 02.13.18
1001 INLET-FEED WATER 1" FNPT 1" ANSI 150 LBS SCH80 PVC FLANGE APPROVED - KS DATE - 02.13.18 PROCESS AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM
GENERAL NOTES:
1. REFER TO CONTROL STRATEGY FOR OPERATIONAL INFORMATION
1004 OUTLET-PRODUCT WATER 3/4" FNPT 3/4" ANSI 150 LBS SCH80 PVC FLANGE DRY WT: NA NA SIZE DWG NO REV A
2. TYPICAL FWF DURATION IS APPROXIMATELY 10 MINUTES AT SHUTDOWN AND EVERY FEW DAYS ON NON-OPERATION
3. P&ID SHOWN, REFER TO THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR PHYSICAL SYSTEM LAYOUT/CONFIGURATION
1005
1009
OUTLET-REJECT
OUTLET-PREFILTER DRAIN
1" FNPT
1" FNPT
1" ANSI 150 LBS SCH80 PVC FLANGE
1" ANSI 150 LBS SCH80 PVC FLANGE
WET WT: NA D A550-PID -
4. STOP RO FOR CARTRIDGE FILTER CHANGES 1010 INLET-FRESH WATER FLUSH 1/2" FNPT 1/2" ANSI 150 LBS SCH80 PVC FLANGE CONTRACT NO - SCALE NTS 1 OF 2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PROPRIETARY STATEMENT
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO PARKER WATER PURIFICATION ("PARKER"). THIS DOCUMENT IS FURNISHED ON THE
UNDERSTANDING THAT THE DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION IT CONTAINS WILL NOT BE COPIED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN CONDUCTING
BUSINESS WITH PARKER, AND WILL BE RETURNED AND ALL FURTHER USE DISCONTINUED UPON REQUEST BY PARKER. THE RECIPIENT OF THIS DOCUMENT THROUGH ITS OWN ANALYSIS
AND TESTING IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING THE FINAL SELECTION OF THE APPLICABLE SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS AND ASSURING THAT ALL PERFORMANCE, ENDURANCE,
MAINTENANCE, SAFETY AND WARNING REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPLICATION ARE MET. COPYRIGHT PARKER. YEAR OF COPYRIGHT IS FIRST YEAR INDICATED ON THIS DOCUMENT. ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED.

LEGEND
VALVES EQUIPMENT SYMBOL EQUIPMENT SYMBOLS (CONTINUED) MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS FLOW MEASUREMENT SYMBOLS INSTRUMENT SYMBOLS INTERLOCKING FUNCTIONS NOTES:
FLOW-1 1. THE DESCRIPTION OF AN ANALYTICAL
LINE, EQUIPMENT OR PRODUCT
GATE (GA) FLOW-2 LOCALLY MOUNTED VARIABLE FUNCTION (pH, SiO
2 , 3O , ETC.)
M RO/UF MODULE FLOW-3 REFERENCES INTO OR LEAVING DWG. SPECIAL IDENTIFICATION
SHALL BE SHOWN OUTSIDE THE INSTRUMENT SYMBOL.
MIXER OR AGITATOR (MX) PADDLE WHEEL FLOW SENSOR
AP - ANALYZER TEST CONNECTION
GLOBE (GV) D - DRAIN EXAMPLE:
PANEL MOUNTED AIC
D INLINE STATIC MIXER
TIE
TIE IN TO PIPING BY OTHERS (MAIN OR REMOTE) FO -
PP -
PSE -
ORIFICE (RESTRICTION)
PRESSURE TEST CONNECTION
RUPTURE DISC
pH D
MEDIA FILTER
BALL (BV)
INLINE FLOW INDICATOR PSV - PRESSURE/ VACUUM
PILOT LIGHT SDI - SILT DENSITY INDEX TEST CONNECTION
HEATER (HE) 2. FOR A CONTROL STATION, SUBSTITUTE
NEEDLE (NV) 304 CPVC SP - SAMPLE
THE LETTER "K" FOR THE LETTE "C".
PIPING MATERIAL SPEC. BREAK TP - TEMPERATURE TEST CONNECTION
POSITIVE SHARED DISPLAY (CRT) AND/OR TW - THERMOWELL
EXAMPLE:
DISPLACEMENT PUMP SHARED CONTROL YL - EQUIPMENT STATUS LIGHT
CHECK (CK) DC - DOUBLE CONTAINED
FLOW CONTROL (RESTRICTOR) PIK
CARTRIDGE FILTER (CF)
POSITIVE HOUSING
SPRING LOADED CHECK (CK) DISPLACEMENT PUMP LIGHT COLOR LEGEND CONTROL SYMBOLS
W/MANUAL STROKE
ADJUSTMENT (MP) 3. ADD THE SUFFIX L (LOW), LL
(A) AMBER SIGHTGLASS DISCRETE INPUT TO PLC PIPING MATERIAL ABBREVIATIONS (LOW-LOW), H (HIGH), HH (HIGH-HIGH),
BUTTERFLY (BF) POSITIVE (B) BLUE HL (HIGH-LOW), AS REQUIRED.
DISPLACEMENT PUMP ROOF TANK (TK) (G) GREEN C.I. - CAST IRON
W/PNEUMATIC STROKE (R) RED CCPVC - CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE EXAMPLE:
ADJUSTMENT (MP) (W) WHITE DISCRETE OUTPUT FROM PLC C.S. - CARBON STEEL
DIAPHRAGM (DV) LEVEL GAUGE
D.I. - DUCTILE IRON PSL FAL
POSITIVE DSS - DUPLEX STAINLESS STEEL
DISPLACEMENT PUMP EPSS - 316L STAINLESS STEEL (ELECTRO POLISHED)
RELIEF AND/OR SAFETY (ARV) W/ELECTRIC STROKE SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION ANALOG INPUT TO PLC ECPVC- ESLOCLEAN CPVC
ADJUSTMENT (MP) CONE BOTTOM TANK (TK) REDUCER 4. POWER/DISCONNECT SWITCH SHALL
FRP - FIBER RE-INFORCED PLASTIC HAVE THE FOLLOWING SUFFIX.
3-WAY G.I. - GALVANIZED IRON POWER DISCONNECT SWITCHS SHALL
VACUUM BREAKER (VB) POSITIVE S PFA - PERFLUOROALKKOXY UTILIZE THE SUFFIX "DSW".
DISPLACEMENT A B ENCLOSURE (CAP) ANALOG OUTPUT FROM PLC PP - POLYPROPYLENE POWER FROM THE POWER PANEL/BREAKER SHALL
AXIAL PISTON PUMP PPL - POLYPROPYLENE LINED CARBON STEEL UTILIZE THE SUFFIX "J".
3-WAY C CPVC - POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
PVDF - POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE EXAMPLE:
VAF-1000
S VARIABLE VARIABLE AUTO FILTER (VAF) FLANGE PRESSURE VALUE PVFB - PVDF BEADLESS & CREVICE FREE
3-WAY SOLENOID ROTARY COMPRESSER AUTO PVFL - PVDF LINED DSW J
OR BLOWER FILTER SGP - STEEL GALVANIZED
BARB TFE - TEFLON
LO - LO ALARM VALUE FROM PLC TFEL - TEFLON LINED (PTFE) DISCONNECT MCP BUCKET/
SWITCH
C SAMPLE VALVE (SV)
AIR FILTER
END CLOSURE (BLIND FLANGE)
304 - 304 STAINLESS STEEL
304L - 304L STAINLESS STEEL
316 - 316 STAINLESS STEEL HAND SWITCH FUNCTIONS
BREAKER
C
HC-1000 HYDROCYCLONE (HC)
FOOT VALVE HYDRO HI - HI ALARM VALUE FROM PLC 316L - 316L STAINLESS STEEL
CYCLONE
BLOWER OR FAN (BL OR FN) END CLOSURE (VIC PLUG)
N.O. - NORMALLY OPEN
N.C. - NORMALLY CLOSED HOA - HAND-OFF-AUTO
OCA - OPEN-CLOSE-AUTO
VIC CONNECTION
INSTRUMENT LINE SYMBOLS OO - OFF-ON
VACUUM PUMP (VP) 1,2 - DEVICE SELECT

QUICK DISCONNECT // // // // // PNEUMATIC SIGNAL


EXAMPLES:
CONTROL VALVES/ACTUATORS ENERGY RECOVERY TURBINE (ERT) HOA 1,2
DIAPHRAGM PUMP (DP) UNION HS HS
ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (ANALOG - 4-20mA OR 1-10 VDC)

SANITARY CONNECTION
PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE
WITH PRESSURE GAUGE CENTRIFUGAL PUMP (P) / /
ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (DISCRETE)

FLOOR DRAIN OR SUMP ELECTRICAL SIGNAL


M
HIGH PRESSURE PUMP (P) (FREQUENCY OR PULSE)
MOTORIZED ACTUATOR
/ / / ELECTRICAL POWER (VAC-SINGLE PHASE OR VDC)
M MOTORIZED ACTUATOR
WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE DIAPHRAGM SEAL
/// /// ELECTRICAL POWER (THREE PHASE)

S
SOLENOID VALVE PULSATION DAMPENER (PD) X X X X CAPILLARY TUBING
(FILLED TUBING)

CONNECTION TO PROCESS,
OR INSTRUMENT SUPPLY
CALIBRATION COLUMN (CC)

B INSTRUMENT AIR/GAS SUPPLY B


VESSEL CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
X X X X X X X X

HP HOSE
X

1/2" (-8)
X
TUBE
PP
1/2"
X

X
MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")

X
3/8"
X X X X X X X X X X X X
PP TUBE

X
X
TUBE

TUBE
PP

PP
1/2"

1/2"
X
X

X
X
MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")

X
X
X 3/8"X 3/8"
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PP TUBE PP TUBE
HP HOSE

HP HOSE

HP HOSE
X

1/2" (-8)

1/2" (-8)

1/2" (-8)
X

X
TUBE

TUBE

TUBE
PP

PP

PP
1/2"

1/2"

1/2"
X

X
X

X
MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")
X

X
3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PP TUBE PP TUBE PP TUBE
X

X
X
TUBE

TUBE

TUBE

TUBE
PP

PP

PP

PP
1/2"

1/2"

1/2"

1/2"
X

X
X

X
X

MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")

DWG NO
X

X
X

X 3/8"X X 3/8"
X X 3/8"
X X 3/8"
X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PP TUBE PP TUBE PP TUBE PP TUBE
HP HOSE

HP HOSE

HP HOSE

HP HOSE
X

X
1/2" (-8)

1/2" (-8)

1/2" (-8)

1/2" (-8)
TUBE

TUBE

TUBE

TUBE
PP

PP

PP

PP
1/2"

1/2"

1/2"

1/2"
X

X
X

X
MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")
X

A550-PID
3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PP TUBE PP TUBE PP TUBE PP TUBE
X

X
A
TUBE

TUBE

TUBE

TUBE
PP

PP

PP

PP
1/2"

1/2"

1/2"

1/2"
X

X
X

X
MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-2 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")
X

X
3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"
X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X
PP TUBE PP TUBE PP TUBE PP TUBE

MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3") MVA-1 (PRESSURE VESSEL) (1 MEMBRANE 3")

3800 GPD (14.4 CMD) 4200 GPD (15.9 CMD) 5200 GPD (19.7 CMD) 6200 GPD (23.5 CMD)

SH
2
SIZE DWG NO REV A
D A550-PID -
SCALE NTS 2 OF
2
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISION HISTORY
REV DATE DESCRIPTION DESIGNER CHECKED APPROVED
A 4/9/2018 ITEM 4 PN WAS 11012170 AND ITEM 5 PN WAS 11012169 BCW SY BB
B 6/28/2018 ITEM 116 PN WAS 0217020887 BCW SY BB
29.0 [737]

MAINTENANCE AREA

47.0 [1194]
26.5 [673]

D D

34.5 [877]
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
AREA AREA

18.7 [476]
C.O.G.
2.5 [64]
0.0 [0]

MAINTENANCE 4X LIFTING LUGS


AREA

26.5 [673]

2.5 [64]
0.0 [0]
59.0 [1499]

C C
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
AREA
34.5 [877] AREA

MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
CHEMICAL INJECTION PORT

MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE
1/2" FNPT (PLUGGED)

AREA
AREA
AREA

AREA
TIE-1010

61.1 [1552]
FRESH WATER FLUSH INLET

59.0 [1499]
1/2" FNPT

TIE-1004
B PRODUCT WATER OUTLET
3/4" FNPT
23.3 [592]
B
19.7 [500]

15.1 [385]
23.6 [600]
C.O.G.

TIE-1009
DRAIN 10.4 [263]
1" FNPT
5.1 [129]

0.0 [0]
TIE-1001
SEA WATER INLET 16.5 [419]
15.0 [381]
1" FNPT 15.0 [381] 29.0 [737]
C.O.G.
26.5 [673]
15.6 [397]

15.2 [387]

13.3 [337]

13.0 [330]

0.0 [0]

TIE-1005
2.5 [64]
0.0 [0]

REJECT WATER OUTLET


1" FNPT
PROPRIETARY STATEMENT

DWG NO
0.0 [0] THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO PARKER WATER PURIFICATION ("PARKER"). THIS DOCUMENT IS
2.5 [64] FURNISHED ON THE UNDERSTANDING THAT THE DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION IT CONTAINS WILL NOT BE COPIED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED
FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN CONDUCTING BUSINESS WITH PARKER, AND WILL BE RETURNED AND ALL FURTHER USE DISCONTINUED UPON REQUEST BY
PARKER. THE RECIPIENT OF THIS DOCUMENT THROUGH ITS OWN ANALYSIS AND TESTING IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING THE FINAL SELECTION OF

A550-13
THE APPLICABLE SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS AND ASSURING THAT ALL PERFORMANCE, ENDURANCE, MAINTENANCE, SAFETY AND WARNING REQUIREMENTS
OF THE APPLICATION ARE MET. COPYRIGHT PARKER. YEAR OF COPYRIGHT IS FIRST YEAR INDICATED ON THIS DOCUMENT. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
A 4X 0.6 [ 14] DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES - UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED CUSTOMER - Parker Hannifin Corporation Contact
MTG HOLE LOCATIONS Filtration Group / Water Purification Office: 310-608-5600
MACHINED WELDMENT 2630 E. El Presidio Street Fax: 310-608-5692
Carson, CA 90810 www.parker.com
FRACTION 1/32" 1/16" PROJECT -
X - 4mm 1/8"
CUSTOMER DWG
2. ITEMS 11 (50012021) & 12 (50012022) VESSEL ASSYS USE ONE ELEMENT (2724011433) EACH .X .1" 2mm 1/16" DRAWN - BCW DATE - 6/19/2018 CS VERT,3800 GPD,460V-3Ph-60Hz

SH
1
CHECKED - SY 6/19/2018
(ITEMS ARE PROCURED SEPERATELY). FOR INSTALLATION REF TO DWGS 50012021 & 50012022 26.5 [673]
.XX .01" .25mm 1/32" DATE -
.XXX .005" .025mm - APPROVED - BB DATE - 6/19/2018
1. ITEM 19 (40012004) REF ONLY: WHEN CLEANING: FIRST USE 40012004, THEN SIZE DWG NO REV A
ANGULAR 1 DRY WT: 587 lbs 266 kg
USE 40012005 (ITEMS ARE PROCURED SEPERATELY) UNLESS WET WT: 1122 lbs ( 509 kg ) D A550-13 B
125
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED CONTRACT NO SCALE 1 : 10 1 OF 3
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

22

11
1
12
D 11 D
PARTS LIST
6 12 ITEM QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
1 1 110120035 FRAME,CORAL SEA,VERT
24
2 2 0517090401 STRAP,MTG,TANK,8.00 D
4 1 11012055 ANGLE,SUPPORT,VESSEL,AL,1.50x1.50x0.25x29.00L
5 2 11012168 SUPPORT,UNISTRUT,AL,1.63x0.813x29.00L
6 4 13012009 INTERCONNECT,MVA,0.50 MPT,SS2205
27 8 2 21320703MI MOUNT,MOTOR,DAMPENER,VSM-215-B
9 1 5301710100 MANIFOLD,XMTR,8 PORT w 1 SW,PRESS,LOW
10 1 5353650900 MANIFOLD,XMTR,2 PORT w 1 SW,PRESS,HIGH
11 2 50012021 MVA,SW,3040,0.50 MPT
12 2 50012022 MVA,SW,3040,0.50 MPT (SEAFARI)
23 1
13 12572408DS PUMP,DANFOSS,APP3.0,13.2 GPM
14 1 12572413DS-1 BELL HSG &COUPLER,APP 1.5-3.5-213TC
15 1 12176004GP PUMP,SP,24.7
GPM,380-480V,50-60Hz,3Ph,VFD,CME_5-4
27 16 1 1579274112 MOTOR,10HP,460-60-3,7.5HP,380-50-3
17 1 0803004873 ELEMENT CHARCOAL 20.0
18 1 36-2210 CYCLONE ASSY,22 CLONES,NYLON,BLACK
19 REF 2432180869 HOSE,BLK,HP,MVA8 - BPR ,-8 x 47.00L,A550-13_55
28 20 1 40012013 FILTER,CARTRIDGE,28 IN,5 MIC,22.6 SF,6.2 x 17.7
C 5
21
22
1
2
40012014
57012016
FILTER,CARTRIDGE,28 IN,20 MIC,22.6 SF,6.2 x 17.7
TANK,CARTRIDGE,08x28
C
23 3 05180851CC BRACKET,GAUGE,CBM,SS
24 2 0713020273 FILTER, 3/4" X 20
29 25 1 0204222869 ELBOW,PP,1/2 TUx3/8 TU
26 1 40012004 CARTRIDGE,CLEAN,2520,ALK,2.5LBS,2.5x20,SLIM
27 2 10181533CC GAUGE 0-160 CBM.NPT
28 1 10181534CC GAUGE 0-2000 CBM.NPT
29 1 1107536753 FLOWMETER,7205-0151-31W,5 GPM,1.00 FPT
30 1 20-4096 PROBE, CONDUCTIVITY, 5-WIRE, 5 LONG CABLE
31 4 2115030420 MOUNT,RUBBER,RM-400B
32 1 2301020758 SWITCH,PRESS,LOW,6 PSI,DIN CONN
33 5 2317100601 TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,LOW,0-300 PSI
34 1 2317100701 TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,LOW,0-300 PSIA
35 2 2317102001 TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,HIGH,0-2000 PSI
36 1 3131680100 CONNECTOR,PLUG,SWITCH,4 DIN
37 1 31317303RH SENSOR,FLOW,PADDLE WHEEL,1/2" TO 4",PPRO
38 1 14012117Ar VALVE CHECK .50 FPT WITH VITO
39 1 14012118AR VALVE CHECK .75 FPT WITH VITO
46
40 1 1401241483 VALVE,BALL,COMPACT,SPEARS,PVC,0.50
41 1 14015506AR-01 VALVE,BALL,.25 FT x MT
42 2 60-0454 VALVE,BALL,2-WAY MINI,.25 MPT
43 1 60-0500 VALVE,NEEDLE,2W,PVC,0.50 FPT
B 44
45
1
1
60-4663 VALVE,REG,40GPM, 316 SS B
60-7742 VALVE, RELIEF, NYL, 3/4" FNPT
46 1 75012033 VALVE,BALL,ACT,2W,SS316L,0.50 FPT
47 1 76012025 VALVE,CHECK,IPEX,PVC,0.75
48 2 76012026 VALVE,CHECK,IPEX,PVC,1.00
49 2 76012028 VALVE,BALL,3W,HOR,IPEX,PVC,1.00 SL
50 1 76012052 VALVE,CHECK,IPEX,PVC,0.50
4 51 2 76012056 VALVE,BALL,ACT,3W,HOR,IPEX,PVC,1.00 SL

51

16

DWG NO
31

A550-13
A 8

15

SH
2
31
SIZE DWG NO REV A
D A550-13 B
SCALE 2 OF 3
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ITEM 19 REF ONLY
42 WHEN CLEANING
FIRST USE 40012004 TO GAUGES
22 THEN USE 40012005 AND MANIFOLDS

40
20 24

FROM
CATRIDGE FILTER
38 DRAIN PIPING FROM
D 17
FLOW METER D
13 PIPING
6
14
16
2
47
26
51
TO GAUGES AND
MANIFOLDS 11
TO
PRESSURE
21 VESSEL ASSY
CHEMICAL INJECTION PORT
1/2" FNPT (PLUGGED)

FROM
REG
TIE-1010 FROM MV-1011 PIPING
TIE-1004
TO FRESH WATER CHEM FEED
PRODUCT WATER
CATRIDGE FILTER FLUSH INLET OUTLET
DRAIN PIPING TO MV-1011
FROM
CYCLONE ASSY 39 CHEM FEED
PIPING TO
REG VALVE
CATRIDGE FILTER ASSY PIPING TO MV-1001 8 PIPING
C SEE SHEET 4 SEAWATER FEED C
TO
MOTOR 10HP PIPING PRODUT WATER PRODUCT WATER OUTLET PIPING
CHARCOAL FILTER PIPING SHEET - 4 OUTLET PIPING SEE SHEET 5
SEE SHEET 4
TO PRESSURE VESSEL
MANIFOLD PIPING
TO 48
DRAIN TO
OUTLET CYCLONE ASSY
PIPING FROM 44
PIPING
FROM REG VALVE PRESSURE VESSEL ASSY
CATRIDGE FILTER PIPING SEE SHEET 7
ASSY PIPING

50
FROM FROM
FROM CYCLONE ASSY TO GAUGES
FROM MOTOR 10 HP
TIE-1009 TO GAUGES AND SEA WATER PIPING AND MANIFOLDS
43 PRESSURE PIPING
DRAIN MANIFOLDS INLET PIPING FROM VESSEL ASSY
REG VALVE
48
PIPING
TO
TO
CATRIDGE FILTER
REG PIPING
ASSY PIPING 32
B REG PIPING
SEE SHEET 5
TO
TIE-1001
B
36 REG PIPING
FROM SEA WATER
18
PUMP OUTLET 51
TO 33 46 INLET
MOTOR 10HP PIPING 9
REG VALVE PIPING
PIPING CYCLONE ASSY PIPING 27 33
SEE SHEET 5
SEE SHEET 4 27
33
PUMP OUTLET PIPING
CATRIDGE FILTER DRAIN PIPING SEE SHEET 5
23 33
SEE SHEET 5
TO 33
CHARCOAL FILTER 28
PIPING
TO 34
FROM
PRODUCT WATER
45 CHARCOAL FILTER
OUTLET PIPING
PIPING
FROM
FROM REG 37
REG PIPING 30
VALVE PIPING
49
41

DWG NO
35 FROM CATRIDGE
FILTER ASSY PIPING

TIE-1005

A550-13
29 FROM
DRAIN 35
PRESSURE VESSEL TO
A MANIFOLD PIPING
FROM MOTOR
10HP PIPING TO FROM PUMP OUTLET
10 FLOW METER PRESSURE VESSEL SEA WATER INLET PIPING PIPING
PIPING ASSY SEE SHEET 6

FROM CATRIDGE
FILTER DRAIN PIPING

SH
3
DRAIN OUTLET PIPING FLOWMETER PIPING GAUGES AND MANIFOLDS PRESSURE VESSEL MANIFOLD PIPING
SIZE DWG NO REV A
SEE SHEET 6 SEE SHEET 6 SEE SHEET 6 D A550-13 B
SEE SHEET 6
SCALE 3 OF 3
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISION HISTORY
REV DATE DESCRIPTION DESIGNER CHECKED APPROVED
A 4/9/2018 ITEM 4 PN WAS 11012170 AND ITEM 5 PN WAS 11012169 BCW SY BB
B 6/28/2018 ITEM 116 PN WAS 0217020887 BCW SY BB
29.0 [737]

MAINTENANCE AREA

47.0 [1194]
26.5 [673]

D D

34.5 [877]
MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
AREA AREA

18.7 [476]
C.O.G.
2.5 [64]
0.0 [0]

4X LIFTING LUGS
MAINTENANCE
AREA

26.5 [673]

2.5 [64]
0.0 [0]
59.0 [1499]

C C
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
AREA
34.5 [877] AREA

MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
CHEMICAL INJECTION PORT

MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE
1/2" FNPT (PLUGGED)

AREA
AREA
AREA

AREA
TIE-1010

61.1 [1552]
FRESH WATER FLUSH INLET

59.0 [1499]
1/2" FNPT

TIE-1004
B PRODUCT WATER OUTLET
3/4" FNPT
23.3 [592]
B
19.7 [500]

15.1 [385]
23.6 [600]
C.O.G.

TIE-1009
DRAIN 10.4 [263]
1" FNPT
5.1 [129]

0.0 [0]
TIE-1001
SEA WATER INLET 16.5 [419]
15.0 [381]
1" FNPT 15.0 [381] 29.0 [737]
C.O.G.
26.5 [673]
15.6 [397]

15.2 [387]

13.3 [337]

13.0 [330]

0.0 [0]

TIE-1005
2.5 [64]
0.0 [0]

REJECT WATER OUTLET


1" FNPT
PROPRIETARY STATEMENT

DWG NO
0.0 [0] THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO PARKER WATER PURIFICATION ("PARKER"). THIS DOCUMENT IS
2.5 [64] FURNISHED ON THE UNDERSTANDING THAT THE DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION IT CONTAINS WILL NOT BE COPIED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED
FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN CONDUCTING BUSINESS WITH PARKER, AND WILL BE RETURNED AND ALL FURTHER USE DISCONTINUED UPON REQUEST BY
PARKER. THE RECIPIENT OF THIS DOCUMENT THROUGH ITS OWN ANALYSIS AND TESTING IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING THE FINAL SELECTION OF

A550-15
THE APPLICABLE SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS AND ASSURING THAT ALL PERFORMANCE, ENDURANCE, MAINTENANCE, SAFETY AND WARNING REQUIREMENTS
OF THE APPLICATION ARE MET. COPYRIGHT PARKER. YEAR OF COPYRIGHT IS FIRST YEAR INDICATED ON THIS DOCUMENT. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
A 4X 0.6 [ 14] DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES - UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED CUSTOMER - Parker Hannifin Corporation Contact
MTG HOLE LOCATIONS Filtration Group / Water Purification Office: 310-608-5600
MACHINED WELDMENT 2630 E. El Presidio Street Fax: 310-608-5692
Carson, CA 90810 www.parker.com
FRACTION 1/32" 1/16" PROJECT -
X - 4mm 1/8"
CUSTOMER DWG
2. ITEMS 11 (50012021) & 12 (50012022) VESSEL ASSYS USE ONE ELEMENT (2724011433) EACH .X .1" 2mm 1/16" DRAWN - BCW DATE - 6/19/2018 CS VERT,3800 GPD,380V-3Ph-50Hz

SH
1
CHECKED - SY 6/19/2018
(ITEMS ARE PROCURED SEPERATELY). FOR INSTALLATION REF TO DWGS 50012021 & 50012022 26.5 [673]
.XX .01" .25mm 1/32" DATE -
.XXX .005" .025mm - APPROVED - BB DATE - 6/19/2018
1. ITEM 19 (40012004) REF ONLY: WHEN CLEANING: FIRST USE 40012004, THEN SIZE DWG NO REV A
ANGULAR 1 DRY WT: 587 lbs 266 kg
USE 40012005 (ITEMS ARE PROCURED SEPERATELY) UNLESS WET WT: 1122 lbs ( 509 kg ) D A550-15 B
125
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED CONTRACT NO SCALE 1 : 10 1 OF 3
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

22

D 1 D
PARTS LIST
ITEM QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
1 1 110120035 FRAME,CORAL SEA,VERT
6 2 2 0517090401 STRAP,MTG,TANK,8.00 D
24 4 1 11012055 ANGLE,SUPPORT,VESSEL,AL,1.50x1.50x0.25x29.00L
6 4 13012009 INTERCONNECT,MVA,0.50 MPT,SS2205
8 2 21320703MI MOUNT,MOTOR,DAMPENER,VSM-215-B
9 1 5301710100 MANIFOLD,XMTR,8 PORT w 1 SW,PRESS,LOW
10 1 5353650900 MANIFOLD,XMTR,2 PORT w 1 SW,PRESS,HIGH
27 11 2 50012021 MVA,SW,3040,0.50 MPT
12 2 50012022 MVA,SW,3040,0.50 MPT (SEAFARI)
13 1 12572409DS PUMP,DANFOSS,APP3.5,15.4 GPM
14 1 12572413DS-1 BELL HSG &COUPLER,APP 1.5-3.5-213TC
15 1 12176004GP PUMP,SP,24.7
23
GPM,380-480V,50-60Hz,3Ph,VFD,CME_5-4
16 1 1579274112 MOTOR,10HP,460-60-3,7.5HP,380-50-3
17 1 0803004873 ELEMENT CHARCOAL 20.0
18 1 36-2210 CYCLONE ASSY,22 CLONES,NYLON,BLACK
27 REF
19 0204222869 ELBOW,PP,1/2 TUx3/8 TU
20 1 40012013 FILTER,CARTRIDGE,28 IN,5 MIC,22.6 SF,6.2 x 17.7
21 1 40012014 FILTER,CARTRIDGE,28 IN,20 MIC,22.6 SF,6.2 x 17.7
C 28
22
23
2
3
57012016
05180851CC
TANK,CARTRIDGE,08x28
BRACKET,GAUGE,CBM,SS
C
24 2 0713020273 FILTER, 3/4" X 20
151
25 1 2432180869 HOSE,BLK,HP,MVA8 - BPR ,-8 x 47.00L,A550-13_55
26 1 40012004 CARTRIDGE,CLEAN,2520,ALK,2.5LBS,2.5x20,SLIM
27 2 10181533CC GAUGE 0-160 CBM.NPT
29 28 1 10181534CC GAUGE 0-2000 CBM.NPT
29 1 1107536753 FLOWMETER,7205-0151-31W,5 GPM,1.00 FPT
30 1 20-4096 PROBE, CONDUCTIVITY, 5-WIRE, 5 LONG CABLE
31 4 2115030420 MOUNT,RUBBER,RM-400B
32 1 2301020758 SWITCH,PRESS,LOW,6 PSI,DIN CONN
33 5 2317100601 TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,LOW,0-300 PSI
34 1 2317100701 TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,LOW,0-300 PSIA
35 2 2317102001 TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,HIGH,0-2000 PSI
36 1 3131680100 CONNECTOR,PLUG,SWITCH,4 DIN
37 1 31317303RH SENSOR,FLOW,PADDLE WHEEL,1/2" TO 4",PPRO
38 1 14012117Ar VALVE CHECK .50 FPT WITH VITO
39 1 14012118AR VALVE CHECK .75 FPT WITH VITO
40 1 1401241483 VALVE,BALL,COMPACT,SPEARS,PVC,0.50
41 1 14015506AR-01 VALVE,BALL,.25 FT x MT
42 2 60-0454 VALVE,BALL,2-WAY MINI,.25 MPT
46
43 1 60-0500 VALVE,NEEDLE,2W,PVC,0.50 FPT
44 1 60-4663 VALVE,REG,40GPM, 316 SS
B 45 1
1
60-7742 VALVE, RELIEF, NYL, 3/4" FNPT B
46 75012033 VALVE,BALL,ACT,2W,SS316L,0.50 FPT
47 1 76012025 VALVE,CHECK,IPEX,PVC,0.75
48 2 76012026 VALVE,CHECK,IPEX,PVC,1.00
49 2 76012028 VALVE,BALL,3W,HOR,IPEX,PVC,1.00 SL
50 1 76012052 VALVE,CHECK,IPEX,PVC,0.50
51 2 76012056 VALVE,BALL,ACT,3W,HOR,IPEX,PVC,1.00 SL

51

16

DWG NO
A550-15
31
A
8

15

SH
2
31
SIZE DWG NO REV A
D A550-15 B
SCALE 2 OF 3
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ITEM 19 REF ONLY
42 WHEN CLEANING
FIRST USE 40012004 TO GAUGES
22 THEN USE 40012005 AND MANIFOLDS
40
20 24

FROM
CATRIDGE FILTER
38
DRAIN PIPING FROM
D 17
FLOW METER D
13 PIPING
6
14
16
2
47
26
51
TO GAUGES AND
MANIFOLDS

TO
21 PRESSURE
CHEMICAL INJECTION PORT VESSEL ASSY
1/2" FNPT (PLUGGED)

TO
REG VALVE
FROM PIPING
REG
TIE-1010 FROM MV-1011 PIPING
TIE-1004
TO FRESH WATER CHEM FEED
PRODUCT WATER
CATRIDGE FILTER FLUSH INLET OUTLET
DRAIN PIPING TO MV-1011
FROM
CYCLONE ASSY 39 CHEM FEED
PIPING

CATRIDGE FILTER ASSY PIPING TO MV-1001 8


C SEE SHEET 4 SEAWATER FEED C
TO
MOTOR 10HP PIPING PRODUT WATER PRODUCT WATER OUTLET PIPING
CHARCOAL FILTER PIPING SHEET - 4 OUTLET PIPING SEE SHEET 5
TO PRESSURE VESSEL
SEE SHEET 4 MANIFOLD PIPING

TO 48
DRAIN TO
OUTLET CYCLONE ASSY
PIPING FROM 44
PIPING
FROM REG VALVE PRESSURE VESSEL ASSY
CATRIDGE FILTER PIPING SEE SHEET 7
ASSY PIPING

50 FROM
FROM MOTOR 10 HP
FROM CYCLONE ASSY TO GAUGES PIPING
FROM
TIE-1009 TO GAUGES AND SEA WATER PIPING AND MANIFOLDS
43 PRESSURE
DRAIN MANIFOLDS INLET PIPING FROM VESSEL ASSY
REG VALVE
48
PIPING
TO
TO
CATRIDGE FILTER
REG PIPING
ASSY PIPING 32
B REG PIPING
SEE SHEET 5
TO
TIE-1001
B
36 REG PIPING
FROM SEA WATER
18
PUMP OUTLET 51
TO 33 46 INLET
MOTOR 10HP PIPING 9
REG VALVE PIPING
PIPING CYCLONE ASSY PIPING 27 33
SEE SHEET 5
SEE SHEET 4 27
33
PUMP OUTLET PIPING
CATRIDGE FILTER DRAIN PIPING SEE SHEET 5
23 33
SEE SHEET 5
TO 33
CHARCOAL FILTER 28
PIPING
TO 34
FROM
PRODUCT WATER
45 CHARCOAL FILTER
OUTLET PIPING
PIPING
FROM
FROM REG
REG PIPING 30
VALVE PIPING
49 37
41

DWG NO
35 FROM CATRIDGE
FILTER ASSY PIPING

TIE-1005

A550-15
29 FROM
DRAIN 35
PRESSURE VESSEL TO
A MANIFOLD PIPING
FROM MOTOR
10HP PIPING TO FROM PUMP OUTLET
10 FLOW METER PRESSURE VESSEL SEA WATER INLET PIPING PIPING
PIPING ASSY SEE SHEET 6

FROM CATRIDGE
FILTER DRAIN PIPING

SH
3
DRAIN OUTLET PIPING FLOWMETER PIPING GAUGES AND MANIFOLDS PRESSURE VESSEL MANIFOLD PIPING
SIZE DWG NO REV A
SEE SHEET 6 SEE SHEET 6 SEE SHEET 6 D A550-15 B
SEE SHEET 6
SCALE 3 OF 3
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISION HISTORY
REV DATE DESCRIPTION DESIGNER CHECKED APPROVED
C 8/15/2018 REPLACED FILTER HSG & BAG FOR FILTER HSG WITH CALCITE ELEMENT BCW BB SY

D 9
7
D
10

8 1

8.136 [207] 5
6

11

C 3.000 [76] 0.750 [19] C


0.750 [19]

3.750 [95] 2

B B
29.580 [751]

PARTS LIST
24.080 [612] ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
1 1 BRACKET CARBON FILTER HSG FWF 2020040001
2 1 FILTER HOUSING,5X20,1.5 FNPT 33-0095
3 1 ELEMENT CALCITE 20.0,4.50 D 94-0001
4 1 ELBOW,PP,1/2 ODx1/4 MT 0204022369
5 2 ELBOW,PP,1-2 TU x 3-4 MPT 28012145
6 2 BUSHING, NYL, 1.5"Mx3/4"F THD 30-0068
7 4 WASHER FLAT OS .25 SS 061100043000
8 4 WASHER,FLAT,OS,5/16",SS 061100049000
9 4 SCREX,HEX A,.25x1.00,SS 061172143016
10 4 SCREW,HEX A,.31x1.25,SS 061172149020
11 1 LABEL,PH NEUTRALIZER 2224018760

DWG NO
PROPRIETARY STATEMENT
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO PARKER WATER PURIFICATION ("PARKER"). THIS DOCUMENT IS FURNISHED ON THE

B561600001
UNDERSTANDING THAT THE DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION IT CONTAINS WILL NOT BE COPIED OR DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN CONDUCTING
BUSINESS WITH PARKER, AND WILL BE RETURNED AND ALL FURTHER USE DISCONTINUED UPON REQUEST BY PARKER. THE RECIPIENT OF THIS DOCUMENT THROUGH ITS OWN ANALYSIS
AND TESTING IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING THE FINAL SELECTION OF THE APPLICABLE SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS AND ASSURING THAT ALL PERFORMANCE, ENDURANCE,
MAINTENANCE, SAFETY AND WARNING REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPLICATION ARE MET. COPYRIGHT PARKER. YEAR OF COPYRIGHT IS FIRST YEAR INDICATED ON THIS DOCUMENT. ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED.

A DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES - UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED CUSTOMER - Parker Hannifin Corporation Contact
Filtration Group / Water Purification Office: 310-608-5600
MACHINED WELDMENT 2630 E. El Presidio Street Fax: 310-608-5692
Carson, CA 90810 www.parker.com
FRACTION 1/32" 1/16" PROJECT -
X - 4mm 1/8"
.X .1" 2mm 1/16" DRAWN - BCW DATE - 9/9/2016
PH NEUTRALIZER ASSY CORAL SEA

SH
1
.XX .01" .25mm 1/32" CHECKED - JB DATE - 9/9/2016
.XXX .005" .025mm - APPROVED - SY DATE - 9/9/2016
ANGULAR 1 DRY WT: 13.6 lbs 6 kg SIZE DWG NO REV A
125 UNLESS WET WT: D B561600001 C
OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED CONTRACT NO SCALE 1:3 1 OF 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SECTION 9

COMPONENT DATA SHEETS


AND MANUALS
This page intentionally left blank.
Product Information Packet
PARKER HANNIFIN CORPORATION
37G450R210H2
10//7.5HP,3490//2900RPM,3PH,60//50HZ,215

Parker P/N - 1579274112

Copyright © All product information within this document is subject to Baldor Electric Company copyright © protection, unless otherwise noted.
Product Information Packet: 37G450R210H2 - 10//7.5HP,3490//2900RPM,3PH,60//50HZ,215

Part Detail
Revision: E Status: PRD/A Change #: Proprietary: Yes

Type: AC Prod. Type: 3729M Elec. Spec: 37WGR210 CD Diagram: CD0005

Enclosure: TEFC Mfg Plant: Mech. Spec: 37G450 Layout: 37LYG450

Frame: 215TC Mounting: F3 Poles: 02 Created Date: 03-19-2013

Base: N Rotation: R Insulation: F Eff. Date: 08-11-2015

Leads: 9#14 Replaced By:

Literature: Elec. Diagram:

Page 2 of 7
Product Information Packet: 37G450R210H2 - 10//7.5HP,3490//2900RPM,3PH,60//50HZ,215

Nameplate NP1256L
CAT.NO. 1579274122

SPEC. 37G450R210H2

HP 10//7.5

VOLTS 230/460//190/380

AMP 24/12//22/11

RPM 3490//2900

FRAME 215TC HZ 60//50 PH 3

SER.F. 1.15 CODE H DES B CLASS F

NEMA-NOM-EFF 89.5 PF 87

RATING 40C AMB-CONT

CC 010A USABLE AT 208V

DE 6307 ODE 6206

ENCL TEFC SN

Page 3 of 7
Product Information Packet: 37G450R210H2 - 10//7.5HP,3490//2900RPM,3PH,60//50HZ,215

Parts List
Part Number Description Quantity

SA263161 SA 37G450R210H2 1.000 EA

RA249884 RA 37G450R210H2 1.000 EA

36FN3000C02SP EXFN, PLASTIC, 5.25 OD, 1.175 ID 1.000 EA

HW3200A01 3/8-16X3/4 I-BLT WELDED F/S 1.000 EA

37CB3006 37 CB CASTING W/1.38 LEAD HOLE @ 6:00 1.000 EA

37GS1000SP GASKET, CONDUIT BOX STD., .06 THICK LEXI 1.000 EA

51XW2520A12 .25-20 X .75, TAPTITE II, HEX WSHR SLTD 2.000 EA

11XW1032G06 10-32 X .38, TAPTITE II, HEX WSHR SLTD U 1.000 EA

HW3001B01 BRASS CUP WASHER, FOR #8 SCREW 1.000 EA

37FE3101A01 FR ENDPLATE, FOR ROUTING PURPOSES 1.000 EA

HW4500A01 1641B(ALEMITE)400 UNIV, GREASE FITT 1.000 EA

HW5100A06 W2420-025 WVY WSHR (WB) 1.000 EA

37PE3300A01 PUEP ASSEMBLY FOR ROUTING 1.000 EA

HW4500A01 1641B(ALEMITE)400 UNIV, GREASE FITT 1.000 EA

10XN2520A30 HEX HD CAP SCREW-STD THD-.25 X 20 THD PE 4.000 EA

HW1001A25 LOCKWASHER 1/4, ZINC PLT .493 OD, .255 I 4.000 EA

XY3118A12 5/16-18 HEX NUT DIRECTIONAL SERRATION 4.000 EA

51XB1214A20 12-14X1.25 HXWSSLD SERTYB 1.000 EA

07FH4007SP IEC FH W/GRSR, NOTCH @ 6:00 & 3 FAN CVR 1.000 EA

51XW1032A06 10-32 X .38, TAPTITE II, HEX WSHR SLTD S 3.000 EA

37CB4516 LIPPED LID FOR 37 FRAME NEC KOBX 1.000 EA

37GS1008SP 37 GS FOR CB LID - LEXIDE 1.000 EA

51XW0832A07 8-32 X .44, TAPTITE II, HEX WSHR SLTD SE 4.000 EA

HW2501F21 KEY, 5/16 SQ X 2.375 1.000 EA

Page 4 of 7
Product Information Packet: 37G450R210H2 - 10//7.5HP,3490//2900RPM,3PH,60//50HZ,215

Parts List (continued)


Part Number Description Quantity

HA7000A02 KEY RETAINER RING, 1 1/8 DIA, 1 3/8 DIA 1.000 EA

85XU0407S04 4X1/4 U DRIVE PIN STAINLESS 2.000 EA

LB1115N LABEL,LIFTING DEVICE (ON ROLLS) 1.000 EA

MJ1000A75 GREASE, POLYREX EM EXXON (USe 4824-15A) 0.050 LB

MG1000G27 MED CHARCOAL METALLIC GREY 0.028 GA

HA3104A14 THRUBOLT- 5/16-18 X12.125(OHIO) 4.000 EA

LC0005E01 CONN.DIA./WARNING LABEL (LC0005/LB1119N) 1.000 EA

NP1256L ALUM UL CSA CC 1.000 EA

36PA1001 PKG GRP, PRINT PK1017A06 1.000 EA

MN416A01 TAG-INSTAL-MAINT no wire (1200/bx) 11/14 1.000 EA

Page 5 of 7
Product Information Packet: 37G450R210H2 - 10//7.5HP,3490//2900RPM,3PH,60//50HZ,215

Page 6 of 7
Product Information Packet: 37G450R210H2 - 10//7.5HP,3490//2900RPM,3PH,60//50HZ,215

Page 7 of 7
MAKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE

User manual

Installation, Operation and


Maintenance Manual
APP pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

Parker P/N: 12572409DS

APP 1.5-3.5

ro-solutions.com
User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

Table of Contents Validity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4


EU Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.3 Manufacturer and customer service address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2 Preferred system design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.3 Commissioning and servicing the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4 Adhere to the following important points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.5 In case of doubt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

3. Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.1 Approved applications and operational limits for the pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2 Application range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.3 Electric motor data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.4 Noise and vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.5 Dimension drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.6 Space requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.7 Filtration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.8 Properties of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.9 Air bubbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.10 Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

4. Arrival inspection, transportation, handling, lifting and storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9


4.1 Arrival inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.2 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3 General safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.4 Transport and handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.5 Return to supplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.6 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

5. Installation and commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11


5.1 Important dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.2 Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.3 Fluid temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.4 Electrical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.5 Local regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.6 Pre mounting checklist, based on Danfoss preferred system design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.7 Lifting and positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.8 Mount the different equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.9 Electrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.10 Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.11 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.12 Ensure free flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.13 Verify setting of safety/relief valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.14 Flush the pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.15 Bleed and remove air from the pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.16 Verify direction of rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.17 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.18 Check the filter condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.19 Instruct operator and maintenance personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

6. Operation of pump unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14


6.1 General safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6.2 What to listen and look for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

2 180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

7. Maintenance and service of the pump unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14


7.1 General safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
7.2 Service and inspection interval for the pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
7.3 Shut down of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
7.4 Disassembling and assembling the pump unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
7.5 Assembling the pump unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
7.6 Procedure for mounting the pump onto the electric motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
7.7 Getting the pump unit back into operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
7.8 Storage of the pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

8. Troubleshooting and scrapping criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16


8.1 General safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
8.2 Operational conditions which can cause pump failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
8.3 Mechanical failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
8.4 Electrical failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
8.5 Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
8.6 Scrapping criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Subject index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Appendices for Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual

1. Data sheet for APP 1.5-3.5 pumps (521B0850) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2. APP pump instruction APP 0.6-3.5 (180R9065) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

3. IOM Electric motors (180R9230) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

4. Recommended service intervals for APP pumps (180R9199) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

5. APP parts list (521B0941) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

6. Trouble shooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

7. Right and wrong (180R9042) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013 3


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

Validity This manual is valid for APP pumps with the following code numbers/serial numbers:

APP 1.5 Code no. 180B3043


Serial no. 02
APP 1.8 Code no. 180B3044
Serial no. 02
APP 2.2 Code no. 180B3045
Serial no. 02
APP 2.5 Code no. 180B3046
Serial no. 02
APP 3.0 Code no. 180B3030
Serial no. 02
APP 3.5 Code no. 180B3032
Serial no. 02

4 180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013


EU Declaration of Conform-
ity

180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013 5


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

1. Introduction 1.1 General


The APP pumps and pump units are manufac- • I f any changes are made without written
tured by Danfoss A/S, and are sold and marketed approval the warranty will automatically
by a net of authorized distributors world wide. become void.

This manual contains the necessary instructions It is important that these instructions are
for the installation, operation and service of the always available to the personnel concerned.
pumps used in a Sea Water Reverse Osmosis
(SWRO) system or Brackish Water Reverse
Osmosis (BWRO) system. 1.2 Symbols

In case the pump delivered is ATEX certified, the


additional ATEX instruction must also be read.
Indicates something to be noted by the
The APP pumps must not be used for other reader
purposes than those recommended and
specified without first consulting your local
pump distributor. Indicates a situation which will or could
result in damage to the pump and its
function

Use of the pump in other applications that are Indicates a situation which will or could
not suitable for the pump unit can cause result in personal injury and/or damage
damages to the pump unit, with risk of personal to the pump
injury.

Electrical hazard - Indicates a high-­


voltage warning

All personnel being responsible for operation


and maintenance of the pump unit must read  Safety glasses required
and fully understand these instructions,
especially the section “Safety”, before:

• Transportation of the pump unit  Hearing protection required


• Lifting the unit
• Installing the pump unit
• Connecting the pump unit to the water
system  Safety shoes required
• Connecting the electric motor and instru-
mentation
• Commissioning the unit
• Servicing the pump unit, mechanical and Safety helmet required
electrical parts
• Decommissioning the pump unit

!
Protective
The pump must always be installed and used in garments Protective garments
accordance with existing national/local must be worn must be worn
sanitary, safety regulations and laws.

It is the responsibility of the safety officer or


the chief operator to assure compliance with all Danger HOT.
local regulations that are not taken into Do not touch
account in this manual.

Electrical Electrical hazard


hazard

Changing the pumps’ or pump units’ opera-


tional limits and hardware:

•  hanges to the delivered pump or motor


C
pump unit may only be done with a written
approval from Danfoss High Pressure Pumps.
• Operation outside the Danfoss specifications
requires a written approval from Danfoss
High Pressure Pumps.

6 180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

1.3 Manufacturer and customer service


address

Danfoss A/S Your local Danfoss pump distributor can be


Danfoss High Pressure Pumps found on our homepage.
RO Solutions
Nordborgvej 81, D25 Data sheets and instructions on all accessories
DK-6430 Nordborg are available on www.ro-solutions.danfoss.com
Denmark
EC Declaration of Conformity can be found on
Telephone: +45 7488 4024 page 5.
Fax: +45 7445 3831
Email: ro-solutions@danfoss.com
Homepage: www.ro-solutions.com

2. Safety

2.1 General information Under certain operational conditions the surface


Dangers that can arise from not following the of the pump can be above 60°C / 140°F. Under
instructions: these conditions the pump must be labelled with
a “Danger Hot” sign.
When the pump or pump unit is managed by
untrained personnel, there is a danger of: When using an electric motor, the motor must
always be supplied with adequate cooling
• Death or fatal injuries ventilation.
• Costly damages and claims
When using an electric motor together with a
VFD, the motor must be designed for operation
Electrical with a VFD.
hazard
All electrical installation work must only be VFD operation may increase the temperature
carried out by authorized personnel in inside the electric motor if the motor is not
­accordance with EN60204-1 and/or local designed for VFD operation. This can damage
regulations. the motor and cause unintended breakdown.

It is recommended to install a lockable circuit


breaker to avoid inadvertent starting and/or
electrical hazard. The lockable circuit breaker
must be used during installation, operation and Before start-up, the settings for all protective
maintenance. devices, such as sensors/switches and safety
valves must be verified and free flow from safety
It is recommended to place a local safety switch valves must be ensured.
nearby the pump, enabling service personnel to
cut power for the electric motor.

Protect the motor and other electrical equip-


ment from overloads with suitable equipment. All pipe and hose connections must be stress-
free mounted, securely fastened to the pump
In case the pump delivered is ATEX certified, the and well supported. Improper installation will or
additional ATEX instruction must also be read. can result in personal injury and/or damage to
the pump.

!
Protective
garments Use of this manual does not relieve operation
must be worn and maintenance personnel of the responsibil-
ity of applying good judgment when operating
and maintaining the pump and its compo-
nents.
Always wear suitable safety clothing when
handling the pump.
2.2 Preferred system design
When working near the pump system, safety Danfoss recommends to build systems with a
shoes, safety glasses, hearing protection and high degree of safety. Danfoss preferred system
safety helmet must always be worn. design and P&ID are found in appendix 1, Data
sheet, and appendix 2, Instruction.

180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013 7


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

It is always the system builders´ responsibility •  o not try to lift the pump unit manually;
D
that the system design does not cause any kind most of the pumps weigh more than
of hazard and is adapted to local regulations and 20 kilos, see specific weight for the pump
standards. in the appendix 1, Data sheet.
• Always bleed the pump prior to initial
Proper installation, proper start up and shut- start-up.
down devices as well as high-pressure protection • Do not mount the pump without the bell
equipment is essential. housing and a flexible coupling.
• Do not try to start the unit before the
system components are mounted, bleeded
2.3 Commissioning and servicing the unit and adjusted.
It is recommended that commissioning and • Flush the system throughly before
servicing are carried out by a minimum of two connecting the pump or pump unit.
people, where one is acting as a supervisor. • Check rotation direction of the motor
before mounting the pump.

2.4 Adhere to the following important


points 2.5 In case of doubt
Please contact Danfoss A/S in case of doubt.
•  efore using the pump/pump unit it is very
B Contact information is listed in section 1.3,
important to read and understand this user Manufacturer and customer service address.
manual.

3. Technical data 3.2 Application range


See appendix 1, Data sheet.

3.3 Electric motor data


See recommended motor in appendix 1, Data
sheet or appendix 3, IOM for motors. The motors
mentioned are the most common used motors
by Danfoss High Pressure Pumps.

3.4 Noise and vibration


Noise level for a pump unit with a ”standard”
motor measured according to EN ISO 3744: 2010,
see appendix 1, Data sheet. Possibilities to
reduce noise and vibration are described in the
same Data sheet.

3.1 Approved applications and operational


limits for the pumps 3.5 Dimension drawings
The pump and the pump units are designed for Dimensions of the different pumps can be found
the use in a Sea Water Reverse Osmosis (SWRO) in appendix 1, Data sheet.
or Brackish Water Reverse Osmosis (BWRO)
systems and Brackish Water Reverse Osmosis
(BWRO) system. 3.6 Space requirement
When doing service or replacing the complete
The APP pumps must not be used for other pump unit, it is recommended to have sufficient
purposes than those recommended and space available around the pump in order to
specified without first consulting your local ensure easy access. Sufficient space means at
pump distributor. least 1 meter/40 inches around the pump. When
working with high pressures, it is important to
have the right space available around the pump
as stated in the safety requirements.

Use of the pump in other applications not


suitable for the pump unit can cause damages
to the pump unit, with risk of personal injury.

For system integration of the pump, please see


appendix 1, Data sheet and appendix 2,
Instruction.

8 180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

3.7 Filtration 3.9 Air bubbles


(10µm absolute [ß10 ≥ 5000]) Large bubbles in a pressurised RO system can
Requirements are specified in appendix 1, Data result in damage to piping, equipment and the
sheet and in appendix 2, Instruction. pump.

Danfoss recommends not to build a filter bypass All air must be bleeded from both the low-­
function or to use filters with an integrated pressure and high-pressure side before the RO
bypass. If the above recommendation is not system is pressurised. Special consideration
followed the warranty for the pump will should be given in order to minimize air bubbles
automatically become void. in the feed flow. Air bubbles can cause cavitation.

It should be possible to monitor the condition of


the filter via the differential/delta pressure across
the filter.
3.10 Chemicals
Using insufficient filtration or a filter bypass The pump should not be exposed to any
can cause a failure or decreased service life of chemicals as it can result in damage to piping,
the pump. equipment and internal parts in the pump.

3.8 Properties of water


It is recommended NOT to use the pumps in feed
water concentrations higher than 50,000 ppm
TDS without consulting your local Danfoss pump
distributor.

4. Arrival inspection, 4.1 Arrival inspection 4.4 Transport and handling


transportation, The pump is packed in a cardboard or wood box Small pumps which have a weight below 20 kilos
handling, lifting and with plugs in the port connections to protect the (weight can be found in appendix 1, Data sheet).
storage pumps from damage during transportation. can be handled by hand if they are not mounted
together with an electric motor. The weight of a
When the shipment has arrived it is important to small pump with a motor will be above 20 kilos.
check the pump for any damages. The name
plate/type designation must be in accordance
with the delivery note and your order.

In case of damage and/or missing parts, a report


should be documented and presented to the
carrier at once.

4.2 Warning
Before any lifting operation is performed,
environmental conditions must be taken into
consideration (Ex-rated areas, wind speed, wet/
dry conditions, lifting height, etc.).

4.3 General safety information


Personnel involved in lifting and transporting the
equipment (see Safety, chapter 2) must be
trained in handling and in safety procedures for
lifting heavy loads. Many of the pumps and
pump units weigh more than 20 kilos, which
requires lifting slings and suitable lifting devices;
e.g. an overhead crane or industrial truck to be
used as minimum.

180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013 9


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

Pumps which have a weight above 20 kilos (see Wrong lifting:


appendix 1, Data sheet) must be handled by
using lifting eyes and slings.

When lifting the pump unit, one sling must be


attached to the electric motor and one sling
around the pump.

Some motors and pumps have specific lifting


eyes.

Do not use connections/nozzles for lifting!


Do not use only one sling!

Make sure that the unit/load is balanced before


Never use only one sling and make sure the lifting. The centre of the mass varies from pump/
slings does not slip off the pump. pump unit size to pump/pump unit.

When the pump is mounted together with an How to mount the pump and the electric motor
electric motor, the pump unit always weigh more correctly, see appendix 1, Data sheet or appendix
than 20 kilos and must be handled by using 2, Instruction.
slings around the pump unit.

See below examples of where to/not to attach


the lifting slings on the pump unit: Incorrect lifting can result in personal injury
and/or damage to the pump unit, see appendix
Correct lifting with 2 separate slings: 2, Instruction.

4.5 Return to supplier


Please see maintenance chapter 7.

4.6 Storage
Each pump is tested before shipment, and will
therefore contain water. For storage temperature
and frost protection see appendix 2, Instruction.

The pumps are NOT delivered frost protected


from the factory.

10 180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

5. Installation and
commissioning
5.1 Important dimensions 5.4 Electrical data
Physical dimensions and connections of the Check voltage, current frequency and rated
pump unit are described in appendix 1, Data power on the electric motor and VFD settings on
sheet. the name plate placed on both the motor and
the VFD.

5.2 Cleanliness
It is very important that the tubes and pipes are 5.5 Local regulations
completely clean: no dirt, chips or burrs are Commissioning must always be done in
allowed. Flush all piping before connecting the ­accordance with valid regulations and local
high-pressure pump to ensure the system is standards.
clean. Internal surfaces of the piping must not be
corroded. If dirt or rust is not removed, the pump
and the valves can be damaged. In worst case
the pump can be damaged beyond repair!

5.3 Fluid temperature


Before start-up, the fluid and pump housing
temperature must be within the specified
temperature range listed see appendix 1, Data
sheet.

Schematic 1: Recommended system design

Media filter
PI
M

9 3 8
PI 1 PI 1 PI PT PI
Feed 2
7 Permeate
4

5
6 PT

Brine

180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013 11


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

5.6 Pre mounting checklist, based on Danfoss preferred system design

Table 1: Check points when assembling and commissioning system

Check points Comment OK ?


CP1 Ensure that the environmental conditions are safe. See Arrival inspection,
transportation, handling,
lifting and storage, chapter 4.
CP2 Minimum and maximum start-up temperature for fluid and See Data sheet or Instruction,
pump. appendices 1 and 2.
CP3 Filtration condition (10 µm absolute (ß10 ≥ 5000) See Danfoss requirements in
Data sheet and Instruction,
appendices 1 and 2
CP4 Power supply for electric motor and VFD. See Data sheet for the used
motor and VFD.
CP5 Safety circuit / breaker must be sized for the motor and See Data sheet for the used
environment (corrosion and humidity) safety circuit.
CP6 Bolts and screws must conform to environmental conditions
as well as fluid and torque requirements.
CP7 Instrumentation, pressure switch should be designed to See Data sheet for the used
conform to the environment (corrosion and humidity). equipment.
CP8 Check the factory settings of the safety/relief valves or See Data sheets for the used
pressure relief valves (8 & 9). valves.
CP9 Check the settings of the pressure transmitter/switch (3) set See Data sheet or Instruction,
at min. inlet pressure. appendices 1 and 2.
CP10 Check that all pressure indicators (PI) are selected to be able Scaling should at least be 1 Bar
to measure the system pressure range. or more precise.
CP11 Check coupling distance ( air gab – movement of the spider ) 3 – 5 mm
CP12 Check correct connections on the pump ( in & outlet)
CP13 Check piping for possible air gaps.

5.7 Lifting and positioning 5.9 Electrics


Lift the pump unit onto base (Remember All electrical installation work must be carried
vibration dampeners, if needed). Fasten the out by authorized personnel in accordance with
motor to the base. EN60204-1 and/or local regulations. (see also
Safety, chapter 2)
See also chapter 4, Arrival inspection, transporta-
tion, handling, lifting and storage. Turn off the safety circuit breaker and lock it.

Mount the power cable on the electric motor.


5.8 Mount the different equipment
­(connections, pipes, tubes, check and safety/relief If a VFD is used, adjust the protective motor
valves, etc.) switch/VFD to the current limits found on the
name plate of the electric motor.
• T he hard piping and flexible hoses used,
must be of proper design and must be
installed in accordance with the manufactur- 5.10 Instrumentation
er’s recommendations. (see also Data sheet The pressure switch/sensor should be mounted
for Hose and hose fittings and Instruction for as close to the pump as possible. It is recom-
Assembling Hose kit - both available on mended to test the pressure/sensor switch via an
www.ro-solutions.danfoss.com). instrumentation manifold.
• Misalignment of the hard pipes may give
unintended stress on the pump port Mount the pressure switch/sensors according to
connections and may damage the pump. the manufacturer’s instructions.
• Prevent excessive external pipe load.
• Do not connect piping by applying external
force (use of wrenches, crane, etc.) Piping 5.11 Connections
must be aligned without residual stress. Mount and tighten connections and check
• Do not mount expansion joints so that their valve(s) as specified.
force applies internal pressure on the pump
connections.

12 180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

5.12 Ensure free flow 5.17 Commissioning


Ensure free flow from the safety/relief valves 8 • Close all the bleeding and draining plugs.
and 9 (figure 1, item 5.6). A blocked safety/relief • Open the pressure valve at the brine site.
valve can cause excessive build-up of pressure • Switch the safety circuit breaker on for both
and thereby cause dangerous situations and motor(s) and VFD(s).
damage to the whole system. • Start the feed pump.
• Start the high-pressure pump.
• If a VFD or a soft starter is used a ramp up
5.13 Verify setting of safety/relief valves time of minimum 10 seconds is required to
Make sure, the safety/relief valves 8 and 9 are avoid damage of the pump.
placed correctly. • Monitor the inlet and outlet pressure of the
high-pressure pump and look for leakages.
Check the pressure settings on the name plates • Check the function of the pressure
of the safety/relief valves. If they are within indicators by slowly closing the valves. The
specifications, you can continue. pump unit should stop when the minimum
inlet pressure and maximum outlet
pressure has been reached.
5.14 Flush the pump • Adjust the pressures to the specified inlet
Fully open the pressure valve at the brine outlet. and outlet pressure for the system and let
the pump unit run until the electric motor
Close all the bleeding and draining plugs on the and pump temperature is stable.
high-pressure pump. • If the system is running within the system
design limits, the system is released for
Start the feed pump and ensure free flow to the operation.
high-pressure pump.

5.15 Bleed and remove air from the pump


Open the bleeding plugs. Keep the plugs open 5.18 Check the filter condition
until the high-pressure pump is bleeded. Evaluate contamination found in filter, replace
filter elements, if necessary.

5.16 Verify direction of rotation


The direction of rotation must always follow the
arrow. The arrow is placed on the pump or pump
unit. 5.19 Instruct operator and maintenance
personnel
Check the direction of rotation before mounting Before using the pump/pump unit, the personnel
the pump. must be instructed in using the pump/pump
unit, its function, components, documentation
Unlock the safety circuit breaker. Start the motor and safety.
for 1 second and observe the direction of
rotation either looking at the fan of the motor or Danfoss offers commissioning and service at
the coupling through the inspection hole in the system manufacturer’s location. Rate quotes are
bell housings (not available on all bell housings). offered upon request.
If the motor is turning the wrong direction,
switch two phases in the connection box of the
motor or reprogram the direction in VFD.

When the motor is turning in the right direction,


the pump can be mounted.

180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013 13


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

6. Operation of pump
unit
6.1 General safety information G) Drop in flow and/or pressure – may indicate
Before inspecting the pump unit, read the Safety wear on one or more parts inside the
chapter 2 in this user manual. pump. The pump must be stopped
immediately and inspected before it is
restarted. Contact the maintenance
6.2 What to listen and look for department.
If one or more of the following examples are
observed, please act as indicated: H) Other observations or troubles, please see
appendix 7, Right and Wrong or appendix
A) Loose bolts – check all bolts and, if 6, the Trouble shooting guide.
necessary, contact the maintenance Both appendices give good advises
department in order to have all bolts regarding design, installation, wiring and
tightened to the specified torque(s). troubleshooting.
See also service and warranty section in
B) Leakage – if a small leakage from the bell appendix 1, Data sheet and appendix 2,
housing is observed. Contact the mainte- Instruction.
nance department.
If the pump is not stopped for inspection as
C) Leakage – if there is a large leak, the unit recommended, it can lead to damage of the
should be stopped immediately. Contact pump or break-down. See also service and
the maintenance department. warranty section in the appendix 1, Data sheet,
in appendix 2, Instruction or appendix 4,
D) High frequency tones – safety/relief valves Instruction for recommended service intervals.
are either damaged or running very close
to their design pressure, stop the unit Danfoss offers service of the pump at the system
immediately. Contact the maintenance manufacturer’s location as well as we offer
department. training in how to service the pump. Quotes are
offered upon request.
E) Increased noise or vibration – requires the
unit to be stopped immediately. Contact Danfoss recommends simultaneously to check
the maintenance department. the filter and membrane condition and to
evaluate contamination; filter and membrane
F) Very high temperatures – may indicate that elements must be replaced if necessary.
one or more parts are damaged inside the
pump. The pump must be stopped
immediately and inspected before it is
restarted. Contact the maintenance
department.

7. Maintenance and
service of the pump
unit 7.1 General safety information Danfoss offers service of the pump at the system
Before servicing the pump unit, it is necessary to manufacturer’s location and training in how to
read and understand this user manual, especially service the pump. Quotes are offered upon
the Safety, chapter 2. Remember to wear suitable request.
safety equipment according to Safety, chapter 2.

7.3 Shut down of the system


7.2 Service and inspection interval for the A) Open the pressure valves at the brine site
pump to release the pressure.
Maintenance and service intervals are depending
on the cleanliness level of the water, hydraulic B) Stop the high-pressure pump.
load and temperature of the pump unit. The
most important parameter is the filtration of the C) Stop the feed pump.
water.
D) Switch off the safety circuit breaker for
See the section Service and warranty in the both the high-pressure pump, feed pump
appendix 1, Data sheet, in appendix 2, Instruc- and VFD and lock them. Only personnel
tion and appendix 4, Instruction for recom- servicing the pump unit should be able to
mended service intervals. unlock/activate the switch again.

For spare parts and service tools, please see E) Open bleeding and drain plugs. Wait until
appendix 3, Parts list. the pump and system are emptied for
water.

14 180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

F) Slowly unscrew and remove the bolts and


gaskets from the inlet/outlet hoses or
pipes, be careful about jets of water.
Beware that the system can be pressurized!

G) Attach the lifting equipment to the pump


unit. For instructions on lifting the
complete pump unit, see chapter 4, Arrival
inspection, transportation, handling, lifting
and storage.

H) For the small pumps, unscrew the bolts Returns without a return number will be
holding the pump to the bell housing. For rejected !!!
the bigger pumps, unscrew the bolts/nuts
from the pump and bell housing to the
motor. Afterwards unscrew the bolts/nuts 7.5 Assembling the pump unit
holding the pump and bell housing. Assemble the pump according to the Dis­
assembling and Assembling Instruction
I) Carefully pull the pump out of the bell (available at www.ro-solutions.danfoss.com).
housing by using lifting equipment, if
necessary.
7.6 Procedure for mounting the pump onto
J) Hold the pump in different positions above the electric motor
a drip tray; this should allow most of the
water trapped in the pump to drain. Clean
and dry the pump surface and plug the
bleeding and draining plugs.
Mount the flexible coupling and bell housing
K) Move the pump to a clean and safe location according to appendix 2, Instruction.
where the pump can be inspected/
serviced.
7.7 Getting the pump unit back into
operation
7.4 Disassembling and assembling the Find instructions of how to put the pump unit
pump unit back into operation in chapter 4, Arrival inspec-
A) Remove all connections from the pump. tion, transportation, handling, lifting and storage
and Installation and commissioning, chapter 5.
B) Disassemble the pump according to the
Disassembling and Assembling Instruction
(available at www.ro-solutions.danfoss.com) 7.8 Storage of the pump
If the pump has to be shut down for a longer
Clean all parts and surfaces with a fluid period, instructions can be found in appendix 2,
compatible with the materials found in the Instruction.
pump. Wipe the parts clean and dry with a
lint-free clothing.

C) Inspect all parts including shaft seal and if


necessary, replace them; see appendix 3,
Parts list.

D) If the pump is going to be returned to


Danfoss for repair or a warranty claim, it is
important to contact Danfoss in order to
receive a return number and a form to fill
out with product information. A copy of the
form together with contact information
and reason for returning should be sent to
the email address on the form. The same
documents should be attached to the
shipment.

180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013 15


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

8. Troubleshooting and
scrapping criteria
8.1 General safety information If water is leaking into the electric motor; it can
Before inspecting the pump unit, it is necessary cause electric shock, fire, short circuit or even
to read and understand this user manual, death. When mounting the pump vertically
especially the Safety chapter 2. always mount the motor above the pump to
avoid water leaking into the electric motor.
Remember to wear suitable safety equipment
according to Safety chapter 2.
Electrical
hazard
8.2 Operational conditions which can cause 8.4 Electrical failure
pump failures If the wiring of the electric motor is incorrect or
The following conditions can cause a pump the ground connection is missing, it can cause
failure : electric shock, burn damages, fire or even death.

• The pump is running dry. If a VFD is used and wrongly programmed, it can
• The inlet pressure is too high. damage the pump and lead to high tempera-
• The inlet pressure is too low. tures or other dangers.
• The temperature of the fluid is too high.
• The ambient temperature is too high. All electrical installation must be carried out by
• The pump is running against a blocked authorized personnel in accordance with
port/closed manual valve. EN60204-1 and/or local regulations.
• The pump is operating at a pressure out of
specification.
• The pump is running with a non-specified/ 8.5 Responsibility
approved fluid. Danfoss takes no responsibility for any abnormal
• The pump is running in the wrong injuries, risks or damages that could arise caused
direction. by abnormal conditions, vibrations, corrosion,
• The filtration is insufficient. abrasives, foreign objects or excessive tempera-
• The pump is not being serviced according tures and shall not be liable for any consequen-
to Danfoss specifications (end of life). tial or incidental damages.
• There is excessive mechanical load on the
shaft coupling and piping.
8.6 Scrapping criteria
Whether the pump can be repaired or need to be
scrapped, depends on in which conditions the
internal parts are, or how damaged the whole
8.3 Mechanical failure unit is. Please use appendix 6, Trouble shooting
If the pump is running dry, the temperature will guide as guideline or send the pump to Danfoss
quickly increase which can cause burns. headquarter in Denmark for evaluation.

If there is any leakage at start-up or during For other observations or troubles, please see
operation, a high pressure jet can cause eye or appendix 7, Right and Wrong which gives good
skin damage. advises regarding design, installation, wiring and
troubleshooting.
Leakage can result in flooding, which can cause
slipping, tripping or falling. In case the pump needs to be scrapped, please
follow your local environmental rules.

16 180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013 17


User manual Installation, Operation and Maintenance APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

Subject index

A G S
Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7, 8, 15 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 16
Air bubbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Guideline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Safety valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Appendix . . . . . . . . 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14, 15, 16 Scrapping criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Application range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 H Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 9, 12, 15 Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 8, 14
Arrival . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 12, 15 Shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 15
Assembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 15 I Space requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 14 Spare part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
B Installation . . . . . . . 6, 7, 8, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 Start up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Bleed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 9, 13, 15 Instruction . . . . . . . . 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 10, 12, 15
Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 12 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
C Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 System . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 8
Check points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 M
Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7, 10, 13, 14 T
Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 14 Mechanical failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Commissioning . . . . . . 6, 8, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8, 11, 13, 15 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Connections . . . . . . . . . . 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 15 Temperature . . . . . . . 7, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16
Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 12, 13, 15, 16 N Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 9, 12, 15
Name plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 11, 12, 13 Trouble shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 16
D Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 14
Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7, 13, 16 V
Data sheet . . . . . . . . . . 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14 L Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16
Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . .5, 7 Leaking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Design . . . . . . . . . . 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 9, 10, 12, 15 W
Distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7, 8, 9 Local regulations . . . . . . . . 6, 7, 8, 11, 12, 16 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6, 9
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 11
Disassembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 O
Operation . . . . . . . . . 6, 7, 8, 9, 13, 14, 15, 16
E Operational conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 16
EC Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . .5, 7
Electric motor . . 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 P
Electrical failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 11, 12, 16
Electrical hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7 Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Electrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Preferred system design . . . . . . . . . . 7, 11
Pre mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
F Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7, 8, 10
Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 16
Filter condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 R
Filtration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 12, 14, 16 Relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 13, 14
Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 9, 13, 14 Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7, 8, 16
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 12, 15, 16 Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 15
Flush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 11, 13 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 13

Danfoss A/S
High Pressure Pumps
DK-6430 Nordborg
Denmark

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues, brochures and other printed material. Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice.
This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specifications already agreed.
All trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies. Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss A/S. All rights reserved.

18 180R9267 / IOM APP Pumps - v02 / 09.2013


MAKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE

Front page for Appendices

User manual

Appendices for Installation,


Operation and Maintenance Manual
APP pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

APP 1.5-3.5

ro-solutions.com
User manual Appendices for IOM APP Pumps (APP 1.5-3.5)

Table of Contents 1. Data sheet for APP 1.5-3.5 pumps (521B0850) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3


2. APP pump instruction APP 0.6-3.5 (180R9065) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3. IOM Electric motors (180R9230) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
4. Recommended service intervals for APP pumps (180R9199) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
5. APP parts list (521B0941) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
6. Trouble shooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
7. Right and wrong (180R9042) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

2 180R9267 / IOM APP 1.5-3.5 Appendices - v04 / 11.2013


MAKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE

1. Data sheet for APP


1.5-3.5 pumps (521B0850)
Data sheet

APP pumps
APP 1.5-3.5

ro-solutions.com
Data sheet APP pumps - APP 1.5-3.5

Data sheet for 1. General information


APP 1.5-3.5 pumps
(521B0850) 2. Benefits

Table of Contents 3. Technical data

4. Flushing valve

5. Flow at different rpm

6. Power requirements

7. Temperature and corrosion


7.1 Operation
7.2 Storage

8. Noise level

9. Filtration

10. Dimensions
10.1 Pump
10.2 Complete unit

11. Installation
11.1 Mounting
11.2
11.3
Open-ended system with direct water supply
RO system with APP pump
DATA SHEET
Water Pumps
12. Service APP1.5 - 3.5
12.1 Warranty
12.2 Maintenance
1. General information
12.3 Repair

1. General information APP 1.5, APP 1.8, APP 2.2, APP 2.5, APP 3.0 and All parts included in the pumps are designed to
APP 3.5 pumps are designed to supply low provide long service life, i.e. long service life with
viscosity and corrosive fluids under high a constantly high efficiency and minimum of
pressure, e.g. in seawater reverse osmosis service required.
filtration applications and for high-pressure
saltwater pumping. The pumps are fixed displacement pumps in
which the flow is proportional to the number of
The pumps are based APP1.5, on theAPP2.2,
APP1.8, axialAPP2.5,
piston revolutions
APP3.0 and APP3.5 pumps are designedof the input
to supply shaftandand
low viscosity theflpump
corrosive uids under high
pressure, eg in seawater reverse osmosis filtration applications and for high-pressure salt water pumping.
principle enabling a very light and compact displacement, regardless of any counter-pressure.
The pumps are based on the axial piston principle enabling a very light and compact design. The design ensures that lubrication of
design. The design the ensures
moving partsthat
in thelubrication ofby the fluid itself. No oil lubrication is thus required.
pumps is provided
the moving parts in the pumps is provided by The pumps are supplied with an integrated
All parts included in the pumps are designed to provide long service life, ie long service life with a constantly high efficiency and
the fluid itself. Nominimum
oil lubrication is thus required.
of service required. flushing valve that allows the salt water to flow
The pumps are fixed displacement pumps in which thefrom flow isinlet to the
proportional outlet,
to the numberwhen the of
of revolutions pump isshaft
the input notand the
pump displacement, regardless of any counter-pressure. running.
The pumps are supplied with an integrated flushing valve that allows the salt water to flow from inlet to the outlet, when the pump
is not running.
7 6
2 12 11 4
1

1: Shaft sealing
2: Mounting flange
3: Retaining ring
4: Piston/shoe1: Shaft sealing
5: Valve plate2: Mounting flange
6: Swash plate3:
4:
Retaining ring
Piston/shoe
7: Cylinder barrel
5: Valve plate
8: Spring 6: Swash plate
7: Cylinder barrel
9: Port plate 8: Spring
10: Connecting 9:flange
Port plate
10: Connecting flange
11: Housing with
11: bearing
Housing with bearing
12: Flushing valve Flushing valve
12:

9 5 8
11 3
10

2. Benefits
42 180R9267 IOM APP •1.5-3.5One of the
/ smallest
Appendices
521B0850 / DKCFN.PD.013.FA6.02 and/lightest
- v04
09.2012 11.2013pumps on the market.
• Can be powered by a combustion engine.
• Long service life / No preventive maintenance required in the warranty period.
• Generates insignificant pulsations in the high-pressure line.
• No oil lubricant required.
• Integrated flushing valve
• All parts of the pump are made of high corrosion resistant materials eg Duplex (EN1.4462/UNS S31803-S32205) and
Super-duplex (EN1.4410/UNS S32750) stainless steel and carbon reinforced PEEK
Data sheet APP pumps - APP 1.5-3.5

2. Benefits • One of the smallest and lightest pumps on • No oil lubricant required.
the market. • Integrated flushing valve
• Can be powered by a combustion engine. • All parts of the pump are made of high
• Long service life / No preventive corrosion resistant materials; e.g. Duplex
maintenance required in the warranty (EN1.4462/UNS S31803-S32205) and Super
period. Duplex (EN1.4410/UNS S32750), stainless
• Generates insignificant pulsations in the steel and carbon reinforced PEEK
high-pressure line. • High efficiency

3. Technical data APP pumps APP 1.5 APP 1.8 APP 2.2 APP 2.5 APP 3.0 APP 3.5
Code number 180B3043 180B3044 180B3045 180B3046 180B3030 180B3032
Geometric displacement cm3 9.3 10 12.5 15.3 17.7 20.5
in3/rpm 0.56 0.61 0.76 0.93 1.08 1.25
Rated flow (3000 rpm) 1) m3/h 1.5 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.0 3.5
gpm 6.6 7.5 9.2 11.4 13.2 15.4
Outlet min. pressure 2)
bar 20 20 20 20 20 20
psi 290 290 290 290 290 290
Outlet max. pressure, bar 80 80 80 80 80 80
continuous 3)
psi 1160 1160 1160 1160 1160 1160
Outlet max. pressure, bar 100 100 100 100 100 100
intermittent 4)
psi 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
Inlet min. pressure bar 0.5 0.5 0.5 5) 0.5 0.5 5) 0.5
psi 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3
Inlet max. pressure, bar 5 5 5 5 5 5
continuous
psi 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
Inlet max. pressure, bar 10 10 10 10 10 10
peak
psi 145 145 145 145 145 145
Max. speed continuous rpm 3450 3450 3450 5)
3000 3450 5)
3000
Min. speed continuous rpm 700 700 700 700 700 700
Power requirement at kW 4.5 4.8 6.0 7.2 8.4 9.8
80 bar and 3000 rpm
hp 6 6.3 7.9 9.6 11.3 13.1
Torque at 80 bar Nm 14,2 15.3 19 23 25.6 29.7
lbf-ft 10.5 11.3 14 17 18.8 21.9
Weight Kg 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6
lb 17 17 17 17 17 17
Integrated flushing valve YES YES YES YES YES YES

1) Typical average flow at 80 bar (1160 psi). 4) Intermittent pressure is acceptable for less than
2) For lower pressure, please contact 10 seconds per minute.
Danfoss RO Sales Organization. 5) For speeds above 3000 rpm the pump must be
3) For higher pressure, please contact boosted at a pressure of 2-5 bar (29.0 - 72.5 psi).
Danfoss RO Sales Organzation.

180R9267 IOM APP 1.5-3.5 Appendices


521B0850 / DKCFN.PD.013.FA6.02 - v04 / 11.2013
/ 09.2012 53
at 80 bar and 3000 rpm (hp) (6) (6.3) (7.9) (9.6) (11.3) (13.1)
Nm 14,2 15.3 19 23 25.6 29.7
Torque at 80 bar
(lbf-ft) (10.5) (11.3) (14) (17) (18.8) (21.9)
Kg 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6 8.6
Weight
(lb) (17) (17) (17) (17) (17) (17)
Integrated flushing valve YES YES YES YES YES YES

Data sheet APP1) pumps - APP


Typical average 1.5-3.5
flow at 80 bar (1160 psi). 4) Intermittent pressure is acceptable for less than
2) For lower pressure, please contact Danfoss RO Sales Organization. 10 seconds per minute.
3) For higher pressure, please contact Danfoss RO Sales Organzation. 5) For speeds above 3000 rpm the pump must be
boosted at a pressure of 2-5 bar (29.0 - 72.5 psi).

4. Flushing valve The diagram shows pressure differences across


4. Flushing valve
the flushing valve:
The diagram shows pressure difference across flushing valve

APP 1.5-3.5 flushing


APP1.5-3.5 flushingvalve characteristic
valve characteristic

20
20

18
18

16
16

14
14

12
12
Flow [l/min)
Flow[l/min]

10
10

8
8

8
6

4
4

2
2

0
00 11 22 33 44 55
Pressure
Pressure [bar]
[bar]

2 DKCFN.PD.013.FA6.02 521B0850
5. Flow at different rpm Using the diagram shown below, it is easy to
select the pump which fits the application best if
the flow required and the rotation speed (rpm) of
5. Flow at different rpm
the pump are known.
Using the diagram shown below, it is easy to select the pump which fits the application best if the flow required and the rotation
speed (rpm) of the pump are known.

4
APP3.5

APP3.0
3,5

APP2.5
3

2,5 APP2.2
m³/h

APP1.8
2
APP1.5

1,5

0,5

0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
rpm

Furthermore, this diagram shows that the flow can be changed by changing the rotation speed of the pump. The flow/rpm ratio is
constant, and the “required “ flow can be obtained by changing the rotation speed to a corresponding value. Thus, the required rpm
Furthermore,
can be determined as: this diagram shows that the flow
can be controlled by changing therpm
Required rotation
=
Required flow × Rated rpm
Rated flow
speed of the pump. The flow/rpm ratio is
6.constant,
Powerand the “required“ flow can be
requirements
obtained
Pump model by changing the
Flow rotation speed to a Pressure rpm Calc. factor
corresponding value. Thus, the required rpm can
60 bar 70 bar 80 bar
be determined as:
l/min m /h gpm 870 psi 3
1015 psi 1160 psi
APP1.5 25.11 1.51 6.63 3.21 kW 3.75 kW 4.29 kW 2890 468.6
APP1.5 30.17 Required
1.81 flow × Rated
7.97 rpm
3.86 kW 4.51 kW 5.15 kW 3470 468.6

Required
APP1.8 rpm26.78
= 1.61 7.07 3.43 kW 4.00 kW 4.57 kW 2890 463.2
APP1.8 32.18 Rated flow
1.93 8.50 4.12 kW 4.81 kW 5.49 kW 3470 463.2
APP2.2 33.48 2.01 8.84 4.29 kW 5.00 kW 5.71 kW 2900 468.6
APP2.2 40.22 2.41 10.63 5.15 kW 6.01 kW 6.87 kW 3480 468.6
APP2.5 41.94 2.52 11.08 5.07 kW 5.92 kW 6.77 kW 2900 484.8
46 180R9267
521B0850
APP3.0 // DKCFN.PD.013.FA6.02
IOM 48.2
APP 1.5-3.5 Appendices
2.9 -12.7
v04 / 11.2013
/ 09.2012 6.2 kW 7.2 kW 8.2 kW 2930 470.0
APP3.5 56.0 3.4 14.8 7.2 kW 8.4 kW 9.6 kW 2930 470.0

The power requirements can be determined using one of the following guiding equations:
Data sheet APP pumps - APP 1.5-3.5

6. Power requirements Pump Flow Pressure rpm Calc.


model factor
60 bar 70 bar 80 bar
l/min m3/h gpm 870 psi 1015 psi 1160 psi
APP 1.5 25.11 1.51 6.63 3.21 kW 3.75 kW 4.29 kW 2890 468.6
APP 1.5 30.17 1.81 7.97 3.86 kW 4.51 kW 5.15 kW 3470 468.6
APP 1.8 26.78 1.61 7.07 3.43 kW 4.00 kW 4.57 kW 2890 463.2
APP 1.8 32.18 1.93 8.50 4.12 kW 4.81 kW 5.49 kW 3470 463.2
APP 2.2 33.48 2.01 8.84 4.29 kW 5.00 kW 5.71 kW 2900 468.6
APP 2.2 40.22 2.41 10.63 5.15 kW 6.01 kW 6.87 kW 3480 468.6
APP 2.5 41.94 2.52 11.08 5.07 kW 5.92 kW 6.77 kW 2900 484.8
APP 3.0 48.2 2.9 12.7 6.2 kW 7.2 kW 8.2 kW 2930 470.0
APP 3.5 56.0 3.4 14.8 7.2 kW 8.4 kW 9.6 kW 2930 470.0

The power requirements can be determined using one of the following guiding equations:

l/min × bar 16.7 × m3/h × bar 0.26 × gpm × psi


Required power = [kW] or [kW] or [kW]
Calc. factor Calc. factor Calc. factor

1 hp = 0.75 kW
1 kW = 1.34 hp
1 gpm = 3.79 l/min
1 l/min = 0.26 gpm
1 m3/h = 4.40 gpm
1 gpm = 0.23 m3/h

7. Temperature and 7.1 Operation


corrosion
Fluid temperature: Ambient temperature:
+2° C to +50° C (+35.6° F to 122° F) dependent on +2° C to +50° C (+35.6° F to 122° F)
the NaCl concentration

The chart below illustrates the corrosive If the water pump is operated at high salinity,
resistance of different types of stainless steel always flush the water pump with fresh water at
related to NaCl concentration and temperature. operation stop in order to minimize the risk of
crevice corrosion.
All critical parts of the APP water pump is made
of Super Duplex.

180R9267 / DKCFN.PD.013.FA6.02
521B0850 IOM APP 1.5-3.5 Appendices - v04 / 11.2013
/ 09.2012 7
5
Data sheet APP pumps - APP 1.5-3.5

7.2 Storage

Storage temperature: Frost protection is required at temperatures


-40°C to +70°C (+40°F to 158°F) provided that below 2°C. Danfoss recommends to use DOW-
the pump is drained of fluid and stored FROST from DOW Chemical Company or Chilsafe
”plugged”. mono propylene glycol from Arco Chemical
Company.

8. Noise level The table indicates the approximate noise level


in dB(A) measured at a distance of 1 m from the
pump in a reverberation room.

Type 60 bar (870 psi) 1500 rpm 60 bar (870 psi) 3000 rpm
APP 1.5 75 76
APP 1.8 75 76
APP 2.2 75 76
APP 2.5 76 77
APP 3.0 72 77
APP 3.5 72 77

Generally, noise will be reduced if speed is The noise level is influenced by:
reduced and vice versa. Use flexible hoses in • The speed of the pump, high rpm create
order to minimize vibrations and noise. more noise than low rpm
• Rigid mounting of the pump generates
Since the pump is typically mounted on a bell more noise than flexible mounting
housing or frame, the noise level must be • Pipe mounting direct to the pump
determined for the complete unit (system). increases the noise level compared to a
flexible hose
It is therefore very important that the motor/
pump unit is mounted correctly on a frame with
antivibration isolation to minimize vibrations and
noise.

9. Filtration As water has very low viscosity, the APP pumps the filter, 50,000 particles pass through it
have been designed with very narrow clearance compared to only 20 particles in a filter with an
in order to control internal leakage rates and efficiency of 99.98%.
improve component performance. Therefore it is
important that the inlet water is filtered properly For more information on the importance of
to minimize the wear of the pump. proper filtration, please consult our publication
“Filtration” (code number 521B1009), which also
The main filter must have a filtration efficiency of will provide you with an explanation of filtration
99.98% at 10 μm. We recommend to use precision definitions and a guidance on how to select the
depth filter cartridges rated 10μm abs. ß10>5000 right filter.
(equivalent to a filtration efficiency of 99.98%).
Bag filters and string wound filter cartridges
typically have only 50% filtration efficiency. This
means that for each 100,000 particles reaching

86 180R9267 IOM APP 1.5-3.5 Appendices


521B0850 / DKCFN.PD.013.FA6.02 - v04 / 11.2013
/ 09.2012
Data sheet APP pumps - APP 1.5-3.5

10. Dimensions 10.1 Pump

Description APP 1.5 - APP 3.5


A Port position mm 21.0
in 0.83
B Port position mm 21.0
in 0.83
C mm Ø 105
in 4.1
D mm 166
in 6.5
E Parallel key, DIN 6885 mm 5 × 5 × 20
in 0.20 × 0.20 × 0.78
F Bleeding M6, Hexagon AF = 5 mm
I Inlet connection BSP G¾”; 15 (0.59) deep
O Outlet connection BSP G¾”; 17 (0.67) deep
Pump mounting flange SAE A 2

180R9267 IOM APP 1.5-3.5 Appendices


521B0850 / DKCFN.PD.013.FA6.02 - v04 / 11.2013
/ 09.2012 97
Data sheet APP pumps - APP 1.5-3.5

10.2 Complete unit

Pump A B C D E F G H IEC Electric motor


(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
APP 1.5 250 260 100 160 140 325 120 166 3.0 kW, IEC 100L-2
APP 1.8 250 290 112 190 140 340 120 166 4.0 kW, IEC 112M-2
APP 2.2 300 338 132 216 140 403 144 166 5.5 kW, IEC 132S1-2
APP 2.5 300 338 132 216 178 403 144 166 7.5 kW, IEC 132S2-2
APP 3.0 350 422 160 254 210 505 188 166 11 kW, IEC 160M1-2
APP 3.5 350 422 160 254 210 505 188 166 11 kW, IEC 160M1-2

11. Installation 11.1 Mounting


The figure below illustrates how to mount the To ensure easy mounting of the flexible coupling
pump and connect it to electric motor/combus- without using tools, the tolerances must be
tion engine. dimensioned accordingly.

A: Flexible coupling Note: Any axial and/or radial loads on the shaft
B: Bell housing must be avoided.
C: Motor shaft

If alternative mounting is required, please The pump should be connected to the rest of the
contact Danfoss Sales Organization for further plant with flexible hoses.
information.

Min. 5 mm

A B C

10
8 180R9267 IOM APP 1.5-3.5 Appendices
521B0850 / DKCFN.PD.013.FA6.02 - v04 / 11.2013
/ 09.2012
Data sheet APP pumps - APP 1.5-3.5

11.2 Open-ended system with direct water


supply
In order to eliminate the risk of cavitation, a
positive inlet pressure is always to be main-
tained. Please see technical data (part 3.) for
specific pressure values.

1. Place the filter (1) in the water supply line in


front of the pump.

2. Place a monitoring pressure switch (2) - set


at min. inlet pressure - between filter and
pump inlet. The monitoring switch must
stop the pump at pressures lower than min.
inlet pressure. Please see technical data
(part 3.) for specific pressure values.

11.3 RO system with APP pump

1. Dimension the inlet line to obtain mini- 6. For easy system bleeding and flushing, a
mum pressure loss (large flow, minimum bypass non-return valve (6) is integrated in
pipe length, minimum number of bends/ the APP pump.
connections and fittings with small
pressure losses). 7. A non-return valve (7) in outlet can be
installed in order to avoid backspin of the
2. Place an inlet filter (1) in front of the APP pump. The volume of water in the
pump (2). Please consult section 9, membrane vessel works as an accumulator
“Filtration” for guidance on how to select and will send flow backwards in case of the
the right filter. Thoroughly clean pipes and pump stops momentarily.
flush system prior to start-up.
8. A safety valve (8) can be installed in order
3. Place a monitoring pressure switch (3) set to avoid system damage as the Danfoss
at min. inlet pressure between filter and APP pump creates pressure and flow
pump inlet. The monitoring switch must immediately after start-up, regardless of
stop the pump at pressures lower than any counter-pressure.
minimum pressure.

4. Use flexible hoses (4) to minimize vibrations


and noise.

5. In order to eliminate the risk of damage


and cavitation, a positive pressure at the
inlet (5) is always to be maintained at min.
inlet pressure and max. inlet pressure.

180R9267 IOM APP 1.5-3.5 Appendices


521B0850 / DKCFN.PD.013.FA6.02 - v04 / 11.2013
/ 09.2012 119
Data sheet APP pumps - APP 1.5-3.5

12. Service 12.1 Warranty 12.3 Repair


Danfoss APP pumps are designed for long In case of irregular function of the APP, please
operation, low maintenance and reduced contact the Danfoss RO Solutions Sales Organisa-
lifecycle costs. tion.

Provided that the pump has been running


according to the Danfoss specifications, Danfoss
guarantees 8,000 hours service-free operation,
however, max. 18 months from date of produc-
tion.

If Danfoss recommendations concerning


system-design are not followed, it will strongly
influence the life of the APP pumps.

12.2 Maintenance
After 8,000 hours of operation it is strongly
recommended to inspect the pump and
change any worn parts, e.g. pistons and shaft
seal. This is done in order to prevent a potential
breakdown of the pump.

If the parts are not replaced, more frequent


inspection is recommended according to our
guidelines.

Standstill
The APP pumps are made of Duplex/Super
Duplex materials with excellent corrosion
properties. It is, however, always recommended
to flush the pump with freshwater when the
system is shut down.

Danfoss A/S
High Pressure Pumps
DK-6430 Nordborg
Denmark

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues, brochures and other printed material. Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice.
This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specifications already agreed.
All trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies. Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss A/S. All rights reserved.

12
10 180R9267 IOM APP 1.5-3.5 Appendices
521B0850 / DKCFN.PD.013.FA6.02 - v04 / 11.2013
/ 09.2012
MAKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE

2. APP pump instruction


APP 0.6-3.5 (180R9065)

Instruction

APP pump instruction


APP 0.6-1.0, APP 1.5-2.5 and
APP 3.0-3.5

ro-solutions.com
Instruction APP pump instruction APP 0.6-1.0, APP 1.5-2.5 and APP 3.0-3.5

APP pump instruction 1. Identification


APP 0.6-3.5 (180R9065)
2. System design
Table of Contents 2.1 Open-ended systems with water supply from a tank
2.2 Open-ended systems with direct water supply
2.3 Problems with reversing pumps
2.4 General guidelines for calculation of pressure losses
2.5 General comments on

3. Building up the pump unit


3.1 Mounting
3.2 Direction of rotation
3.3 Orientation
3.4 Protection from too high pressures
3.5 Connections

4. Initial start-up

5. Operation
5.1 Temperature
5.2 Pressure
5.3 Dry running
5.4 Disconnection
5.5 Storage
5.5.1 Open-ended systems with water supply from tank
5.5.2 Open-ended systems with direct water supply

6. Service
6.1 Periodic maintenance
6.2 Repair

14
2 180R9267
180R9065 // IOM APP 1.5-3.5
521B0733 Appendices - v04/ 09.2012
/ DKCFN.PI.013.C4.2T / 11.2013
Instruction APP pump instruction APP 0.6-1.0, APP 1.5-2.5 and APP 3.0-3.5

1. Identification

2. System design The design of the system must ensure that self 2.2 Open-ended systems with direct water
emptying of the pump during standstill is supply
avoided. The pump is supplied with water direct from a
booster pump.
The inlet pressure of the pump must never
exceed the outlet pressure. This may typically The water pressure must not exceed 5 bar abs.
occur in boosted or open-ended systems with (72.5 psi).
direct water supply.

In order to avoid this it is recommended to install


a pre-stressed check valve or a pressure switch in
the pump inlet.

The opening pressure of the check valve must be


bigger or equal to the inlet pressure.

2.1 Open-ended systems with water supply


from a tank 6 bar
(The numbers 1-3 refer to the drawing below.) [87 psi]
In order to eliminate the risk of cavitation,
observe the following guidelines:
1) Place the tank above the pump (water level
in the tank should always be above the
pump). 2.3 Problems with reversing pumps
If exposed to high pressure in the outlet while
2) Place the inlet filter before the tank. the electric motor is not energized, the pumps
will start spinning backwards. This will not harm
3) Dimension the inlet line to obtain mini- the pumps as long as the pressure in the inlet
mum pressure loss (large flow area, does not exceed the max. pressure of 5 bar.
minimum pipe length, minimum number
of bends/connections, fittings with small If a non-return valve is mounted in the inlet line,
pressure losses). a low-pressure relief valve will also be required.
Alternatively a high-pressure check valve could
be mounted in the pump discharge line to
prevent the pump from reversing.

The dotted setup ensures that the inlet pressure


does not exceed the 5 bar abs., when a non-
return valve is mounted in the inlet.

180R9267
180R9065 // IOM APP 1.5-3.5
521B0733 Appendices - v04/ 09.2012
/ DKCFN.PI.013.C4.2T / 11.2013 153
Instruction APP pump instruction APP 0.6-1.0, APP 1.5-2.5 and APP 3.0-3.5

2.4 General guidelines for calculation of The inlet line connection must be properly
pressure losses tightened, as possible entrance of air will cause
In order to avoid the risk of cavitation, the inlet cavitation.
pressure at the pump must be in accordance
with the specifications mentioned in Data The suction conditions can be optimized
sheet (521B0850). according to below guidelines.

In smooth pipes and hoses

In 90° bends

2.5 General comments on

Filtration Water tank


A good filtration is vital to ensure a long and Must be made of corrosion-proof material such
trouble free life of the pump. as stainless steel or plastic and must be sealed to
prevent entrance of impurities from the environ-
When selecting a filter or strainer, please note ment.
that filter materials should be compatible with
water, i.e. should neither corrode or dissolve. Also
be aware of the electrochemical series of the
applied materials.

Main filter must have a fineness of 10 μm abs.


ß 10 >5000. The pressure loss across the filter
should be monitored.

16
4 180R9267
180R9065 // IOM APP 1.5-3.5
521B0733 Appendices - v04/ 09.2012
/ DKCFN.PI.013.C4.2T / 11.2013
Instruction APP pump instruction APP 0.6-1.0, APP 1.5-2.5 and APP 3.0-3.5

Automatic pressure equalization between tank


and surroundings must be ensured.

Inlet from the water supply and inlet to the


pump should be placed in opposite ends of the
tank to calm and deaerate the water, and to
ensure optimum opportunity for particles to
settle.

Pump suction line should be placed relatively


high above the tank bottom in order to prevent
settled particles from being led into the pump.

We recommend a separation (“wall”) to separate


the inlet from the outlet end of the tank.

Monitoring
It is recommended to continuously monitor the
following conditions:
• Water level in the tank
• Filter contamination
• Pressure (inlet- and outlet side of the
pump)

3. Building up the pump 3.1 Mounting


unit (Please also see hints in “Right and Wrong”)

If alternative mounting is desired, please contact


the Danfoss Sales Organization.

Choose proper tolerances to ensure an easy


mounting of the elastic coupling without use of
tools.
A Elastic coupling
Please take care to observe the recommended
B Ball housing A B C
length tolerances of the chosen coupling, as an C Motor shaft
axial force on the pump will damage the pump.

max. 0.25 mm
max. 0.01 inch

3.2 Direction of rotation


Is indicated by means of an arrow at the inlet side
of the pump.

P Outlet
T Inlet

180R9267
180R9065 // IOM APP 1.5-3.5
521B0733 Appendices - v04/ 09.2012
/ DKCFN.PI.013.C4.2T / 11.2013 175
Instruction APP pump instruction APP 0.6-1.0, APP 1.5-2.5 and APP 3.0-3.5

3.3 Orientation The valve should be placed as close to the pump


The pump can be mounted/oriented in any as possible. The opening characteristics of the
horizontal direction. Vertically only with the shaft valve must not result in peak pressures higher
pointing upwards. than 200 bar (2900 psi).

The valve outlet must not be connected


3.4 Protection from too high pressures directly to the pump suction line. It shall be
The pump should be protected against too high connected directly to the tank.
pressure by means of a pressure relief valve or a
bypass/unloading valve placed on the pressure
side.

3.5 Connections

P Pressure
T Tank
C Bleeding
D Parallel key 5 × 5 × 20,
DIN 6885

APP 0.6-1.0 APP 1.5-2.5 and APP 3.0-3.5


P T C P T C
Thread size G 1/2 × 15 G 1/2 × 15 M6 Hexagon G 1/2 × 15 G 3/4 × 17 G 1/4, NV 6
NV 4 14 deep
Max tighten 25 Nm 25 Nm 5 Nm 25 Nm 25 Nm 15 Nm
torque 18 (lbf ft) 18 (lbf ft) 3.5 (lbf ft) 18 (lbf ft) 18 (lbf ft) 11 (lbf ft)

Recommended torque values refer to steel washers containing a rubber sealing element.

618 180R9267 / 521B0733


180R9065 IOM APP 1.5-3.5 Appendices - v04
/ DKCFN.PI.013.C4.2T / 11.2013
/ 09.2012
Instruction APP pump instruction APP 0.6-1.0, APP 1.5-2.5 and APP 3.0-3.5

4. Initial start-up Before start-up, loosen the top bleeding plug “C”.
When water appears from the bleeding plug,
retighten the plug. With its inlet line connected
to the water supply or the tank, the pump is now
started with open outlet port.

At the initial start of the system, the pump


should be run without pressure for about
5 minutes, thus removing possible impurities
from pipes, hoses, etc. However, the system
should be flushed before start-up – without the
connected pump.

WARNING:
Make sure that the direction of rotation of the
electric motor corresponds to the direction of
rotation of the pump. Otherwise the pump will
be damaged if a check valve is placed between
pump and tank.

5. Operation 5.1 Temperature 5.5 Storage

Fluid temperature: Storage temperature:


Min. +3° C to max. +50° C Min. -40° C to max. +70° C
Ambient temperature: When preparing the pump for long-term storage
Min. 0° C to max. 50° C or for temperatures below the freezing point,
flush the pump with an anti-freeze medium type
In case of lower operating temperatures, please monopropylene glycol to prevent internal
contact the Danfoss Sales Organization. corrosion or frost in the pump.

For further information on anti-freeze media,


5.2 Pressure please contact the Danfoss Sales Organization.
The inlet pressure must be min. 0.9 bar (13 psi)
and max. 5 bar (72.5 psi) abs. At lower pressures
the pump will cavitate, resulting in damage to Recommended procedure:
the pump.
5.5.1 Open-ended systems with water supply
Max. pressure on the pump’s outlet line should from tank
be limited at 80 bar (1160 psi) continuously. 1. Empty the tank of water and empty the
Short-term pressure peaks (e.g. in connection pump housing through the lower bleeding
with closing of a valve) of up to 100 bar (1450 psi) plug. When the pump is empty, retighten
are acceptable. the plug.
2. Through the upper bleeding plug, fill the
NB: pump housing with anti-freeze medium.
The pump unit should include a pressure Pour anti-freeze medium into the tank.
gauge on the high pressure side. Connect a hose to the outlet of the pump
and lead the other end of the hose back to
tank.
5.3 Dry running 3. Quickly start and stop the pump. Make sure
When running, the pump must always be that the pump does not run dry. The pump
connected to the water supply in order to avoid is now protected against internal corrosion
damage if it should run dry. and frost.

In systems with water tank it is recommended to


build in a level gauge in the tank to avoid the risk
of running dry.

5.4 Disconnection
If the inlet line is disconnected from the water
supply, the pump will be emptied of water
through the disconnected inlet line.

When starting up again, follow the bleeding


procedure described under section 4: Initial start
up.

180R9267 / IOM
180R9065 APP 1.5-3.5
521B0733 Appendices - v04
/ DKCFN.PI.013.C4.2T / 11.2013
/ 09.2012 19
7
Instruction APP pump instruction APP 0.6-1.0, APP 1.5-2.5 and APP 3.0-3.5

5.5.2 Open-ended systems with direct water hose to the inlet port of the pump and via
supply another hose return the flow from the
1. Disconnect the water supply to the pump. outlet port to the tank with anti-freeze
2. Through the lower bleeding plug, empty additives.
the pump housing of water and close it 4. Quickly start and stop the pump. Make sure
again. that the pump does not run dry. The pump
3. Connect the pump to a tank of e.g. 25 litre is now protected against internal corrosion
6 gal. of anti-freeze additive. Connect a and frost.

6. Service 6.1 Periodic maintenance 6.2 Repair


The APP pump is designed so that lubrication In case of irregular function in the pump, please
follows from the water itself and there is thus no contact the Danfoss Sales Organisation.
oil in the pump.

The pump requires no periodic replacements of


seals and valve parts.

Danfoss A/S
High Pressure Pumps
DK-6430 Nordborg
Denmark

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues, brochures and other printed material. Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice.
This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specifications already agreed.
All trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies. Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss A/S. All rights reserved.

20
8 180R9267
180R9065 // IOM APP 1.5-3.5
521B0733 Appendices - v04/ 09.2012
/ DKCFN.PI.013.C4.2T / 11.2013
MAKING MODERN LIVING POSSIBLE

4. Recommended service
intervals for APP pumps
(180R9199)
Instruction

Recommended service intervals


for APP pumps

ro-solutions.com
Instruction Recommended service intervals for APP pumps

Table of Contents 1. General information

Recommended service 2. Design/features


intervals for APP pumps
(180R9199) 3. Appendix 1

1. General information This guideline provides information on the The recommendation is for guidance only.
recommended service intervals. The recommen-
dation is based upon good engineering practice
and on experience gained from operation even
under extreme conditions.

2. Design/features Danfoss APP pumps are designed for long If the Danfoss recommendations concerning
operation and low maintenance and life cycle system-design (see our data sheet) are not
costs. followed, the service life of the APP pumps might
be affected.
Danfoss guarantees 8,000 hours service free
operation, however max. 18 months from date of The recommended service intervals on the
production. After 8,000 operation hours it is different parts in the APP pumps appear from the
recommended to inspect the pump and replace table below:
worn parts, if any.

Pos. Qty. Description Material Service interval


1 1 Housing, main bearing Duplex, PEEK No need for service
11, 125, 1 Mounting flange/ Wetted part: Duplex No wear part
211* end flange Dry part: AISI 316L
121, 181* 1 Port flange Duplex No wear part
31 1 Swash plate Super Duplex 40,000 hours
66 5/7/9 Piston Super Duplex and PEEK Recommended inspection
on a yearly basis and
evaluated acc. to app. 1
92 1 Valve plate Super Duplex 24,000 hours
91 1 Port plate Super Duplex, PEEK 24,000 hours
61 1 Cylinder barrel Super Duplex 40,000 hours
65 1 Retainer plate Super Duplex 24,000 hours
64 1 Retainer ball Super Duplex 40,000 hours
71 1 Retainer guide Super Duplex 40,000 hours
62 1/4 Spring Duplex 40,000 hours
63 1 Spring guide Duplex or PP 40,000 hours
142 1 Stop for shaft seal PP No wear part
124, 215* 1 Shaft seal Hastelloy and NBR It is good practice to
change the seal after each
disassembly of the pump
125 1 Cover/flange for shaft seal Super Duplex No wear part
93 5/7/9 Back-up ring PTFE 24,000 hours
* O-ring (overall) NBR 24,000 hours
* Screw (overall) AISI 316 No wear part
* Pin (overall) AISI 316, Duplex or PEEK No wear part
152 1 Valve cone (flushing valve) Duplex or PEEK 40,000 hours
3, 129* 2 Bleeding screw Duplex No wear part
67 1 Key AISI 316 40,000 hours

* depends on pump size

28
2 180R9267
180R9199 / IOM APP 1.5-3.5
521B1135 Appendices - v04
/ DKCFN.PI.013.C1.02 / 11.2013
/ 01.2013
Instruction Recommended service intervals for APP pumps

3. Appendix 1 Pistons: In case of doubt - the pistons must be replaced.


The pistons are the heart of the pump regarding
service. The pictures below is ment as a guideline for
evaluating the wear of the sliding surface.
If the pistons break down, the pump will suffer a
breakdown.

Cavitation of the piston shoes. Cavitation of the piston shoes.


New inspection is required in 3,000-4,000 hours. All pistons must be replaced within the next
500-1,000 hours.

Cavitation of the piston shoes. Cavitation of the piston shoes.


All pistons must be replaced within the next All pistons must be replaced immediately.
100-200 hours.

Abrasive wear of the piston shoes.


All pistons must be replaced immediately.

180R9267
180R9199 / IOM APP 1.5-3.5
521B1135 Appendices - v04
/ DKCFN.PI.013.C1.02 / 11.2013
/ 01.2013 293
Instruction Recommended service intervals for APP pumps

Danfoss A/S
High Pressure Pumps
DK-6430 Nordborg
Denmark

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues, brochures and other printed material. Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice.
This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specifications already agreed.
All trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies. Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss A/S. All rights reserved.

4
30 180R9199 / IOM
180R9267 521B1135 / DKCFN.PI.013.C1.02
APP 1.5-3.5 / 01.2013
Appendices - v04 / 11.2013
GRUNDFOS DATA BOOKLET

CM, CME
Horizontal, multistage centrifugal pumps
50/60 Hz

ÝÓÛ ëóì

Parker P/N: 12176007GP


CM, CME

1. Product introduction 5
Table of contents

2. Overview 7

3. Applications 8

4. Features and benefits 10

5. Identification 12

6. Product range 13
CM, CME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
CM self-priming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

7. Performance range 16
CM, 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
CM, 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
CM self-priming, 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
CM self-priming, 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
CME, 50/60 Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

8. Operating conditions 19
Ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Storage and transport temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Installation altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Installation of pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Maximum operating pressure and permissible liquid temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Frequency of starts and stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Operation in condensing environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Environmental rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Operating range of the shaft seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Sound pressure level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

9. Construction 23
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Frequency converter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Shaft seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Material specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

10. CME pumps 29


Communication with CME pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Speed control of CME pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

11. Grundfos CUE 31


CM pumps connected to Grundfos CUE, external frequency converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

12. Approvals and markings 32


CM, CME pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
CM self-priming pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

13. Certificates 33

14. Selection and sizing 36


Selection of pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Selection of CME pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

15. How to read the curve charts 38


Guidelines for performance curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

16. Performance curves, CM 50 Hz 39


CM 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
CM 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

2
CM, CME

CM 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Table of contents
CM 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
CM 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
CM 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

17. Performance curves, CM 60 Hz 45


CM 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
CM 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
CM 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
CM 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
CM 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
CM 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

18. Performance curves, CM self-priming, 50 Hz 51


CM 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
CM 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
CM 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

19. Performance curves, CM self-priming, 60 Hz 58


CM 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
CM 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
CM 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

20. Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz 64


CME 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
CME 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
CME 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
CME 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
CME 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
CME 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

21. Dimensions, CM 50 Hz 70
CM 1-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
CM 1-I and CM 1-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
CM 3-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
CM 3-I and CM 3-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
CM 5-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
CM 5-I and CM 5-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
CM 10-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
CM 10-I and CM 10-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
CM 15-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
CM 15-I and CM 15-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
CM 25-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
CM 25-I and CM 25-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

22. Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz 82


CM 1-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
CM 1-I and CM 1-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
CM 3-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CM 3-I and CM 3-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
CM 5-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
CM 5-I and CM 5-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
CM 10-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
CM 10-I and CM 10-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
CM 15-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
CM 15-I and CM 15-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
CM 25-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
CM 25-I and CM 25-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

23. Dimensions, CM self-priming 50 Hz and 60 Hz 96

24. Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz 97


CME 1-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
CME 1-I and CME 1-G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
CME 3-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

3
CM, CME

CME 3-I and CME 3-G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100


Table of contents

CME 5-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101


CME 5-I and CME 5-G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
CME 10-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
CME 10-I and CME 10-G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
CME 15-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
CME 15-I and CME 15-G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
CME 25-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
CME 25-I and CME 25-G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

25. Weights and shipping volume 109


CM non-self-priming pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
CM non-self-priming pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
CM self-priming pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
CME non-self-priming pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
CME non-self-priming pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

26. Motor data 116


Mains-operated motors, 50 Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Mains-operated motors, 60 Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Mains-operated motors, 50/60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Speed-controlled motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Additional data for speed-controlled motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

27. Customisation 124


Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

28. Accessories 131


Pipework connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Potentiometer for CME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Communication interface modules (CIM) for CME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Grundfos GO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Sensors for CME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
MP 204 motor protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Cover for CM motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Angled cable gland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

29. Grundfos Product Center 139

4
CM, CME
1

1. Product introduction

Product introduction
The Grundfos CM and CME pumps are horizontal, CM
multistage, end-suction centrifugal pumps. The pumps
are of the close-coupled type and available as either
self-priming or non-self-priming pumps. CM pumps are
fitted with mains-operated motors whereas the motor
for CME pumps has an integrated frequency converter.

TM05 1128 2211 - TM05 1129 2211


Both CM and CME pumps have mechanical shaft
seals.
The CM and CME pumps are available in these three Cast-iron version
material versions:
• cast iron (EN-GJL-200)*
• stainless steel (EN 1.4301/AISI 304)
• stainless steel (EN 1.4401/AISI 316).
Stainless-steel version
* The pump shaft, impeller, chamber and filling plugs are made of
stainless steel (EN 1.4301/AISI 304). Fig. 1 Grundfos CM pumps

The CM pumps are unique products that have been


developed in order to fulfil a wide variety of customer
demands. The development of the pumps has resulted
in no less than five patent applications.
The CM pumps are available in various sizes and
numbers of stages to provide the flow and pressure
required.
The CM pumps consist of two main components: the
motor and the pump unit. The motor is a Grundfos
motor designed to EN standards. The pump unit
incorporates optimised hydraulics and offers various
types of connections.
The pumps offer many advantages, some of which are
listed below and described in detail in Features and
benefits on page 10:
• compact design
• worldwide usage
• high reliability
• service friendly
• wide performance range
• low noise
• customised solutions.

5
1 CM, CME

CME Selecting a CME pump


Product introduction

Select a CME pump if the following features are


required:
• controlled operation, i.e. consumption fluctuates
• constant pressure
• communication with the pump.
Adaptation of performance through
frequency-controlled speed offers obvious benefits

TM06 6197 0816


such as:
• energy savings
• increased comfort
• control and monitoring of the application and pump
Fig. 2 Grundfos CME pump performance.
For further information about CME pumps, see CME
The CME pumps are built on the basis of CM pumps.
pumps on page 29.
CME pumps belong to the so-called E-pump family.
The difference between the CM and the CME pump
ranges is the motor.
The CME pump motor is a Grundfos MGE motor
designed to EN standards. The motor incorporates a
frequency converter.
Frequency control enables continuously variable
control of the motor speed, which makes it possible to
set the pump to operation at any duty point. The aim of
continuously variable control of the motor speed is to
adjust the performance to a given requirement.
You can connect a pressure sensor to the built-in
frequency converter on CME pumps. For further
information, see section Sensors for CME on page
137.
The pump materials are identical to those of the CM
pump range.
Highest energy efficiency rating worldwide
CME pumps are fitted with the new-generation MGE
motors which are permanent-magnet motors
incorporating a high-efficiency frequency converter.
This ensures an even higher efficiency of the pump.
The motor is energy efficiency class IE5 according to
IEC60034-30-2. In combination with the integrated
frequency converter, the combined power drive system
is efficiency class IES2 according to IEC50598-2.

6
CM, CME
2

2. Overview

Overview
Applications Identification

Pages 8 and 9 Page 12

Product range Operating


conditions

Pages 13 and 14 Pages 19 to 22

Construction Certificates Selection and Pipe Performance


and approvals sizing connections curves
° Ø
ŵпà ųÃ
Ý»®¬·º·½¿¬» ±º ½±³°´·¿²½» © óè ÝÓ ïð
Hf
ïíð
ÛÒ ïðîðì îòï ëð ئ
ïîðð
ïîð ×ÍÑ ççðê ß²²»¨ ß
óé
ïïð

H NPSH
pb
Ý«-¬±³»® ²¿³» ïððð
ïðð óê
Ý«-¬±³»® ±®¼»® ²±ò
Ý«-¬±³»® Ì¿¹ ²±ò
ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ±®¼»® ²±ò

HV
çð
Ю±¼«½¬ ¬§°»

èðð óë
É» ¬¸» «²¼»®-·¹²»¼ ¸»®»¾§ ¹«¿®¿²¬»» ¿²¼ ½»®¬·º§ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ³¿¬» èð
¿¾±ª» ³»²¬·±²»¼ °®±¼«½¬ ©»®» ³¿²«º¿½¬«®»¼ô ¬»-¬»¼ô ·²-°»½¬»¼
¯«·®»³»²¬- ±º ¬¸» ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» ½¿¬¿´±¹«»-ô ¼®¿©·²¹- ¿²¼ñ±® -°»
éð
ì

Pages 23 to 28 Pages 33 and 34 Pages 36 to 37 Pages 37 and 130 Pages 39 to 69

Dimensions Motor data Accessories Customisation Further


product
information

Pages 70 to 108 Pages 116 to 121 Pages 131 to 138 Page 124 Page 139

7
3 CM, CME

3. Applications
Applications

The CM and CME pumps are designed to cover a wide Water treatment
variety of applications, ranging from small domestic
installations to large industrial systems. The pumps are
therefore suitable for a wide diversity of pumping
systems where the performance and material of the
pump must meet specific demands.
Some of the most typical applications are mentioned
below:
• washing and cleaning
• water treatment
• temperature control
• pressure boosting.

Gr7052
Washing and cleaning

Fig. 4 Water treatment

In water treatment plants, the water undergoes a


process which makes it more suited for its end use. In
this process, the CM and CME pumps can be utilised
either as feed pumps or as booster pumps.
Reference applications
Typical water treatment applications:
• nano-, micro- and ultra-filtration systems
• softening, ionising, demineralising systems
• desalination systems
• distillation systems
Gr3572

• separators
• swimming baths.
Fig. 3 Washing and cleaning
Temperature control
CM and CME pumps can be used in washing and
cleaning applications, which usually involve pumping
of water containing soap or other cleaning agents.
Reference applications
Typical washing and cleaning applications:
• degreasing and washing of production equipment in
industrial environments such as the food and
beverage industry
• washing machines
• vehicle-washing tunnels
• mobile-washing units
• units for CIP (Cleaning In Place).
GrA6288

Fig. 5 Temperature control

Temperature control involves applications where the


CM and CME pumps circulate a liquid in a closed loop
consisting of a heating or cooling element for
optimising a process by means of temperature.
Temperature control is also chilling of equipment or
food and beverage in the food production industry.

8
CM, CME
3
Reference applications Pressure boosting

Applications
The CM and CME pumps can for example be used in
temperature control systems such as:
• electronic data processing
• laser equipment
• medical equipment
• industrial refrigeration
• heating and cooling in industrial processes
• moisturising and humidifying.
To ensure safe and reliable operation in applications
involving temperature control, we offer CM and CME
pumps designed to meet your needs!

Gr0526
We provide solutions for applications involving
pumping of these liquids: Fig. 6 Pressure boosting
• liquids at temperatures down to -20 °C
In pressure-boosting applications, the pumped liquid
• high-temperature liquids
must be delivered at a desired pressure on demand.
• high-viscous liquids, etc. The main priorities in pressure-boosting applications
Pumping of liquids at temperatures down to -20 °C are to ensure maximum reliability and user comfort.
When pumping liquids at temperatures down to -20 °C, Therefore, the CM and CME pumps are also ideal for
it is crucial that the pump parts are made of the right such applications.
materials and have the right dimensions. At such low Reference applications
temperatures, the selection of wrong materials and Typical pressure-boosting applications:
dimensions may cause deformation because of
• pressure boosting and transfer of drinking water
thermal expansion, and eventually stoppage of
operation. • process-water systems.
Note: CM and CME pumps for pumping liquids at
Other applications
temperatures below -20 °C are available on request.
Please contact Grundfos. Besides the applications mentioned above, the CM
and CME pumps can be used in many other
Pumping of high-temperature liquids applications.
The pumping of hot liquids such as water-based liquids Examples:
up to 120 °C demands much of the pump parts, such
• distilling systems
as shaft seals and rubber parts.
• dosing/mixing
Pumping of high-viscous liquids • evaporation
In applications where high-viscous liquids are pumped, • comprised machinery
the motor of the pump can be overloaded, and the
• chemical industry
pump performance will be reduced.
• pharmaceutical industry.
The viscosity of a pumped liquid depends strongly on
the pumped liquid and its temperature.
To meet the above-mentioned requirements, we offer
CM and CME pumps with oversize motors.

9
4 CM, CME

4. Features and benefits


Features and benefits

High reliability
New state-of-the-art shaft seal design and materials

TM04 3509 4508 - TM06 6197 0816


offering these benefits:
• high wear resistance and long operating life
• improved sticking and dry-running capabilities.
The pumps are less sensitive to impurities in the
pumped liquid than similar pumps of the canned-rotor
type.
Easy installation and commissioning

Fig. 7 CM and CME pumps


• A Quick Guide supplied with the CM pump enables
easy installation and commissioning. Detailed
CM and CME pumps present the following features multilingual installation and operating instructions
and benefits: are available for each pump.
Compact design • An installation indicator fitted to three-phase CM
pumps makes it easy to see if the electrical
Pump and motor are integrated in a compact and connection of the motor is correct. Based on the
user-friendly design. The pump is fitted to a low-profile motor cooling air, it indicates the direction of rotation
base plate, making it ideal for installation in systems of the motor.
where compactness is important.
Modular construction/customised solutions

TM05 0870 1811


The modular construction of the CM and CME pumps
makes it easy to create many different variants based
on standard factory parts. This means that it is
possible to create pump variants that are customised
for the application in question.
Fig. 8 Installation indicator
Energy-optimised pumps
Service-friendly
CM and CME pumps are energy-optimised and comply
with the EuP Directive (Commission Regulation (EC) • Service was in mind during the development.
No 547/2012) in which most pumps are • No special service tools required.
classified/graduated in a new energy efficiency index • Spare parts in stock for quick delivery.
(MEI). See also page 18. • Service parts available as kits, single parts or bulks.
Worldwide usage • Service instructions and video make it simple to
• With different voltage and frequency combinations, disassemble and assemble the pump.
the CM and CME product ranges cover markets • Service kit instructions available where estimated
worldwide. necessary.
• The CM and CME product ranges have been Additional features and benefits for self-priming
approved and are marked for worldwide usage. pumps
See Approvals and markings on page 32.
The CM self-priming pump can create a suction lift of
up to 8 metres in less than 5 minutes when installed
and commissioned correctly.
• The pump is available in stainless steel 1.4301 with
EPDM or Viton O-rings.
• The pump is available for single-phase operation as
standard and for three-phase operation on request.

10
CM, CME
4
Wide performance range

Features and benefits


Can be used in a wide range of applications:
• washing and cleaning
• water treatment
• temperature control
• pressure boosting
• chemical industry
• pharmaceutical industry
• etc.
Product range in the Grundfos Product Center
(http://product-selection.grundfos.com/).
Low noise level
The CM and CME pumps offer very silent operation.
High-performance hydraulics
Pump efficiency is maximised by the optimised
hydraulics and carefully crafted production technology.
Electrocoated cast-iron parts
• optimised corrosion resistance
• better efficiency because of smooth surfaces.
Customised solutions
It is possible to create many different variants of the
CM and CME pumps. For further information, see
Customisation on page 124.
• motor adaptation
• pump body modifications.
Grundfos motor
Grundfos motors are remarkably silent and highly
efficient.
Grundfos motors are available with integrated
frequency converter designed for speed-controlled
operation.
Data and literature about the CM and CME pumps
All literature and technical data related to CM and CME
pumps are available on line in the Grundfos Product
Center (http://product-selection.grundfos.com/).

11
5 CM, CME

5. Identification
Identification

Example CM 10 - 3 A - R - I - E - A V B E F -A -A -N

Type range Sensor


CM: Centrifugal Modular N: No sensor
CME: Centrifugal Modular with integrated frequency
Mains plug
converter
Rated flow rate A: Prepared for cable glands
Rated flow rate at 50 Hz [m 3/h] B: Harting plug
Number of impellers C: With cable
Pump version D: Cable gland included

A: Basic version Motor information


B: Oversize motor (one kW size larger) A: Standard motor (IP55)
B: Phase-insulated motor for use with
D: Special nameplate
frequency converter
E: Pumps with certificates/approvals C: Condensing environments
N: CME pump with pressure sensor D: Pt100 in stator
P: Undersize motor (one kW size smaller) E: Angular contact bearing
T: Oversize motor (two kW sizes larger) F: Motor heater
O: Self-priming version (maximum suction lift 8 metres) G: Three-phase motor with overload protection
S: Self-priming version (maximum suction lift 4 metres) H: Single-phase motor with no protection
X: Special pump I: Radio communication not available
Note: Two letters symbolise that two parameters have been
J: IPX5
combined.
Pipe connection Supply voltage
C: Tri-Clamp A: 1 x 220 V, 60 Hz
F: DIN/ANSI/JIS flange B: 1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz
P: Victaulic coupling B1: 1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz, with terminal board
R: Whitworth thread Rp (ISO 7/1) C: 1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz
S: Internal NPT thread D: 1 x 127 V, 60 Hz
Materials in contact with pump media E: 3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz
E1: 3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz, with terminal
A: Inlet and outlet parts EN-GJL-200
board
Pump shaft EN 1.4301/AISI 304 F: 3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz
Impellers/chambers EN 1.4301/AISI 304 G: 3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz
G: Sleeve EN 1.4401/AISI 316 H: 3 x 575 V, 60 Hz 1)
Pump shaft EN 1.4401/AISI 316 I: 3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz 1)
Impellers/chambers EN 1.4401/AISI 316 J: 3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 440-480 V, 60 Hz
O: 3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz;
I: Sleeve EN 1.4301/AISI 304
3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz
Pump shaft EN 1.4301/AISI 304 Q: 3 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (E-motor)
Impellers/chambers EN 1.4301/AISI 304 R: 3 x 200-230 V, 50/60 Hz (E-motor)
X: Special version S: 3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (E-motor)
Rubber parts in pump (excluding neck ring and shaft seal) T: 3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (E-motor)
E: EPDM (ethylene propylene) U: 1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (E-motor)
K: FFKM (perflour) X: Special voltage
V: FKM (flour) Material of secondary seal
Note: Gaskets between chambers of cast-iron versions are always made
E: EPDM (ethylene propylene)
of Tesnit BA-U
Shaft seal K: FFKM (perflour)
A: O-ring seal with fixed driver V: FKM (flour)
R: O-ring seal with fixed driver and reduced seal face Material of stationary seal face

Material of rotating seal face B: Carbon, resin-impregnated


Q: Silicon carbide (SIC) Q: Silicon carbide (SIC)
V: Aluminium oxide (AI203) U: Tungsten carbide
U: Tungsten carbide
1)
Only available with IE2 efficiency motors.
Note: The type key cannot be used for ordering as not all combinations are possible.

12
5)
4)
3)
2)
1)
CM 3-9
CM 3-8
CM 3-7
CM 3-6
CM 3-5
CM 3-4
CM 3-3
CM 3-2
CM 1-9
CM 1-8
CM 1-7
CM 1-6
CM 1-5
CM 1-4
CM 1-3
CM 1-2

CM 3-11
CM 1-11

CM 3-14
CM 3-13
CM 3-12
CM 3-10
CM 1-14
CM 1-13
CM 1-12
CM 1-10
Pump type

On request.
CM, CME

Cast iron EN-GJL-200 (CM-A) CM, CME


Stainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304 (CM-I)
50 Hz

Material
Stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316 (CM-G)

Cast iron EN-GJL-200 (CM-A)

Stainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304 (CM-I)


60 Hz
6. Product range

Material

Stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316 (CM-G)

AVBE, AVBV

2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
AQQE, AQQV, AQBE, AQBV, AQQK

3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
Shaft seal

RUUE, RUUV

2)
2)
2)
2)
1 x 220-240 V (supply voltage C)

Not suitable for pumping liquids at temperatures above 90 °C.


[V]
50 Hz

3 x 220-240/380-415 V (supply voltage F)


Voltage

1 x 220 V (supply voltage A)

Only available with IE2-compliant motors and cannot be exported to the USA.
1 x 115/230 V (supply voltage B/B1) 4)

1 x 127 V (supply voltage D) 1)


[V]
60 Hz

Voltage

3 x 208-230/440-480 V (supply voltage E/E1) 4)

3 x 575 V (supply voltage H) 5)

Neither suitable for 60 Hz mains-operated pumps, nor for CME pumps running at 100 % speed.

Pumps with supply voltages B1 and E1 are supplied with terminal board inside the terminal box.
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, (50 Hz)/
Mains-operated motor

3 x 220-255/380-440 V, (60 Hz) (supply voltage O)


3 x 380-415 V, (50 Hz)/
3 x 440-480 V, (60 Hz) (supply voltage J)
[V]
Voltage

3 x 200 V/346 V, (50 Hz)


50/60 Hz

3 x 200-220/346-380 V, (60 Hz) (supply voltage G)


3 x 400 V, (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage I) 5)

3 x 200-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage R)

Pumps with supply voltages B and E are supplied for wire connection without terminal board inside the terminal box (flying wires).
3 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage Q)

3 x 380-500 V, (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage S)


[V]
Voltage

3 x 440-480 V, (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage T)


Electronically

1 x 200-240 V, (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage U)


speed-controlled motor

13
Product range
6
Product range
6

14
5)
4)
3)
2)
1)
CM 5-9
CM 5-8
CM 5-7
CM 5-6
CM 5-5
CM 5-4
CM 5-3
CM 5-2

CM 5-11

CM 25-4
CM 25-3
CM 25-2
CM 25-1
CM 15-4
CM 15-3
CM 15-2
CM 15-1
CM 10-8
CM 10-7
CM 10-6
CM 10-5
CM 10-4
CM 10-3
CM 10-2
CM 10-1
CM 5-13
CM 5-12
CM 5-10
Pump type

On request.
Cast iron EN-GJL-200 (CM-A)

Stainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304 (CM-I)


50 Hz

Material

Stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316 (CM-G)

Cast iron EN-GJL-200 (CM-A)

Stainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304 (CM-I)


60 Hz

Material

Stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316 (CM-G)

AVBE, AVBV

2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
AQQE, AQQV, AQBE, AQBV, AQQK

3)
3)
3)
3)
3)
Shaft seal

RUUE, RUUV

2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
1 x 220-240 V (supply voltage C)

Not suitable for pumping liquids at temperatures above 90 °C.


[V]
50 Hz

3 x 220-240/380-415 V (supply voltage F)


Voltage

1 x 220 V (supply voltage A)

Only available with IE2-compliant motors and cannot be exported to the USA.
1 x 115/230 V (supply voltage B/B1) 4)

1 x 127 V (supply voltage D) 1)


[V]
60 Hz

Voltage

3 x 208-230/440-480 V (supply voltage E/E1) 4)

3 x 575 V (supply voltage H) 5)

Neither suitable for 60 Hz mains-operated pumps, nor for CME pumps running at 100 % speed.

Pumps with supply voltages B1 and E1 are supplied with terminal board inside the terminal box.
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, (50 Hz)/
Mains-operated motor

3 x 220-255/380-440 V, (60 Hz) (supply voltage O)


3 x 380-415 V, (50 Hz)/
3 x 440-480 V, (60 Hz) (supply voltage J)
[V]
Voltage

3 x 200 V/346 V, (50 Hz)


50/60 Hz

3 x 200-220/346-380 V, (60 Hz) (supply voltage G)


3 x 400 V, (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage I) 5)

3 x 200-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage R)

Pumps with supply voltages B and E are supplied for wire connection without terminal board inside the terminal box (flying wires).
3 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage Q)

3 x 380-500 V, (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage S)


[V]
Voltage

3 x 440-480 V, (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage T)


Electronically

1 x 200-240 V, (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage U)


speed-controlled motor
CM, CME
-
CM 5-7
CM 5-6
CM 5-5
CM 5-4
CM 5-3
CM 3-6
CM 3-5
CM 3-4
CM 3-3
CM 1-6
CM 1-5
CM 1-4
CM 1-3
Pump type
CM, CME

Not available
Available on request
Available as standard
CM self-priming

4 metres

-
-
-
-
Max. suction lift

8 metres

Stainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304 (CM-I) Material

AVBE/AQQE

AVBV/AQQV
Shaft seal

1 x 220-240 V (supply voltage C)


50 Hz

3 x 220-240/380-415 V (supply voltage F)

-
-
1 x 220 V (supply voltage A)

-
-
1 x 115/230 V (supply voltage B/B1)

-
-
1 x 127 V (supply voltage D)
60 Hz

3 x 208-230/440-480 V (supply voltage E/E1)

3 x 575 V (supply voltage H)


Supply voltage

Mains-operated motor

3 x 220-240/380-415 V (50 Hz) /


3 x 220-255/380-440 V (60 Hz) (supply voltage O)

3 x 380-415 V (50 Hz)/


3 x 440-480 V (60 Hz) (supply voltage J)
50/60 Hz

3 x 200 V/346 V (50 Hz);


3 x 200-220/346-380 V (60 Hz) (supply voltage G)

3 x 400 V (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage I)

15
Product range
6
7 CM, CME

7. Performance range
Performance range

CM, 50 Hz

TM04 3340 4616


ÝÓóß
ÝÓó×ñÙ

CM, 60 Hz

TM04 3369 4616

ÝÓóß
ÝÓó×ñÙ

16
CM, CME
7
CM self-priming, 50 Hz

Performance range
TM05 8834 4616
CM self-priming, 60 Hz

TM05 8835 4616

17
7 CM, CME

CME, 50/60 Hz
Performance range

Supply voltages S, T, U

TM04 3568 5112


EuP ready • The operation of this water pump with variable duty
points may be more efficient and economic when
The CM, CME pumps are energy-optimised and
controlled, for example, by the use of a
comply with the EuP Directive (Commission
variable-speed drive that matches the pump duty to
Regulation (EC) No 547/2012) which has been
the system.
effective since 1 January 2013. As from this date, all
pumps will be classified/graduated in a new energy • Information on benchmark efficiency is available at
efficiency index (MEI). http://europump.eu/efficiencycharts.

Efficiency at best
Minimum efficiency index Pump type MEI efficiency point
[%]
Minimum efficiency index (MEI) means the
dimensionless scale unit for hydraulic pump efficiency CM, CME 1 A 0.70 37.1
at best efficiency point (BEP), part load (PL) and CM, CME 1 I/G 0.68 36.4
overload (OL). The Commission Regulation (EU) sets CM, CME 3 A 0.70 50.6
efficiency requirements to MEI 0.40 as from 1 CM, CME 3 I/G 0.70 49.3
January 2015. An indicative benchmark for CM, CME 5 A 0.70 53.3
best-performing water pump available on the market CM, CME 5 I/G 0.70 52.1
as from 1 January 2013 is determined in the CM, CME 10 A 0.70 62.2
Regulation. CM, CME 10 I/G 0.52 57.9
CM, CME 15 A 0.70 67.5
• The benchmark for most efficient water pumps is
CM, CME 15 I/G 0.59 63.1
MEI 0.70.
CM, CME 25 A 0.70 68.3
• The efficiency of a pump with a trimmed impeller is
CM, CME 25 I/G 0.41 63.8
usually lower than that of a pump with the full
impeller diameter. The trimming of the impeller will
adapt the pump to a fixed duty point, leading to
reduced energy consumption. The minimum
efficiency index (MEI) is based on the full impeller
diameter.

18
CM, CME
8

8. Operating conditions

Operating conditions
Ambient temperature CME speed-controlled motors
The maximum ambient temperature depends on the The electronics incorporated in the CME pumps is
liquid temperature. The table below shows the limiting the maximum ambient temperature. This
temperature limits of CM and CME pumps. means that the maximum ambient temperature must
not be exceeded. If the pump is operated at
Note: The maximum permissible liquid temperature for
temperatures exceeding the maximum ambient
CM-A and CME-A is 90 °C.
temperature, the motor life will be reduced.
Pump type Maximum ambient temperature
Liquid temperature
Maximum ambient

Minimum ambient

CME, supply voltages S, T, U:


temperature

temperature

CM self- 50 °C.
CM CME 1)
priming CME 0.37 to 7.5 kW, supply voltages Q, R:
40 °C.
[°C]

[°C]

[°C]

55 °C 60 °C - Note: You can operate the new-generation CME


55 °C 90 °C - - pumps at 60 °C as well. In such case, contact
50 °C -20 °C 100 °C 1) -
Grundfos for further information.
45 °C 110 °C 1) -
40 °C 120 °C 1) - Storage and transport temperature
1)
CME (supply voltages S, T, U) -30 to +60 °C.

CM mains-operated motors
Installation altitude
If the ambient temperature for CM pumps exceeds 55
°C, the motor must not be fully loaded due to the risk of Installation altitude is the height above sea level of the
overheating. installation site. Motors installed at maximum altitude
can be loaded 100 %. Motors installed above
In such cases, it may be necessary to derate the motor
maximum altitude must not be fully loaded due to the
output or use an oversize motor with higher rated
low density and consequently low cooling effect of the
output. The CM pumps can be derated in relation to
air.
ambient temperature without consequence. Contact
Grundfos for further information. P2
[%]
P2 100
[%]
99
100 CM 98
90 1
97
80 96
95
70 3
94
TM05 7630 1313

60 93
92
50 2
91
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
TM05 7631 1313

t [°C] 90
89
Fig. 9 Derating of CM pump, in relation to ambient
88
temperature
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 [m]

Fig. 10 Relationship between motor output (P2) and


altitude

Pos. Pump type Voltage type


1 CM All
2 CME S, T, U
3 CME Q, R

19
8 CM, CME

Installation of pump Maximum operating pressure and


Operating conditions

The pump must be installed on a plane surface and permissible liquid temperature
fixed so that it cannot be displaced during startup and
The maximum operating pressure and the permissible
operation.
liquid temperature depend on the pump material, the
Installation of CM and CME pumps type of shaft seal and the pumped liquid.
The pump must be installed so that air locks are CM, CME pumps
avoided in the pump housing and pipework. Figure 11
shows the permissible pump positions. Maximum
Permissible liquid
Shaft operating
Material variant temperature 1)
seal pressure
Up [°C]
[bar]

-20 - 40 10
AVBx
41-90 6
Cast iron
AQQx/
(EN-GJL-200) -20 - 90 10
AQBx
RUUx -20 - 60 6
-20 - 40 10
AVBx
41-90 6
Stainless steel
AQQx/ -202) - 90 16
(EN 1.4301/AISI 304)
TM03 8773 2810 AQBx 91-120 10
RUUx -20 - 60 6
-20 - 40 10
AVBx
41-90 6
Floor
Stainless steel
AQQx/ -20 2) - 90 16
(EN 1.4401/AISI 316)
AQBx 91-120 10
Fig. 11 Positions of CM and CME pumps
RUUx -20 - +60 6
Installation of CM self-priming pumps CM self-priming pumps
Install the pump so that the inlet is horizontal. Figure
12 shows the permissible pump positions. Max.
Permissible liquid
Shaft operating
Material variant temperature 1)
seal pressure
Up [°C]
[bar]
0-40 10
Stainless steel AVBx
41-60 6
(EN 1.4301/AISI 304)
AQQx 0-60 16

1)
At liquid temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), higher motor outputs
may be needed due to increased viscosity, for instance if glycol has
TM05 8905 2514

been added to the water.


2)
CM-I, -G and CME-I, -G pumps for liquid temperatures below -20
Floor °C are available on request. Please contact Grundfos.

Maximum liquid temperature change gradient


Cast-iron pumps (CM-A, CME-A) should not be used in
Fig. 12 Positions of CM self-priming pumps applications where rapid temperature changes of more
Install the pump with easy access for inspection, than 45 °C may occur. If exposed to such rapid
maintenance and service. temperature changes, a cast-iron pump may leak.
Install the pump in a well-ventilated location. Under such operating conditions, we recommend to
use stainless-steel pumps (CM-I, -G and CME-I, -G).
Liquid temperature range

Permissible liquid
O-ring material/liquid temperature
[°C]
EPDM -20 - 120
FFKM 0-120
FKM/liquids containing water -20 - 90
FKM/oil without water -20 - 120

20
CM, CME
8
Frequency of starts and stops Operating range of the shaft seal

Operating conditions
Maximum 100 per hour. The operating range of the shaft seal depends on
operating pressure, type of shaft seal and liquid
temperature.
Operation in condensing
The curve in fig. 14 shows which shaft seals are
environments suitable at a given temperature and a given pressure.
If the liquid temperature becomes lower than the The curve applies to clean water.
ambient temperature, condensation may form in the For other pumped liquids, concentrations and
motor during inactivity. In such cases, a motor suited temperatures, please visit the Grundfos Product
for condensing environments must be used, e.g. an Center liquids section >
IPX5 motor (available from Grundfos). http://product-selection.grundfos.com/liquids.html
Alternatively, you can open the bottom drain hole in the
motor flange by removing the plug. The enclosure ° ž¿®Ã

class of the motor is then reduced to IPX5. Removing


ïê
the plug helps prevent condensation in the motor as it ßÏÏÛ

will make the motor self-venting and allow water and ßÏÞÛ ßÏÏÛ
ßÏÞÛ
ßÏÏÊ
humid air to escape. ßÏÏÊ
ïð ßÏÞÊ
When installing CM and CME pumps outdoors, provide ßÊÞÛöö ßÊÞÛ
ßÏÏÛ
them with a suitable cover to protect them from ê
ßÊÞÊ ßÊÞÊ
ßÏÞÛ
ßÏÏÛ ßÏÏÛ
build-up of condensed water. See fig. 13. ßÏÞÛ ßÏÞÛ ßÊÞÛ ßÏÏÊ
ßÏÏÊööö

TM05 7521 1113


ßÏÞÊ
ßÏÏÊ ßÏÏÊ ßÊÞÊ ßÏÞÊ
î ßÏÞÊ ßÏÏÛ ßÏÏÕ

óíðö óîðö ðö õìð õçð õïîð


±
¬ Å ÝÃ
TM04 5799 4009

Fig. 14 Curve for the selection of AQQx, AQBx and AVBx


shaft seals

° ž¿®Ã

Fig. 13 CME pump with protective cover


ê

Motors in outdoor installations radiate heat to and


absorb heat from their surroundings. By day, a stopped
motor will absorb more heat than it radiates; by night,
especially clear nights, radiation from a stopped motor í
ÎË˨
may be so high that the surface temperature drops a
few degrees below the air temperature. This may

TM06 2049 3614


cause the formation of condensation. Condensation on
the inner surfaces may result in moisture on the
electronic components, including the printed-circuit óíðö óîðö ðö õìð õêð õçð õïîð
±
¬ Å ÝÃ
boards, which means a risk of failure or even
destruction of the motor and electronics. Fig. 15 Curve for RUUx shaft seal
Furthermore, the cover protects the motor against * Antifreeze should be added at liquid temperatures below 0 °C.
direct sunlight. ** CM and CME pumps for liquid temperatures below -20 °C are
available on request. Please contact Grundfos.
*** AQQV/AQBV above 90 °C only in media not containing water.
Environmental rating
Three-phase CME motors hold a UL NEMA 3R
environmental rating.
Single-phase CME motors have not been tested
against the UL NEMA environmental rating.
All motors are IP55.

21
8 CM, CME

Shaft seal run-in Minimum inlet pressure, NPSH


Operating conditions

The seal faces are lubricated by the pumped liquid, Grundfos recommends that you calculate the inlet
meaning that there may be a certain amount of pressure "H" in these situations:
leakage from the shaft seal. • The liquid temperature is high.
When the pump is started up for the first time, or when • The flow is significantly higher than the rated flow.
a new shaft seal is installed, a certain run-in period is
• Water is drawn from depths.
required before the leakage is reduced to an
acceptable level. The time required for this depends on • Water is drawn through long pipes.
the operating conditions, i.e. every time the operating • Inlet conditions are poor.
conditions change, a new run-in period will be started. To avoid cavitation, make sure that there is a minimum
Under normal conditions, the leaking liquid will pressure on the suction side of the pump. The
evaporate. As a result, no leakage will be detected. maximum suction lift "H" in metres head can be
However, liquids such as kerosene will not evaporate. calculated as follows:
The leakage may therefore be seen as a shaft seal
failure. H = p b x 10.2 - NPSH - Hf - Hv - Hs

Viscosity Barometric pressure in bar.


(Barometric pressure can be set to 1 bar).
The pumping of liquids with densities or kinematic pb =
In closed systems, p b indicates the system pressure in
viscosities higher than those of water will cause a bar.
considerable pressure drop, a drop in the hydraulic Net Positive Suction Head in metres head. (To be read
NPSH = from the NPSH curve at the highest flow the pump will be
performance and a rise in the power consumption. delivering).
For instance at liquid temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), Hf =
Friction loss in suction pipe in metres head.
higher motor outputs may be needed due to increased (At the highest flow the pump will be delivering).
Vapour pressure in metres head.
viscosity if glycol has been added to the water. Hv = (To be read from the vapour pressure scale, "Hv" depends
In such situations, the pump should be fitted with a on the liquid temperature "Tm ").
larger motor. If in doubt, contact Grundfos or visit the Hs = Safety margin = minimum 0.5 metres head.
Grundfos Product Center > If the "H" calculated is positive, the pump can operate
http://product-selection.grundfos.com/. at a suction lift of maximum "H" metres head.
If the "H" calculated is negative, an inlet pressure of
Sound pressure level minimum "H" metres head is required.

The sound pressure values in the table below apply for


CM pumps. If the motor output (P2) for a given pump is Hf
not found in the table, use the nearest rounded-up
value. The values for sound pressure include a
tolerance of 3 dB(A) according to EN ISO 4871.
NPSH
50 Hz 60 Hz H
P2

TM04 3487 4508


[kW] LpA LpA pb
[dB(A)] [dB(A)]
0.37 50 54 Hv
0.55 49 53
0.75 49 54
1.1 54 49 Fig. 16 Minimum inlet pressure (NPSH)
1.5 54 59
2.2 56 60
Note: To avoid cavitation, never select a pump with a
3.0 55 60 duty point too far to the right on the NPSH curve.
4.0 59 64 Always check the NPSH value of the pump at the
5.5 59 64 highest possible flow.
7.5 60 65
Note: NPSH must also be observed and calculated for
The audible noise from CM pumps is primarily noise CM self-priming pumps.
from the motor fan. The selection of CME pumps will
reduce the noise at partial load, as the motor, and
consequently, the motor fan runs at a lower speed.
Possible flow noise from control valves is also reduced
at partial load in the case of the CME pump.

22
CM, CME
9

9. Construction

Construction
Pump Motor
The Grundfos CM and CME pumps are horizontal, CM and CME pumps are fitted with totally enclosed,
multistage, end-suction centrifugal pumps. The pumps fan-cooled, 2-pole motors with principal dimensions to
are of the close-coupled type and are available as EN 50347. The motors have been developed
either self-priming or non-self-priming pumps. The especially for CM and CME pumps.
pumps have an axial inlet port and a radial discharge Electrical tolerances comply with EN 60034.
port and are mounted on a base plate. Single-phase CME pumps are available from 0.37 to
All movable parts are made of stainless steel. 1.5 kW.
Self priming pumps are fitted with an internal water Three-phase CME pumps are available from 0.37 to
trap and an internal valve, both of which are mainly 7.5 kW.
made of a composite material.
Soft starter
You find the sectional drawings on pages 25 to 27.
Soft starters are only to be used for three-phase
The pumps are available with mains-operated motors
motors.
(CM pumps) and electronically speed-controlled motors
(CME pumps).
Efficiency
All pumps incorporate a maintenance-free mechanical
O-ring shaft seal with fixed driver. Motors for CM and CME pumps comply with different
energy-efficiency requirements throughout the world,
for example the European Ecodesign.
For China, motors with CCC and CEL marking are
TM05 1130 2211

available.
Generally, this means that all three-phase motors of
0.75 kW and up are IE3-compliant as standard.
MGE motors
Fig. 17 CM and CME pump hydraulics
The motor is energy efficiency class IE5 according to
IEC60034-30-2. In combination with the integrated
frequency converter, the combined power drive system
is efficiency class IES2 according to IEC50598-2.

Electrical data
Insulation class F

Enclosure class IP55*


CM
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz
1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz
1 x 127 V, 60 Hz
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz
Supply voltages 3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz
(tolerance ± 10 %) 3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 440-480 V, 60 Hz
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz
3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz
CME
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz
3 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz
3 x 200-230 V, 50/60 Hz
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz

* IP55 is not recommended for operation in condensing


environments.
For operation in such environments, see Operation in condensing
environments on page 21.

23
9 CM, CME

Motor protection Shaft seal


Construction

Mains-operated motors (CM) The shaft seal for the CM and CME pumps is of the
Single-phase motors, 1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz, do not O-ring type, which makes it very flexible when different
incorporate motor protection and must be connected to types of O-rings and seal-face materials are needed.
a motor-protective circuit breaker which can be The shaft seal has a fixed seal driver which ensures a
manually reset. Set the motor-protective circuit breaker reliable rotation of all parts - even under the most
according to the rated current of the motor (I1/1). See extreme operating conditions.
the nameplate. Due to the special design of the shaft seal and the
Other single-phase motors have built-in current- and interfaces to the rest of the pump construction, the
temperature-dependent motor protection in dry-running capabilities are improved significantly
accordance with IEC 60034-11 and require no further compared to most other similar shaft seals and pump
motor protection. The motor protection reacts to both types. Furthermore, improvements have been made to
slow- and quick-rising temperatures. The motor reduce the risk and effect of sticking. The shaft seal
protection is automatically reset. types available can be found in Selection of CME
Three-phase motors up to 3 kW must be connected to pumps on page 37 where the key parameters of
a motor-protective circuit breaker which can be selecting a shaft seal are also described.
manually reset. Set the motor-protective circuit breaker
according to the rated current of the motor (I1/1). See
the nameplate. Motors with power ratings of 3 kW and
up have built-in thermistors (PTC)*. The thermistors
are designed according to DIN 44082. The motor
protection reacts to both slow- and quick-rising
temperatures.
* Applies only to supply voltages F, G and O. Motors
for other supply voltages must be connected to a

TM05 1131 2211


motor-protective circuit breaker as described for
three-phase motors up to 3 kW.
Electronically speed-controlled motors (CME)
CME pumps require no external motor protection. The
Fig. 18 Exploded view of shaft seal
MGE motor incorporates thermal protection against
steady overload and stalled condition (IEC 34-11). Note: The available shaft seals for CM and CME
pumps are very robust and durable, but dry running
Frequency converter operation must always be avoided.
Details regarding operating conditions for the shaft
All three-phase motors can be connected to a seal can be found in Operating range of the shaft seal
frequency converter. Depending on the frequency on page 21.
converter type, this may cause increased acoustic
Further information about the shaft seal can be found
noise from the motor. Furthermore, it may cause the
in the separate book covering shaft seals which can be
motor to be exposed to detrimental voltage peaks.
ordered from Grundfos.
Single-phase motors must not be connected to a
frequency converter. Title Publication number
As standard MG 71- and MG 80-based motors have no Mechanical shaft seals for pumps 97506935
phase insulation and must therefore be protected
against voltage peaks higher than 650 V (peak value)
between the supply terminals.
Note: MG 71- and MG 80-based motors with phase
insulation are available on request.
The above disturbances, i.e. both increased acoustic
noise and detrimental voltage peaks, can be
eliminated by fitting an LC filter between the frequency
converter and the motor.
For further information, please contact the frequency
converter supplier or Grundfos.

24
CM, CME
9
CM(E) 1-A

Construction
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)
Sectional drawing

TM04 3723 3809


Fig. 19 CM(E) 1-3 with MG(E) 71 motor

Components

Pos. Component Pos. Component Pos. Component

2 Discharge part 64c Clamp 153 Ball bearing


4 Chamber 66 Washer (NORD-LOCK) 155 Bearing cover plate
6 Inlet part 67 Nut 156 Fan
11 O-ring 79 Diverting disc 158 Corrugated spring
25 Plug 105 Shaft seal 158a O-ring
49 Impeller 139b Gasket 159 O-ring
51 Pump shaft 150 Stator housing 164b, 164e Terminal box
64 Spacing pipe 151 Fan cover 191 Base plate

25
9 CM, CME

CM(E) 1-I and CM(E) 1-G


Construction

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)


Sectional drawing

TM04 3722 3809


Fig. 20 CM(E) 1-3 with MG(E) 71 motor

Components

Pos. Component Pos. Component Pos. Component

4 Chamber 64c Clamp 155 Bearing cover plate


6 Flange 66 Washer (NORD-LOCK) 156 Fan
16 Sleeve 67 Nut 157a Gasket
25 Plug 79 Diverting disc 158 Corrugated spring
31 O-ring 105 Shaft seal 158a O-ring
49 Impeller 150 Stator housing 159 O-ring
51 Pump shaft 151 Fan cover 164b, 164e Terminal box
64 Spacing pipe 153 Ball bearing 191 Base plate

26
CM, CME
9
CM self-priming

Construction
(Stainless steel: I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)
Sectional drawing

TM05 8874 2813


Fig. 21 CM 1-3 (self-priming version)

Components

Pos. Description Material


4d Chamber complete with ribs and vanes Stainless steel (EN 1.4301/AISI 304)
4e Chamber with recirculation hole Stainless steel (EN 1.4301/AISI 304)
4f Empty chambers Stainless steel (EN 1.4301/AISI 304)
5b Syphon Composite (Noryl 731s-701-1977)
5c O-ring EPDM
5d Base for valve Composite (Noryl 731s-701-1977)
5e Spring plate Stainless steel (EN 1.4310/AISI 301)
64f Rubber seal EPDM
64g Container for rubber seal Stainless steel (EN 1.4301/AISI 304)

27
9 CM, CME

Material specification
Construction

Pump material version

Cast iron Stainless steel Stainless steel


Pos. Description Material
(EN-GJL-200) (EN 1.4301/AISI 304) (EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

EN ISO/AISI/ASTM EN ISO/AISI/ASTM EN ISO/AISI/ASTM

Motor parts
156b Motor flange Cast iron
150 Stator housing Silumin (Alu)
151 Fan cover Composite PBT/PC
153 Ball bearing
Composite PA 66 30 %
156 Fan
GF
158 Corrugated spring Steel
164b Terminal box, MG Composite PC/ASA or
164e Terminal box, MGE silumin (Alu)

Steel, electrocoated 1.0330.3 1.0330.3


191 Base plate Steel, powder-coated,
1.0330.3
60 to 120 , NCS 7005
79 Diverting disc Silicone fluid (LSR)
155 Bearing cover plate PPS
Pump parts
1.4301/ AISI 304/ 1.4301/ AISI 304/
Shaft seal, steel parts Stainless steel 1.4401 AISI 316
105 1.44011) AISI 316 1) 1.44011) AISI 316 1)
Shaft seal, seal faces Al2O 3/carbon or SiC
1.4301/ AISI 304/
51 Pump shaft Stainless steel 1.4301 AISI 304 1.4401 AISI 316
1.44011) AISI 316 1)
11
31 3)
O-rings EPDM, FKM or FFKM
158a
159
157a 3) Gasket Paper
139b 4) Gasket Aramide fibres (nbr)
2 4) Discharge part Cast iron
6 4) Inlet part Cast iron
1.4301/ AISI 304/ 1.4301/ AISI 304/
4 Chamber Stainless steel 1.4401 AISI 316
1.44011) AISI 316 1) 1.44011) AISI 316 1)
25 Plug Stainless steel 1.4404 AISI 316L 1.4404 AISI 316L 1.4404 AISI 316L
1.4301/ AISI 304/ 1.4301/ AISI 304/
49 Impeller Stainless steel 1.4401 AISI 316
1.44011) AISI 316 1) 1.44011) AISI 316 1)
64 Spacing pipe Stainless steel 1.4401 AISI 316 1.4401 AISI 316 1.4401 AISI 316
64c Clamp Stainless steel STX2000 5) STX2000 5) STX2000 3)
6 3) Flange Cast iron
1.4301/ AISI 304/
16 Sleeve Stainless steel 1.4401 AISI 316
1.44011) + 2) AISI 316 1)
67 Nut Stainless steel A4
Washer
66 Steel 1.4547 1.4547 1.4547
(NORD-LOCK)

1)
On request.
2)
As standard, the pumps listed below are fitted with sleeves made of stainless steel 1.4401:
CM(E) 1-9 up to and including CM(E) 1-14
CM(E) 3-9 up to and including CM(E) 3-14
CM(E) 5-9 up to and including CM(E) 5-13
CM(E) 10-6 up to and including CM(E) 10-8.
3)
Only in CM(E)-I/G pumps.
4)
Only in CM(E)-A pumps.
5)
STX2000 ~ CrNiMO 22 19 4.

28
CM, CME
10

10. CME pumps

CME pumps
Communication with CME pumps
Communication with CME pumps is possible via
• a central building management system
• Grundfos GO Remote
• a control panel. ï

Central building management system î


õ
The operator can communicate with a CME pump at a

TM06 6256 0916


distance. Communication can take place via a central õ
building management system allowing the operator to
monitor and change control modes and setpoint
settings.
Fig. 23 Grundfos GO communicating with the pump via
Communication interface
radio or infrared connection (IR)
CME pumps can be fitted with a communication
interface module (CIM). This means that no external
Pos. Description
communication interface is required.
Grundfos MI 204:
The modules are available as accessories, see page Add-on module enabling radio or infrared communication.
136. You can use MI 204 in conjunction with an Apple iPhone or
1 iPod with Lightning connector, e.g. fifth generation or later
iPhone or iPod.
MI 204 is also available together with an Apple iPod touch
and a cover.
Grundfos MI 301:
Separate module enabling radio or infrared communication.
2
You can use the module in conjunction with an Android or
iOS-based smart device with Bluetooth connection.

Grundfos GO is available as an accessory. See page


136.
Control panel
The operator can change the setpoint settings
manually on the control panel of the CME pump
terminal box.
The design and functionality of the control panels vary,
depending on the MGE motor fitted to the CME pump.
CIM modules
The control panel of the new-generation CME pumps
(See page 136) enables radio communication. The Grundfos Eye at
the top of the control panel is a pump status indicator
light providing information about the pump operating
status. Less or more advanced control panels are
available on request.
TM06 7627 3716

CME-pump

Fig. 22 Structure of a central management system

Grundfos GO
The pump is designed for wireless radio or infrared
TM05 5362 3612

communication with Grundfos GO. ͬ±°


Grundfos GO enables setting of functions and gives
access to status overviews, technical product
information and actual operating parameters.
Grundfos GO offers the following mobile interfaces Fig. 24 Standard control panels of CME pumps
(MI).

29
10 CM, CME

Speed control of CME pumps


CME pumps

Ø
Q n
n n
-------- ------
Affinity equations Q
x
n
x
Hn
Normally, CME pumps are used in applications
characterised by a variable flow. Consequently, you H n 2
Hx nn n n
cannot select a pump that is constantly operating at its ------- ------
H n
nx x x
optimum efficiency.
In order to achieve optimum operating economy, the
duty point should be close to the optimum efficiency
Ï
(eta) for most operating hours. Û¬¿
Qx Qn
Between the minimum and maximum performance
n
curves, CME pumps have an infinite number of ------- 1
x
performance curves, each representing a specific
speed. You may therefore not be able to select a duty
point close to the maximum curve. nx nn

Max. curve
Ï
Ð Qx Qn
Pn nn 3
------- ------
nn Px nx
Pn

TM00 8720 3496


Min. curve nx
Px
TM01 4916 4803

Ï
Fig. 26 Affinity equations

Fig. 25 Minimum and maximum performance curves Legend


In situations where you cannot select a duty point Hn: Rated head [m]
close to the maximum curve, use the affinity equations Hx: Current head [m]
below. The head (H), the flow rate (Q) and the input Qn: Rated flow rate [m3/h]
power (P) are the appropriate variables for calculating Qx: Current flow rate [m3/h]
the motor speed (n).
n n: Rated motor speed [min-1]
Note: The approximated formulas apply on condition n x: Current motor speed [min -1]
that the system characteristic remains unchanged for
n: Rated efficiency [%]
nn and n x and that it is based on the formula H = k x Q2
x: Current efficiency [%].
where k is a constant.
The power equation implies that the pump efficiency is
unchanged at the two speeds. In practice, this is not
quite correct.
Finally, it is worth noting that the efficiency of the
frequency converter and the motor must be taken into
account if a precise calculation of the power saving
resulting from a reduction of the pump speed is
wanted.

30
CM, CME
11

11. Grundfos CUE

Grundfos CUE
CM pumps connected to Grundfos Functions
CUE, external frequency Intuitive startup guide
converters The startup guide enables easy installation and
commissioning as well as plug-and-pump
convenience. Few settings need to be made by the
installer as the rest is done automatically or preset
from the factory.
Smart user interface

TM04 3283 4108


GrA4404

Fig. 27 Grundfos CUE product range

Grundfos CUE is a complete range of frequency Fig. 28 Grundfos CUE control panel
converters for pump control in a wide range of
applications. Grundfos CUE is designed for wall Grundfos CUE features a unique user-friendly control
mounting. panel with graphic display and easy-to-use buttons.
Panel layout resembles the well-known Grundfos R100
Grundfos CUE provides a variety of benefits to the
remote control, which is used with Grundfos CME
end-user.
pumps.
The benefits include
• Grundfos CME pump functionality and user Controlling the value you choose
interface Grundfos CUE has a built-in PI controller offering
• application- and pump family-related functions closed-loop control of a desired value.
• increased comfort compared to mains-operated The values include
pump solutions • constant differential pressure
• simple installation and commissioning compared to • proportional pressure
standard frequency converters. • constant temperature
• constant flow.
Wide product range
The CUE product range is quite comprehensive,
covering five different voltage ranges, enclosure
classes IP20/21 (NEMA 1) and IP54/55 (NEMA 12),
and a wide range of output powers.
The table below provides a general overview.
Input voltage Output voltage Motor
[V] [V] [kW]
1 x 200-240 3 x 200-240 1.1 - 7.5
3 x 200-240 3 x 200-240 0.75 - 45
3 x 380-500 3 x 380-500 0.55 - 250
3 x 525-600 3 x 525-600 0.75 - 7.5

31
12 CM, CME

12. Approvals and markings


Approvals and markings

CM, CME pumps Drinking water approvals


• WRAS
Approvals • ACS
• RCM mark, New Zealand and Australian EMC. • NSF61.
• EAC certificate.
Energy approvals
cULus
The following energy approvals are available on
The cULus approval covers the standard product
request:
range within the following supply voltages:
• Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA) for
• 1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)
the USA (CC marking).
• 3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H, IE2)
• Minimum energy performance standard (MEPS) for
• 1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B1) Korea, Taiwan, China and Brazil (pending).
• 3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I, IE2)
Contact Grundfos for further information.
Markings
Pumps
UL778 and C22.2 No 108-01
NEMA 250 (IP code).
Overheating protection
UL2111 and C22.2 No 77-95.
Note: cULus/cURus-approved motors have no internal
protection. Motors fitted with PTC/PTO have no
cULus/cURus approval.
cURus IE3 motors
The cURus approval covers the IE3 motors mentioned
in the following:
IE3 motors for the below listed supply voltages comply ÐÍ
with UL1004-1 and CSA22.2 No. 100-04.
• 3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E/E1)
• 3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440
V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O) CM self-priming pumps
• 3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply The following approvals and markings are available as
voltage J). standard. Further approvals and markings are
cURus E-motors available on request. Contact Grundfos for further
The cURus approval covers the CME motors information.
mentioned in the following:
Approvals
CME motors for the below listed supply voltages
comply with UL 60730-1 and CSA E 60730-1. • TR certificate.
• 3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
Other approvals and compliance with
• 3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)
directives
• 1 x 200-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U).
• EAC
Other approvals and compliance with • Compliance with RoHS, directive 2002/96/EC
directives • CCC
• EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan) • CEL
• Compliance with RoHS, directive 2002/96/EC • EuP.
• CCC
Drinking water approvals
• CEL
• WRAS
• EuP
• ACS.
• KEA
• PSE. Markings

32
CM, CME
13

13. Certificates

Certificates
Certificate Description
According to EN 10204, 2.1. Grundfos document certifying that the pump supplied is in
Certificate of compliance with the order
compliance with the order specifications.
According to EN 10204, 2.2. Certificate with inspection and test results of a non-specific
Test certificate. Non-specific inspection and testing
pump.
Grundfos document certifying that the pump supplied is in compliance with the order
Inspection certificate 3.1
specifications. Inspection and test results are mentioned in the certificate.
Grundfos document certifying that the pump supplied is in compliance with the order
specifications. Inspection and test results are mentioned in the certificate. Certificate from the
surveyor is included.
We offer the following inspection certificates:
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS)
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
• Germanischer Lloyd (GL)
Inspection certificate • Bureau Veritas (BV)
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
• Registro Italiano Navale Agenture (RINA)
• China Classification Society (CCS)
• Russian maritime register of Shipping (RS)
• Biro Klassifikasio Indonesia (BKI)
• United States Coast Guard (USCG)
• Nippon Kaiji Koykai (NKK).
Certifies that the main components of the specific pump are manufactured by Grundfos, and
Standard test report that the pump has been QH-tested, inspected and conforms to the full requirements of the
appropriate catalogues, drawings and specifications.
Material specification report Certifies the material used for the main components of the specific pump.
Material specification report with certificate from raw Certifies the material used for the main components of the specific pump. A material
material supplier certificate, EN 10204, 3.1, will be supplied for each main component.
Certifies a test point specified by the customer. Issued according to ISO 9906:2012
Duty-point verification report
concerning "Duty point verification".
Shows the measured roughness of the cast pump base of the specific pump. The report
Surface-roughness
indicates the values measured at the base inlet and outlet according to ISO 1302.
Vibration report indicating the values measured during the performance test of the specific
Vibration report
pump according to ISO 10816.
Shows the performance test of the specific motor, including power output, current,
Motor test report
temperature, stator windings resistance and insulation test.
Cleaned and dried pump Confirms that the specific pump has been cleaned and dried, and how it was done.
Confirms that the specific pump has been electro-polished. The maximum surface roughness
Electro-polished pump
is specified in the report.

Examples of the certificates are shown on pages 34 and 35.


Note: Other certificates are available on request.

33
13 CM, CME

Examples of certificates
Certificates

Certificate of compliance with the order Test certificate

Ý»®¬·º·½¿¬» ±º ½±³°´·¿²½» ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ±®¼»® Ì»-¬ ½»®¬·º·½¿¬»


ÛÒ ïðîðì îòï
Ò±²ó-°»½·º·½ ·²-°»½¬·±² ¿²¼ ¬»-¬·²¹
ÛÒ ïðîðì îòî

Ý«-¬±³»® ²¿³»
Ý«-¬±³»® ²¿³» Ý«-¬±³»® ±®¼»® ²±ò
Ý«-¬±³»® ±®¼»® ²±ò Ý«-¬±³»® ÌßÙ ²±ò
Ý«-¬±³»® Ì¿¹ ²±ò ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ±®¼»® ²±ò
ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ±®¼»® ²±ò
Ю±¼«½¬ ¬§°»
Ы³°
Ы³° ¬§°» ﮬ ²«³¾»®
É» ¬¸» «²¼»®-·¹²»¼ ¸»®»¾§ ¹«¿®¿²¬»» ¿²¼ ½»®¬·º§ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´- ¿²¼ñ±® °¿®¬- º±® ¬¸» Ó±¬±® ³¿µ» ﮬ ²«³¾»®
¿¾±ª» ³»²¬·±²»¼ °®±¼«½¬ ©»®» ³¿²«º¿½¬«®»¼ô ¬»-¬»¼ô ·²-°»½¬»¼ô ¿²¼ ½±²º±®³ ¬± ¬¸» º«´´ ®»ó Ú´±© ³íñ¸
¯«·®»³»²¬- ±º ¬¸» ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» ½¿¬¿´±¹«»-ô ¼®¿©·²¹- ¿²¼ñ±® -°»½·º·½¿¬·±²- ®»´¿¬·ª» ¬¸»®»¬±ò Ø»¿¼ ³
б©»® Ðî µÉ
ʱ´¬¿¹» Ê
Ú®»¯«»²½§ ئ
Ú«´´ ´±¿¼ ½«®®»²¬ ß
Ó±¬±® -°»»¼ ³·² óï

É» ¬¸» «²¼»®-·¹²»¼ ¸»®»¾§ ¹«¿®¿²¬»» ¿²¼ ½»®¬·º§ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´- ¿²¼ñ±® °¿®¬- º±® ¬¸»
¿¾±ª» ³»²¬·±²»¼ °®±¼«½¬ ©»®» ³¿²«º¿½¬«®»¼ô ¬»-¬»¼ô ·²-°»½¬»¼ô ¿²¼ ½±²º±®³ ¬± ¬¸» º«´´
®»¯«·®»³»²¬- ±º ¬¸» ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» ½¿¬¿´±¹«»-ô ¼®¿©·²¹- ¿²¼ ñ ±® -°»½·º·½¿¬·±²- ®»´¿¬·ª» ¬¸»®»¬±ò

TM03 4165 1706

TM03 4163 1706


ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ
Ü¿¬»æ Ü¿¬»æ

Í·¹²¿¬«®»æ Í·¹²¿¬«®»æ
Ò¿³»æ Ò¿³»æ
Ü»°¬òæ Ü»°¬òæ

ﮬ ²±ò çê ëð éè çëñïððïððî ﮬ ²± çê ëð éè çêñïððïððî

Inspection certificate 3.1 Inspection certificate

ײ-°»½¬·±² ½»®¬·º·½¿¬»ò ײ-°»½¬·±² ½»®¬·º·½¿¬»ò


ÛÒ ïðîðì íòï Ϋ--·¿² Ó¿®·¬·³» λ¹·-¬»® ±º ͸·°°·²¹

Ó¿²«º¿½¬«®»¼ ¾§
ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ±®¼»® ²±ò Ó¿²«º¿½¬«®»¼ ¾§
ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ÜËÌ ·¼ò ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ±®¼»® ²±ò
Ý«-¬±³»® ±®¼»® ²±ò ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ÜËÌ ·¼ò
Ý«-¬±³»® ²¿³» Ý«-¬±³»® ±®¼»® ²±ò
¿²¼ ¿¼¼®»-- Ý«-¬±³»® ²¿³»
͸·°§¿®¼ ñ º¿½¬±®§ ¿²¼ ¿¼¼®»--
͸·° ñ ²»© ¾«·´¼·²¹ ͸·°§¿®¼ ñ º¿½¬±®§
Ý«-¬±³»® ÌßÙ ²±ò ͸·° ñ ²»© ¾«·´¼·²¹
Ý´¿--·º§·²¹ -±½·»¬§ ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ¿«¬¸±®·¦»¼ ¼»°¿®¬³»²¬ Ý«-¬±³»® ÌßÙ ²±ò
Ý´¿--·º§·²¹ -±½·»¬§ Ϋ--·¿² Ó¿®·¬·³» λ¹·-¬»® ±º ͸·°°·²¹ ø ÎÍ ÷
Ы³° Ó±¬±®
Ы³° ¬§°» Ó¿µ» Ы³° Ó±¬±®
ﮬ ²«³¾»® ﮬ ²«³¾»® Ы³° ¬§°» Ó¿µ»
Í»®·¿´ ²±ò Í»®·¿´ Ò±ò ﮬ ²«³¾»® ﮬ ²«³¾»®
Ú´±© ®¿¬» ø³íñ¸÷ Ðî øµÉ÷ Í»®·¿´ ²±ò Í»®·¿´ Ò±ò
Ø»¿¼ ø³÷ ʱ´¬¿¹» øÊ÷ Ú´±© ®¿¬» ø³íñ¸÷ Ðî øµÉ÷
Ó¿¨ò ±°»ò Ðñ¬ ø¾¿® ñ pÝ÷ Ý«®®»²¬ øß÷ Ø»¿¼ ø³÷ ʱ´¬¿¹» øÊ÷
Ó¿¨ò ±°»ò Ðñ¬ ø¾¿® ñ pÝ÷ Ý«®®»²¬ øß÷
Ü·² ñ Éò ó Ò±ò ²ø³·²óï÷
Þ¿-»ñЫ³° ¸»¿¼ ½±ª»® Ú®»¯«»²½§ øئ÷ Í»®ª·½» ²ø³·²óï÷
׳°»´´»®ñ¹«·¼»ª¿²»- ײ-«´¿¬·±² ½´¿-- Ó»¼·«³ Ú®»¯«»²½§ øئ÷
͸¿º¬ñ-´»»ª» б©»® º¿½¬±® Ü·² ñ Éò ó Ò±ò ײ-«´¿¬·±² ½´¿--
Þ¿-»ñЫ³° ¸»¿¼ ½±ª»® б©»® º¿½¬±®
Ý«­¬±³»®Ž­ ®»¯«·®»³»²¬­ ׳°»´´»®ñ¹«·¼»ª¿²»-
Ú´±© ®¿¬» ø³íñ¸÷ Ø»¿¼ ø³÷ ͸¿º¬ñ-´»»ª»

Ì»-¬ ®»-«´¬ ®»ºò ®»¯«·®»³»²¬- Ý«­¬±³»®Ž­ ®»¯«·®»³»²¬­


Ïø³íñ¸÷ Øø³÷ ²ø³·²óï÷ ×øß÷ ÐïøµÉ÷ Ú´±© ®¿¬» ø³íñ¸÷ Ø»¿¼ ø³÷

Ì»-¬ ®»-«´¬ ®»ºò ®»¯«·®»³»²¬-


ا¼®±­¬¿¬·½ ¬»­¬ Þ¿® Š ²± ´»¿µ­ ±® ¼»º±®³¿¬·±² ±¾­»®ª»¼
Ïø³íñ¸÷ Øø³÷ óï
²ø³·² ÷ ×øß÷ ÐïøµÉ÷

ا¼®±­¬¿¬·½ ¬»­¬ Þ¿® Š ²± ´»¿µ­ ±® ¼»º±®³¿¬·±² ±¾­»®ª»¼

̸» °«³° ¸¿- ¾»»² ³¿®µ»¼


TM03 4162 3607

TM03 4156 3607

Í«®ª»§±® -·¹²¿¬«®»æ ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ


ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ Ì»-¬»¼ ¼¿¬» æ Ü¿¬»æ
Ü¿¬»æ
Í·¹²¿¬«®»æ
Í·¹²¿¬«®»æ Ò¿³»æ
Ò¿³»æ
Ü»°¬òæ
Ü»°¬òæ
ﮬ ²±ò çê ëð éç îëñïðïìïìî
ﮬ ²±ò çê ëð éè çéñïðïìïìî

34
CM, CME
13

Certificates
Standard test report Material specification report

ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ¬»-¬ ®»°±®¬ Ó¿¬»®·¿´ -°»½·º·½¿¬·±² ®»°±®¬ò

Ý«-¬±³»® ²¿³»
Ý«-¬±³»® ²¿³» Ý«-¬±³»® ±®¼»® ²±ò
Ý«-¬±³»® ±®¼»® ²±ò Ý«-¬±³»® ÌßÙ ²±ò
Ý«-¬±³»® Ì¿¹ ²±ò ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ±®¼»® ²±ò
ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ±®¼»® ²±ò Ы³° ¬§°»
Ю±¼«½¬ ¬§°» ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ÜËÌ ·¼ò
ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ÜËÌ ·¼ò ﮬ ²«³¾»®
ﮬ ²«³¾»®
Ю±¼«½¬·±² ½±¼»
É» ¬¸» «²¼»®-·¹²»¼ ¸»®»¾§ ¹«¿®¿²¬»» ¿²¼ ½»®¬·º§ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´- ¿²¼ñ±® °¿®¬- º±® ¬¸»
¿¾±ª» ³»²¬·±²»¼ °®±¼«½¬ ©»®» ³¿²«º¿½¬«®»¼ ¾§ ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍô ¬»-¬»¼ô ·²-°»½¬»¼ô ¿²¼ ½±²ó
Ы³° Ó¿¬»®·¿´- Ü×Ò ÉòóÒ®ò ß×Í× ñ ßÍÌÓ
º±®³ ¬± ¬¸» º«´´ ®»¯«·®»³»²¬- ±º ¬¸» ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» ½¿¬¿´±¹«»-ô ¼®¿©·²¹- ¿²¼ñ±® -°»½·º·½¿¬·±²-
Ы³° ¸»¿¼
®»´¿¬·ª» ¬¸»®»¬±ò
̸» ¿¬¬¿½¸»¼ ¬»-¬ ®»-«´¬ ·- º®±³ ¬¸» ¿¾±ª» ³»²¬·±²»¼ °«³°ò Ы³° ¸»¿¼ ½±ª»®
͸¿º¬
׳°»´´»®
ݸ¿³¾»®
Ñ«¬»® -´»»ª»
Þ¿-»

É» ¬¸» «²¼»®-·¹²»¼ ¸»®»¾§ ¹«¿®¿²¬»» ¿²¼ ½»®¬·º§ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´- ¿²¼ñ±® °¿®¬- º±® ¬¸»
¿¾±ª» ³»²¬·±²»¼ °®±¼«½¬ ©»®» ³¿²«º¿½¬«®»¼ô ¬»-¬»¼ô ·²-°»½¬»¼ô ¿²¼ ½±²º±®³ ¬± ¬¸» º«´´ ®»ó
¯«·®»³»²¬- ±º ¬¸» ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» ½¿¬¿´±¹«»-ô ¼®¿©·²¹- ¿²¼ñ±® -°»½·º·½¿¬·±²- ®»´¿¬·ª» ¬¸»®»¬±ò

TM03 4143 1706

TM03 4150 1706


ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ
Ü¿¬»æ Ü¿¬»æ

Í·¹²¿¬«®»æ Í·¹²¿¬«®»æ
Ò¿³»æ Ò¿³»æ
Ü»°¬òæ Ü»°¬òæ

ﮬ ²±ò çê ëð éç íð Ððï ñßéîééë ﮬ ²± çê ëð éç îèñßéîééë

Material specification report with certificate from raw material


Duty-point verification report
supplier

Ó¿¬»®·¿´ -°»½·º·½¿¬·±² ®»°±®¬ ©·¬¸ Ü«¬§ °±·²¬ ª»®·º·½¿¬·±² ®»°±®¬


ÛÒïðîðì ³¿¬»®·¿´ ½»®¬·º·½¿¬»
º®±³ ®¿© ³¿¬»®·»´ -«°°´·»®
Ý«-¬±³»® ²¿³»
Ý«-¬±³»® ±®¼»® ²±ò
Ý«-¬±³»® Ì¿¹ ²±ò
ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ±®¼»® ²±ò
Ý«-¬±³»® ²¿³»
Ю±¼«½¬ ¬§°»
Ý«-¬±³»® ±®¼»® ²±ò
ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ÜËÌ ·¼ò
Ý«-¬±³»® ÌßÙ ²±ò
ﮬ ²«³¾»®
ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ±®¼»® ²±ò
Ы³° ¬§°»
É» ¬¸» «²¼»®-·¹²»¼ ¸»®»¾§ ¹«¿®¿²¬»» ¿²¼ ½»®¬·º§ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´- ¿²¼ñ±® °¿®¬- º±® ¬¸»
ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ ÜËÌ ·¼ò
¿¾±ª» ³»²¬·±²»¼ °®±¼«½¬ ©»®» ³¿²«º¿½¬«®»¼ ¾§ ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍô ¬»-¬»¼ô ·²-°»½¬»¼ô ¿²¼ ½±²ó
ﮬ ²«³¾»® º±®³ ¬± ¬¸» º«´´ ®»¯«·®»³»²¬- ±º ¬¸» ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» ½¿¬¿´±¹«»-ô ¼®¿©·²¹- ¿²¼ñ±® -°»½·º·½¿¬·±²-
®»´¿¬·ª» ¬¸»®»¬±ò

Ы³° °¿®¬ ÛÒ ïðîðìæ ο© ³¿¬»®·¿´ ο© ³¿¬»®·¿´ Í«°°´·»® ½»®¬·º·½¿¬» ²±ò ñ
íòï îòî ²±ò -¬¿²¼¿®¼ ¸»¿¬ ²±ò
Ы³° ¸»¿¼
Ы³° ¸»¿¼ ½±ª»®
Þ¿-»
Ñ«¬»® -´»»ª»
͸¿º¬
׳°»´´»®
ݸ¿³¾»®

É» ¬¸» «²¼»®-·¹²»¼ ¸»®»¾§ ¹«¿®¿²¬»» ¿²¼ ½»®¬·º§ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´- ¿²¼ñ±® °¿®¬- º±® ¬¸»
¿¾±ª» ³»²¬·±²»¼ °®±¼«½¬ ©»®» ³¿²«º¿½¬«®»¼ô ¬»-¬»¼ô ·²-°»½¬»¼ô ¿²¼ ½±²º±®³ ¬± ¬¸» º«´´
®»¯«·®»³»²¬- ±º ¬¸» ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» ½¿¬¿´±¹«»-ô ¼®¿©·²¹- ¿²¼ñ±® -°»½·º·½¿¬·±²- ®»´¿¬·ª»
¬¸»®»¬±ò

ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ
TM03 4149 3607

TM03 4148 1706

Ü¿¬»æ
ÙÎËÒÜÚÑÍ
Í·¹²¿¬«®»æ Ü¿¬»æ
Ò¿³»æ
Ü»°¬òæ Í·¹²¿¬«®»æ
Ò¿³»æ
ﮬ ²±ò çêëðéçîçñÐÓ×ñðððñïïíëîëè Ü»°¬òæ

ﮬ ²±ò çê ëí çê çç ñßéîééë

35
14 CM, CME

14. Selection and sizing


Selection and sizing

Selection of pumps Dimensional data


When sizing a pump, take the following factors into
Selection of pumps should be based on these
account:
elements:
• Required flow and pressure at the draw-off point.
• the duty point of the pump (see below)
• Pressure loss as a result of height differences
• dimensional data such as pressure loss as a result
(Hgeo).
of height differences, friction loss in the pipework,
pump efficiency, etc. (see below) • Friction loss in the pipework (Hf).
It may be necessary to account for pressure loss in
• pump materials (see page 37)
connection with long pipes, bends or valves, etc.
• pump connections (see page 37)
• Best efficiency at the estimated duty point.*
• shaft seal (see page 21).
• NPSH value.
Duty point of the pump For calculation of the NPSH value, see Minimum
From a duty point you can select a pump on the basis inlet pressure, NPSH on page 22.
of the curve charts starting on page 39. * See Selection of CME pumps on page 37 for further
Ø
information about sizing CME pumps.
°
ųÃ
ŵпà ÝÓïð
ïíð
óè ëð ئ Required flow and
ïîðð
ïîð ×ÍÑ ççðêæïççç ß²²»¨ ß pressure
óé
ïïð
Hf
ïððð
ïðð
óê
çð

èðð óë
èð

Hgeo NPSH

TM04 3486 4508


éð
óì
êðð êð

ëð óí

ìðð ìð
óî
íð

Fig. 30 Dimensional data


îðð îð óï

ïð

ð ð Pump efficiency
ð ï î í ì ë ê é è ç ïð ïï ïî ïí ïì Ï Å³mñ¸Ã

Ðî ðòð ðòë ïòð ïòë îòð îòë íòð íòë ìòð


Ï Å´ñ-Ã
When sizing the pump, the efficiency (eta) should be
ŵÉà considered so that the pump will operate at or near its
ë
maximum efficiency, for instance on the right-hand
óè
óé
ì
óê
óë
side in the curve example in fig. 31.
í
óì
î óí
ï óî
óï
ð
ð ï î í ì ë ê é è ç ïð ïï ïî ïí ïì Ï Å³mñ¸Ã
Û¬¿
Û¬¿
° ÒÐÍØ

TM00 9190 1303


TM04 6404 5112

ŵпà ųà ۬¿ ÅûÃ


ïð ëð
èð è ìð
êð ê íð
ìð ì îð
îð î ÒÐÍØ ïð

Ï Å ³í ñ¸ Ã
ð ð ð
ð ï î í ì ë ê é è ç ïð ïï ïî ïí ïì Ï Å³mñ¸Ã

Fig. 29 Example of a curve chart Fig. 31 Best efficiency

36
CM, CME
14
Before determining the best efficiency point, the Pump connections

Selection and sizing


operation pattern of the pump needs to be identified. If
the pump is expected to operate at the same duty
point, then select a CM pump which is operating at a
duty point corresponding with the best efficiency of the
pump. The example in fig. 32 shows how to check the
pump efficiency when selecting a CM pump.
Tri-Clamp
° Ø
ųÃ
ŵпà ÝÓïð
ïíð
óè ëð ئ
ïîðð ×ÍÑ ççðêæïççç ß²²»¨ ß
ïîð

óé
ïïð

ïððð
ïðð DIN, JIS, ANSI flange

TM04 3937 0409


óê
çð
Duty point
èðð óë
èð

éð
óì
êðð êð

ëð óí
Victaulic coupling
ìðð ìð
óî Fig. 33 Examples of pump connections
íð

îðð
Selection of pump connection depends on the rated
îð óï

ïð

ð ð
pressure and pipework. To meet any requirement, the
ð ï î í ì ë ê é è ç ïð ïï ïî ïí ïì Ï Å³mñ¸Ã
CM and CME pumps offer a wide range of flexible
Ðî ðòð
connections such as:
ðòë ïòð ïòë îòð îòë íòð íòë ìòð
Ï Å´ñ-Ã
ŵÉÃ
ë óè
ì
óé
óê • Tri-Clamp
í óë
óì
Best
î
ï
óí
óî
óï
efficiency • DIN flange
ð
ð ï î í ì ë ê é è ç ïð ïï ïî ïí ïì Ï Å³mñ¸Ã • ANSI flange
TM04 6404 5012

° ÒÐÍØ Û¬¿
ŵпà ųà ۬¿ ÅûÃ

èð
ïð
è
ëð
ìð
• JIS flange
êð ê
• Victaulic coupling
íð
ìð ì îð
îð î ÒÐÍØ ïð
ð ð
ð ï î í ì ë ê é è ç ïð ïï ïî ïí ïì Ï Å³mñ¸Ã
ð
• Whitworth thread Rp
• internal NPT thread.
Fig. 32 Example of a CM pump's duty point

Pump materials Selection of CME pumps


Select the material variant on the basis of the liquid to CME pumps are normally used in applications
be pumped. The table below gives a general characterised by a variable flow. Consequently, you
recommendation regarding selection of pump material. cannot select a pump that is constantly operating at its
Material in contact optimum efficiency. In order to achieve optimum
Liquid to be pumped Pump type
with pump media operating economy, the duty point should therefore be
Clean, non-aggressive liquids Cast iron* close to the optimum efficiency (eta) for most operating
CM(E)-A
such as potable water and oils (EN-GJL-200) hours. For further information, see CME pumps on
Stainless steel page 29.
CM(E)-I
(EN 1.4301/AISI 304)
Industrial liquids and acids Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 %
Stainless steel
CM(E)-G
(EN 1.4401/AISI 316) speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.
* The impeller, chamber and filling plugs are made of stainless steel See CME performance curves on pages 64 to 69.
(EN 1.4301/AISI 304).
The pump shaft is made of stainless steel (EN 1.4301/AISI 316).

Contact Grundfos for more specific selection based on


the pumped liquid.

37
15 CM, CME

15. How to read the curve charts


How to read the curve charts

Pump type, speed, frequency and ISO standard.

QH curve for the individual pump.


The bold curves indicate the
recommended duty range for best
efficiency.

Number of stages.

The eta curve shows the efficiency of


the pump. The eta curve is an average
The power curves indicate curve of all available stages and pump
the pump input power (P2) material variants shown in the chart.
based on the number of
stages and related to the
actual flow.
The NPSH curve is an average
curve for all the variants shown.
When sizing the pumps, add a
safety margin of at least 0.5 m.

TM04 3336 4616


Fig. 34 How to read the curve charts

Guidelines for performance curves


The guidelines below apply to the curves shown on the • Due to the risk of overheating, the pumps are not to
following pages: be used at a flow below the minimum flow rate. The
• Tolerances to ISO 9906:2012 3B. curve in fig. 35 shows the minimum flow rate as a
• Measurements have been made with airless water percentage of the rated flow rate in relation to the
at a temperature of 20 °C. liquid temperature.
• The curves apply to the following kinematic
Ï ³·²
viscosity: = 1 mm2/s (1 cSt).
ÅûÃ
• The QH curves apply to fixed speeds of 2900 min-1 íð
(50 Hz) and 3480 min -1 (60 Hz).
Note: The actual speed will in most cases deviate îð
from the above-mentioned speeds. So for realistic
TM04 3791 5005

curves, please refer to the Grundfos Product Center ïð


(http://product-selection.grundfos.com/) where the
ð
pump curves include the characteristics of the
selected motor and therefore show curves at actual ìð êð èð ïðð ïîð ïìð ïêð ïèð ¬ ÅpÝ Ã
speeds. In the Grundfos Product Center, you can Fig. 35 Minimum flow rate
also adjust the curves depending on the density and
viscosity.
• The conversion between head H (m) and pressure p
(kPa) applies to a water density of = 1000 kg/m3.

38
16

Performance curves, CM 50 Hz
16. Performance curves, CM 50 Hz
CM 1

TM04 3334 4616

ÝÓóß
ÝÓó×ñÙ

39
TM04 3335 4616

ÝÓó×ñÙ
ÝÓóß
CM 3

40
16
Performance curves, CM 50 Hz
CM 5

ÝÓóß
ÝÓó×ñÙ
TM04 3336 4616

41
Performance curves, CM 50 Hz
16
TM04 3337 4616

ÝÓó×ñÙ
ÝÓóß
CM 10

42
16
Performance curves, CM 50 Hz
CM 15

ÝÓóß
ÝÓó×ñÙ
TM04 3338 4616

43
Performance curves, CM 50 Hz
16
TM04 3339 4616

ÝÓó×ñÙ
ÝÓóß
CM 25

44
16
Performance curves, CM 50 Hz
17

Performance curves, CM 60 Hz
17. Performance curves, CM 60 Hz
CM 1

TM04 3370 4616

ÝÓóß
ÝÓó×ñÙ

45
TM04 3371 4616

ÝÓó×ñÙ
ÝÓóß
CM 3

46
17
Performance curves, CM 60 Hz
CM 5

ÝÓóß
ÝÓó×ñÙ
TM04 3372 4616

47
Performance curves, CM 60 Hz
17
TM04 3373 4616

ÝÓó×ñÙ
ÝÓóß
CM 10

48
17
Performance curves, CM 60 Hz
CM 15

ÝÓóß
ÝÓó×ñÙ
TM04 3374 4616

49
Performance curves, CM 60 Hz
17
TM04 3375 4616

ÝÓó×ñÙ
ÝÓóß
CM 25

50
17
Performance curves, CM 60 Hz
18

Performance curves, CM self-priming, 50 Hz


18. Performance curves, CM self-priming, 50 Hz
CM 1

TM05 8756 4616

Note: Pump performance is influenced by the suction lift. See page 52.

51
18
Performance curves, CM self-priming, 50 Hz

Pump performance in relation to suction lift


CM 1-3
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5
0 27.3 26.9 26.1 25.1 23.7 22.0 20.0
1 26.3 25.9 25.1 24.1 22.7 21.0 19.0
Suction lift
2 25.3 24.9 24.1 23.1 21.7 20.0 18.0
[m]
3 24.3 23.9 23.1 22.1 20.7 19.0 17.0
4 23.3 22.9 22.1 21.1 19.7 18.0 16.0

CM 1-4
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5
0 36.3 35.7 34.7 33.3 31.5 29.2 26.6
1 35.3 34.7 33.7 32.3 30.5 28.2 25.6
Suction lift
2 34.3 33.7 32.7 31.3 29.5 27.2 24.6
[m]
3 33.3 32.7 31.7 30.3 28.5 26.2 23.6
4 32.3 31.7 30.7 29.3 27.5 25.2 22.6

CM 1-5
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5
0 45.3 44.6 43.3 41.6 39.3 36.5 33.2
1 44.3 43.6 42.3 40.6 38.3 35.5 32.2
Suction lift
2 43.3 42.6 41.3 39.6 37.3 34.5 31.2
[m]
3 42.3 41.6 40.3 38.6 36.3 33.5 30.2
4 41.3 40.6 39.3 37.6 35.3 32.5 29.2

CM 1-6
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5
0 54.3 53.4 51.9 49.8 47.0 43.7 39.8
1 53.3 52.4 50.9 48.8 46.0 42.7 38.8
Suction lift
2 52.3 51.4 49.9 47.8 45.0 41.7 37.8
[m]
3 51.3 50.4 48.9 46.8 44.0 40.7 36.8
4 50.3 49.4 47.9 45.8 43.0 39.7 35.8

52
18

Performance curves, CM self-priming, 50 Hz


CM 3

TM05 8757 4616

Note: Pump performance is influenced by the suction lift. See page 54.

53
18
Performance curves, CM self-priming, 50 Hz

Pump performance in relation to suction lift


CM 3-3
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5** 4**
0 27.9 27.5 26.8 25.8 24.4 22.7 20.5 17.7 14.3
1 26.9 26.5 25.8 24.8 23.4 21.7 19.5 16.7 13.3
2 25.9 25.5 24.8 23.8 22.4 20.7 18.5 15.7 12.3
3 24.9 24.5 23.8 22.8 21.4 19.7 17.5 14.7 11.3
Suction lift
4 23.9 23.5 22.8 21.8 20.4 18.7 16.5 13.7 10.3
[m]
5* 22.9 22.5 21.8 20.8 19.4 17.7 15.5 - -
6* 21.9 21.5 20.8 19.8 18.4 16.7 14.5 - -
7* 20.9 20.5 19.8 18.8 17.4 15.7 - - -
8* 19.9 19.5 18.8 17.8 - - - - -

CM 3-4
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5** 4**
0 37.2 36.7 35.7 34.4 32.7 30.5 27.7 24.1 19.6
1 36.2 35.7 34.7 33.4 31.7 29.5 26.7 23.1 18.6
2 35.2 34.7 33.7 32.4 30.7 28.5 25.7 22.1 17.6
3 34.2 33.7 32.7 31.4 29.7 27.5 24.7 21.1 16.6
Suction lift
4 33.2 32.7 31.7 30.4 28.7 26.5 23.7 20.1 15.6
[m]
5* 32.2 31.7 30.7 29.4 27.7 25.5 22.7 - -
6* 31.2 30.7 29.7 28.4 26.7 24.5 21.7 - -
7* 30.2 29.7 28.7 27.4 25.7 23.5 - - -
8* 29.2 28.7 27.7 26.4 - - - - -

CM 3-5
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5** 4**
0 46.5 45.9 44.7 43.0 40.9 38.3 34.9 30.5 25.0
1 45.5 44.9 43.7 42.0 39.9 37.3 33.9 29.5 24.0
2 44.5 43.9 42.7 41.0 38.9 36.3 32.9 28.5 23.0
3 43.5 42.9 41.7 40.0 37.9 35.3 31.9 27.5 22.0
Suction lift
4 42.5 41.9 40.7 39.0 36.9 34.3 30.9 26.5 21.0
[m]
5* 41.5 40.9 39.7 38.0 35.9 33.3 29.9 - -
6* 40.5 39.9 38.7 37.0 34.9 32.3 28.9 - -
7* 39.5 38.9 37.7 36.0 33.9 31.3 - - -
8* 38.5 37.9 36.7 35.0 - - - - -

CM 3-6
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5** 4**
0 55.8 55.0 53.6 51.7 49.2 46.1 42.1 36.9 30.3
1 54.8 54.0 52.6 50.7 48.2 45.1 41.1 35.9 29.3
2 53.8 53.0 51.6 49.7 47.2 44.1 40.1 34.9 28.3
3 52.8 52.0 50.6 48.7 46.2 43.1 39.1 33.9 27.3
Suction lift
4 51.8 51.0 49.6 47.7 45.2 42.1 38.1 32.9 26.3
[m]
5* 50.8 50.0 48.6 46.7 44.2 41.1 37.1 - -
6* 49.8 49.0 47.6 45.7 43.2 40.1 36.1 - -
7* 48.8 48.0 46.6 44.7 42.2 39.1 - - -
8* 47.8 47.0 45.6 43.7 - - - - -

Note: Depending on the pump model, the maximum suction depth varies between 7.5 and 8.5 m.
* Only available in O-version
** Only available in S-version

54
18

Performance curves, CM self-priming, 50 Hz


CM 5

TM05 8758 4616

Note: Pump performance is influenced by the suction lift. See page 56.

55
18
Performance curves, CM self-priming, 50 Hz

Pump performance in relation to suction lift


CM 5-3
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5** 6** 6.5**
0 27.9 27.6 27.2 26.8 26.3 25.7 25.0 24.0 22.8 21.3 19.4 17.0 14.3 11.1
1 26.9 26.6 26.2 25.8 25.3 24.7 24.0 23.0 21.8 20.3 18.4 16.0 13.3 10.1
2 25.9 25.6 25.2 24.8 24.3 23.7 23.0 22.0 20.8 19.3 17.4 15.0 12.3 -
3 24.9 24.6 24.2 23.8 23.3 22.7 22.0 21.0 19.8 18.3 16.4 - - -
Suction
lift 4 23.9 23.6 23.2 22.8 22.3 21.7 21.0 20.0 18.8 17.3 - - - -
[m]
5* 22.9 22.6 22.2 21.8 21.3 20.7 20.0 19.0 17.8 - - - - -
6* 21.9 21.6 21.2 20.8 20.3 19.7 19.0 - - - - - - -
7* 20.9 20.6 20.2 19.8 19.3 - - - - - - - - -
8* 19.9 19.6 19.2 18.8 - - - - - - - - - -

CM 5-4
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5** 6** 6.5**
0 37.3 36.9 36.4 35.9 35.4 34.7 33.9 32.8 31.3 29.4 27.0 24.0 20.4 16.3
1 36.3 35.9 35.4 34.9 34.4 33.7 32.9 31.8 30.3 28.4 26.0 23.0 19.4 15.3
2 35.3 34.9 34.4 33.9 33.4 32.7 31.9 30.8 29.3 27.4 25.0 22.0 18.4 -
3 34.3 33.9 33.4 32.9 32.4 31.7 30.9 29.8 28.3 26.4 24.0 - - -
Suction
lift 4 33.3 32.9 32.4 31.9 31.4 30.7 29.9 28.8 27.3 25.4 - - - -
[m]
5* 32.3 31.9 31.4 30.9 30.4 29.7 28.9 27.8 26.3 - - - - -
6* 31.3 30.9 30.4 29.9 29.4 28.7 27.9 - - - - - - -
7* 30.3 29.9 29.4 28.9 28.4 - - - - - - - - -
8* 29.3 28.9 28.4 27.9 - - - - - - - - - -

CM 5-5
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5** 6** 6.5**
0 46.6 46.2 45.7 45.1 44.5 43.7 42.8 41.5 39.8 37.5 34.6 30.9 26.5 21.5
1 45.6 45.2 44.7 44.1 43.5 42.7 41.8 40.5 38.8 36.5 33.6 29.9 25.5 20.5
2 44.6 44.2 43.7 43.1 42.5 41.7 40.8 39.5 37.8 35.5 32.6 28.9 24.5 -
3 43.6 43.2 42.7 42.1 41.5 40.7 39.8 38.5 36.8 34.5 31.6 - - -
Suction
lift 4 42.6 42.2 41.7 41.1 40.5 39.7 38.8 37.5 35.8 33.5 - - - -
[m]
5* 41.6 41.2 40.7 40.1 39.5 38.7 37.8 36.5 34.8 - - - - -
6* 40.6 40.2 39.7 39.1 38.5 37.7 36.8 - - - - - - -
7* 39.6 39.2 38.7 38.1 37.5 - - - - - - - - -
8* 38.6 38.2 37.7 37.1 - - - - - - - - - -

Note: Depending on the pump model, the maximum suction depth varies between 7.5 and 8.5 m.
* Only available in O-version
** Only available in S-version

56
18

Performance curves, CM self-priming, 50 Hz


CM 5-6
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5** 6** 6.5**
0 55.9 55.5 54.9 54.3 53.6 52.7 51.7 50.2 48.2 45.6 42.2 37.9 32.7 26.6
1 54.9 54.5 53.9 53.3 52.6 51.7 50.7 49.2 47.2 44.6 41.2 36.9 31.7 25.6
2 53.9 53.5 52.9 52.3 51.6 50.7 49.7 48.2 46.2 43.6 40.2 35.9 30.7 -
3 52.9 52.5 51.9 51.3 50.6 49.7 48.7 47.2 45.2 42.6 39.2 - - -
Suction
lift 4 51.9 51.5 50.9 50.3 49.6 48.7 47.7 46.2 44.2 41.6 - - - -
[m]
5* 50.9 50.5 49.9 49.3 48.6 47.7 46.7 45.2 43.2 - - - - -
6* 49.9 49.5 48.9 48.3 47.6 46.7 45.7 - - - - - - -
7* 48.9 48.5 47.9 47.3 46.6 - - - - - - - - -
8* 47.9 47.5 46.9 46.3 - - - - - - - - - -

CM 5-7
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5** 6** 6.5**
0 65.3 64.8 64.2 63.4 62.7 61.7 60.6 58.9 56.7 53.7 49.8 44.8 38.8 31.1
1 64.3 63.8 63.2 62.4 61.7 60.7 59.6 57.9 55.7 52.7 48.8 43.8 37.8 30.1
2 63.3 62.8 62.2 61.4 60.7 59.7 58.6 56.9 54.7 51.7 47.8 42.8 36.8 -
3 62.3 61.8 61.2 60.4 59.7 58.7 57.6 55.9 53.7 50.7 46.8 - - -
Suction
lift 4 61.3 60.8 60.2 59.4 58.7 57.7 56.6 54.9 52.7 49.7 - - - -
[m]
5* 60.3 59.8 59.2 58.4 57.7 56.7 55.6 53.9 51.7 - - - - -
6* 59.3 58.8 58.2 57.4 56.7 55.7 54.6 - - - - - - -
7* 58.3 57.8 57.2 56.4 55.7 - - - - - - - - -
8* 57.3 56.8 56.2 55.4 - - - - - - - - - -

Note: Depending on the pump model, the maximum suction depth varies between 7.5 and 8.5 m.
* Only available in O-version
** Only available in S-version

57
19
Performance curves, CM self-priming, 60 Hz

19. Performance curves, CM self-priming, 60 Hz


CM 1

TM05 8793 4616

Note: Pump performance is influenced by the suction lift. See page 59.

58
19

Performance curves, CM self-priming, 60 Hz


Pump performance in relation to suction lift
CM 1-3
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5
0 39.4 38.8 38.0 36.9 35.5 33.7 31.7 29.3 26.7 23.8 20.8
1 38.4 37.8 37.0 35.9 34.5 32.7 30.7 28.3 25.7 22.8 19.8
Suction lift
2 37.4 36.8 36.0 34.9 33.5 31.7 29.7 27.3 24.7 21.8 18.8
[m]
3 36.4 35.8 35.0 33.9 32.5 30.7 28.7 26.3 23.7 20.8 17.8
4 35.4 34.8 34.0 32.9 31.5 29.7 27.7 25.3 22.7 19.8 16.8

CM 1-4
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 1.75 2 2.25 2.5
0 52.3 51.6 50.5 49.1 47.2 44.8 42.1 39.0 35.5 31.7 27.7
1 51.3 50.6 49.5 48.1 46.2 43.8 41.1 38.0 34.5 30.7 26.7
Suction lift
2 50.3 49.6 48.5 47.1 45.2 42.8 40.1 37.0 33.5 29.7 25.7
[m]
3 49.3 48.6 47.5 46.1 44.2 41.8 39.1 36.0 32.5 28.7 24.7
4 48.3 47.6 46.5 45.1 43.2 40.8 38.1 35.0 31.5 27.7 23.7

59
19
Performance curves, CM self-priming, 60 Hz

CM 3

TM05 8794 4616

Note: Pump performance is influenced by the suction lift. See page 61.

60
19

Performance curves, CM self-priming, 60 Hz


Pump performance in relation to suction lift
CM 3-3
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4** 4.5** 5**
0 40.1 39.8 39.0 37.9 36.5 34.7 32.6 30.1 26.9 23.2 18.7
1 39.1 38.8 38.0 36.9 35.5 33.7 31.6 29.1 25.9 22.2 17.7
2 38.1 37.8 37.0 35.9 34.5 32.7 30.6 28.1 24.9 21.2 16.7
3 37.1 36.8 36.0 34.9 33.5 31.7 29.6 27.1 23.9 20.2 -
Suction lift
4 36.1 35.8 35.0 33.9 32.5 30.7 28.6 26.1 22.9 - -
[m]
5* 35.1 34.8 34.0 32.9 31.5 29.7 27.6 - - - -
6* 34.1 33.8 33.0 31.9 30.5 28.7 26.6 - - - -
7* 33.1 32.8 32.0 30.9 29.5 27.7 - - - - -
8* 32.1 31.8 31.0 29.9 - - - - - - -

CM 3-4
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4** 4.5** 5**
0 53.5 53.0 52.0 50.6 48.8 46.6 43.9 40.6 36.6 31.7 25.8
1 52.5 52.0 51.0 49.6 47.8 45.6 42.9 39.6 35.6 30.7 24.8
2 51.5 51.0 50.0 48.6 46.8 44.6 41.9 38.6 34.6 29.7 23.8
3 50.5 50.0 49.0 47.6 45.8 43.6 40.9 37.6 33.6 28.7 -
Suction lift
4 49.5 49.0 48.0 46.6 44.8 42.6 39.9 36.6 32.6 - -
[m]
5* 48.5 48.0 47.0 45.6 43.8 41.6 38.9 - - - -
6* 47.5 47.0 46.0 44.6 42.8 40.6 37.9 - - - -
7* 46.5 46.0 45.0 43.6 41.8 39.6 - - - - -
8* 45.5 45.0 44.0 42.6 - - - - - - -

Note: Depending on the pump model, the maximum suction depth varies between 7.5 and 8.5 m.
* Only available in O-version
** Only available in S-version

61
19
Performance curves, CM self-priming, 60 Hz

CM 5

TM05 8795 4616

Note: Pump performance is influenced by the suction lift. See page 63.

62
19

Performance curves, CM self-priming, 60 Hz


Pump performance in relation to suction lift
CM 5-3
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5** 7** 7.5**
0 40.2 39.8 39.4 38.9 38.3 37.7 37.0 36.2 35.1 33.8 32.2 30.2 27.9 25.1 21.9 18.3
1 39.2 38.8 38.4 37.9 37.3 36.7 36.0 35.2 34.1 32.8 31.2 29.2 26.9 24.1 - -
2 38.2 37.8 37.4 36.9 36.3 35.7 35.0 34.2 33.1 31.8 30.2 28.2 25.9 - - -
3 37.2 36.8 36.4 35.9 35.3 34.7 34.0 33.2 32.1 30.8 29.2 - - - - -
Suction
lift 4 36.2 35.8 35.4 34.9 34.3 33.7 33.0 32.2 31.1 29.8 - - - - -
[m]
5* 35.2 34.8 34.4 33.9 33.3 32.7 32.0 31.2 30.1 - - - - - - -
6* 34.2 33.8 33.4 32.9 32.3 31.7 31.0 - - - - - - - - -
7* 33.2 32.8 32.4 31.9 31.3 - - - - - - - - - - -
8* 32.2 31.8 31.4 30.9 - - - - - - - - - - - -

CM 5-4
Flow [m3/h]
Pump head [m]
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5** 7** 7.5**
0 53.6 53.2 52.7 52.1 51.5 50.8 50.0 49.0 47.8 46.2 44.2 41.8 38.8 35.3 31.2 26.5
1 52.6 52.2 51.7 51.1 50.5 49.8 49.0 48.0 46.8 45.2 43.2 40.8 37.8 34.3 - -
2 51.6 51.2 50.7 50.1 49.5 48.8 48.0 47.0 45.8 44.2 42.2 39.8 36.8 - - -
3 50.6 50.2 49.7 49.1 48.5 47.8 47.0 46.0 44.8 43.2 41.2 - - - - -
Suction
lift 4 49.6 49.2 48.7 48.1 47.5 46.8 46.0 45.0 43.8 42.2 - - - - - -
[m]
5* 48.6 48.2 47.7 47.1 46.5 45.8 45.0 44.0 42.8 - - - - - - -
6* 47.6 47.2 46.7 46.1 45.5 44.8 44.0 - - - - - - - - -
7* 46.6 46.2 45.7 45.1 44.5 - - - - - - - - - - -
8* 45.6 45.2 44.7 44.1 - - - - - - - - - - - -

Note: Depending on the pump model, the maximum suction depth varies between 7.5 and 8.5 m.
* Only available in O-version
** Only available in S-version

63
20
Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz

20. Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz


CME 1

TM04 3569 4616

ÝÓÛóß
ÝÓÛó×ñÙ
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

64
20

Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz


CME 3

TM04 3570 4616

ÝÓÛóß
ÝÓÛó×ñÙ
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

65
20
Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz

CME 5

TM04 3571 4616

ÝÓÛóß
ÝÓÛó×ñÙ
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

66
20

Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz


CME 10

TM04 3572 4616

ÝÓÛóß
ÝÓÛó×ñÙ
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

67
20
Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz

CME 15

TM04 3573 4616

ÝÓÛóß
ÝÓÛó×ñÙ
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

68
20

Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz


CME 25

TM04 3574 4616

ÝÓÛóß
ÝÓÛó×ñÙ
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

69
21
Dimensions, CM 50 Hz

21. Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 1-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7509 3616


Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 1-2 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-3 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 304 130 106 103 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-4 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 322 148 124 121 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-5 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 340 166 142 139 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-6 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 358 184 160 157 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-7 71 0.65 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 376 202 178 175 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-8 71 0.65 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 394 220 196 193 96 137 27 174 201

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 1-2 71 0.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-3 71 0.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 304 130 106 103 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-4 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 322 148 124 121 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-5 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 340 166 142 139 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-6 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 358 184 160 157 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-7 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 376 202 178 175 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-8 80 0.67 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 151 434 220 196 193 96 137 27 214 241

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

70
21

Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 1-I and CM 1-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 1-2 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-3 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-4 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 324 150 126 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-5 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 342 168 144 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-6 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-7 71 0.65 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-8 71 0.65 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 414 240 216 180 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-9 71 0.65 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 414 240 216 180 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-10 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 510 276 252 216 96 137 60 234 294
CM 1-11 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 510 276 252 216 96 137 60 234 294
CM 1-12 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 564 330 306 270 96 137 60 234 294
CM 1-13 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 564 330 306 270 96 137 60 234 294
CM 1-14 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 564 330 306 270 96 137 60 234 294

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 1-2 71 0.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-3 71 0.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-4 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 324 150 126 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-5 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 342 168 144 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-6 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-7 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-8 80 0.67 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 454 240 216 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM 1-9 80 0.67 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 454 240 216 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM 1-10 80 0.67 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 490 276 252 216 96 137 60 214 274
CM 1-11 80 0.90 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 490 276 252 216 96 137 60 214 274
CM 1-12 80 0.90 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 544 330 306 270 96 137 60 214 274
CM 1-13 80 0.90 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 544 330 306 270 96 137 60 214 274
CM 1-14 90 1.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 595 371 356 270 125 155 101 224 325

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

71
21
Dimensions, CM 50 Hz

CM 3-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7509 3616


Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame Dimensions [mm]


Pump type P2 [kW]
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 3-2 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-3 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 304 130 106 103 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-4 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 322 148 124 121 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-5 71 0.65 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 340 166 142 139 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-6 71 0.65 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 358 184 160 157 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-7 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 436 202 178 175 96 137 27 234 261
CM 3-8 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 454 220 196 193 96 137 27 234 261

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame Dimensions [mm]


Pump type P2 [kW]
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 3-2 71 0.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-3 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 304 130 106 103 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-4 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 322 148 124 121 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-5 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 340 166 142 139 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-6 80 0.67 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 151 398 184 160 157 96 137 27 214 241
CM 3-7 80 0.90 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 151 416 202 178 175 96 137 27 214 241
CM 3-8 80 0.90 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 151 434 220 196 193 96 137 27 214 241

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

72
21

Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 3-I and CM 3-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 3-2 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-3 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-4 71 0.46 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 324 150 126 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-5 71 0.65 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 342 168 144 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-6 71 0.65 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-7 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 438 204 180 144 96 137 60 234 294
CM 3-8 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 474 240 216 180 96 137 60 234 294
CM 3-9 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 474 240 216 180 96 137 60 234 294
CM 3-10 90 1.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 541 317 302 216 125 155 101 224 325
CM 3-11 90 1.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 541 317 302 216 125 155 101 224 325
CM 3-12 90 1.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 595 371 356 270 125 155 101 224 325
CM 3-13 90 2.20 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 636 372 357 270 125 155 102 264 366
CM 3-14 90 2.20 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 636 372 357 270 125 155 102 264 366

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 3-2 71 0.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-3 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-4 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 324 150 126 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-5 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 342 168 144 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-6 80 0.67 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 418 204 180 144 96 137 60 214 274
CM 3-7 80 0.90 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 418 204 180 144 96 137 60 214 274
CM 3-8 80 0.90 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 454 240 216 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM 3-9 90 1.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 505 281 266 180 125 155 101 224 325
CM 3-10 90 1.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 541 317 302 216 125 155 101 224 325
CM 3-11 90 1.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 541 317 302 216 125 155 101 224 325
CM 3-12 90 1.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 595 371 356 270 125 155 101 224 325
CM 3-13 90 1.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 595 371 356 270 125 155 101 224 325
CM 3-14 90 1.90 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 595 371 356 270 125 155 101 224 325

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

73
21
Dimensions, CM 50 Hz

CM 5-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7509 3616


Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Pump Frame Dimensions [mm]


P2 [kW]
type size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 5-2 71 0.46 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 5-3 71 0.65 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 304 130 106 103 96 137 27 174 201
CM 5-4 80 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 382 148 124 121 96 137 27 234 261
CM 5-5 80 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 400 166 142 139 96 137 27 234 261
CM 5-6 90 1.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 201 456 231 216 144 125 155 88 224 312
CM 5-7 90 1.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 201 474 249 234 162 125 155 88 224 312
CM 5-8 90 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 201 533 268 253 180 125 155 89 264 353

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Pump Frame Dimensions [mm]


P2 [kW]
type size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 5-2 71 0.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 5-3 71 0.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 304 130 106 103 96 137 27 174 201
CM 5-4 80 0.67 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 151 362 148 124 121 96 137 27 214 241
CM 5-5 80 0.90 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 151 380 166 142 139 96 137 27 214 241
CM 5-6 90 1.30 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 201 456 231 216 144 125 155 88 224 312
CM 5-7 90 1.30 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 201 474 249 234 162 125 155 88 224 312
CM 5-8 90 1.30 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 201 492 267 252 180 125 155 88 224 312

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

74
21

Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 5-I and CM 5-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 5-2 71 0.46 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 5-3 71 0.65 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 5-4 80 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 384 150 126 90 96 137 60 234 294
CM 5-5 80 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 402 168 144 108 96 137 60 234 294
CM 5-6 90 1.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 469 245 230 144 125 155 101 224 325
CM 5-7 90 1.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 469 245 230 144 125 155 101 224 325
CM 5-8 90 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 546 282 267 180 125 155 102 264 366
CM 5-9 90 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 546 282 267 180 125 155 102 264 366
CM 5-10 90 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 582 318 303 216 125 155 102 264 366
CM 5-11 90 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 582 318 303 216 125 155 102 264 366
CM 5-12 100 3.00 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 190 651 378 363 270 140 170 108 273 381
CM 5-13 100 3.00 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 190 651 378 363 270 140 170 108 273 381

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 5-2 71 0.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 5-3 71 0.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 5-4 80 0.67 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 364 150 126 90 96 137 60 214 274
CM 5-5 80 0.90 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 382 168 144 108 96 137 60 214 274
CM 5-6 90 1.30 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 469 245 230 144 125 155 101 224 325
CM 5-7 90 1.30 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 469 245 230 144 125 155 101 224 325
CM 5-8 90 1.30 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 505 281 266 180 125 155 101 224 325
CM 5-9 90 1.90 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 505 281 266 180 125 155 101 224 325
CM 5-10 90 1.90 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 541 317 302 216 125 155 101 224 325
CM 5-11 90 1.90 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 541 317 302 216 125 155 101 224 325

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

75
21
Dimensions, CM 50 Hz

CM 10-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7512 3616


Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 10-1 71 0.65 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 190 158 125 209 100 242 330 156 131 97 95 137 59 174 232
CM 10-2 90 1.50 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 210 100 242 420 188 173 97 140 170 91 232 322
CM 10-3 90 2.20 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 210 100 242 490 218 203 127 140 170 91 272 362
CM 10-4 100 3.0 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 242 537 264 249 157 140 170 107 273 380
CM 10-5 100 3.0 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 242 567 294 279 187 140 170 107 273 380

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 10-1 80 0.67 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 190 158 125 233 100 242 370 156 131 97 95 137 59 214 272
CM 10-2 90 1.30 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 239 100 242 420 188 173 97 140 170 91 232 322
CM 10-3 90 1.90 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 239 100 242 451 219 204 127 140 170 92 232 324

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

76
21

Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 10-I and CM 10-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 10-1 71 0.65 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 209 100 219 360 186 161 105 95 137 81 174 255
CM 10-2 90 1.50 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 210 100 219 450 218 203 105 140 170 113 232 345
CM 10-3 90 2.20 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 210 100 219 490 218 203 105 140 170 113 272 385
CM 10-4 100 3.00 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 219 537 264 249 135 140 170 129 273 402
CM 10-5 100 3.00 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 219 597 324 309 195 140 170 129 273 402
CM 10-6 112 4.00 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 231 650 348 332 195 140 172 153 302 455
CM 10-7 132 5.50 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 231 710 408 392 255 140 172 153 302 455
CM 10-8 132 5.50 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 231 710 408 392 255 140 172 153 302 455

Please note that the dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 10-1, CM 10-2 and CM 10-3.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 10-1 80 0.67 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 233 100 219 400 186 161 105 95 137 81 214 295
CM 10-2 90 1.30 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 239 100 219 450 218 203 105 140 170 113 232 345
CM 10-3 90 1.90 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 239 100 219 451 219 204 105 140 170 114 232 346

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

77
21
Dimensions, CM 50 Hz

CM 15-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7512 3616


Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 15-1 80 1.1 2" 2" 3/8" 10.5 190 158 125 210 100 242 390 156 131 97 95 137 59 234 292
CM 15-2 90 2.20 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 210 100 242 460 188 173 97 140 170 91 272 362
CM 15-3 112 4.0 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 254 560 258 242 127 140 172 130 302 433
CM 15-4 132 5.5 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 254 590 288 272 157 140 172 130 302 433

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 15-1 90 1.30 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 239 100 242 420 188 173 97 140 170 91 232 322
CM 15-2 90 1.90 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 239 100 242 421 189 174 97 140 170 92 232 324

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

78
21

Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 15-I and CM 15-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 15-1 80 1.10 2" 2" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 210 100 217 420 186 161 105 95 137 81 234 315
CM 15-2 90 2.20 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 210 100 217 490 218 203 105 140 170 113 272 385
CM 15-3 112 4.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 229 560 258 242 105 140 172 153 302 455
CM 15-4 132 5.50 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 229 590 288 272 135 140 172 153 302 455

Please note that the dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 15-1 and CM 15-2.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 15-1 90 1.30 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 239 100 217 450 218 203 105 140 170 113 232 345
CM 15-2 90 1.90 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 239 100 217 451 219 204 105 140 170 114 232 346

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

79
21
Dimensions, CM 50 Hz

CM 25-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7512 3616


Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 25-1 90 2.20 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 210 100 242 460 188 173 97 140 170 91 272 362
CM 25-2 112 4.0 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 254 530 228 212 97 140 172 130 302 433
CM 25-3 132 5.5 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 254 560 258 242 127 140 172 130 302 433
CM 25-4* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

* Available on request.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 25-1 90 1.90 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 239 100 242 421 189 174 97 140 170 92 232 324

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

80
21

Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 25-I and CM 25-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 25-1 90 2.20 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 210 100 217 490 218 203 105 140 170 113 272 385
CM 25-2 112 4.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 229 560 258 242 105 140 172 153 302 455
CM 25-3 132 5.50 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 229 560 258 242 105 140 172 153 302 455
CM 25-4* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

* Available on request.
Please note that the dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 25-1.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 25-1 90 1.90 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 239 100 217 451 219 204 105 140 170 114 232 346

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

81
22
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

22. Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


CM 1-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7509 3616


Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 1-2 71 0.25 / 0.43* 0.43 / 0.74* 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 151 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-3 71 0.25 / 0.43* 0.43 / 0.74* 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 151 304 130 106 103 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-4 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 151 322 148 124 121 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-5 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 151 340 166 142 139 96 137 27 174 201

* Applies to supply voltage O.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)


1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 1-2 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-3 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 304 130 106 103 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-4 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 322 148 124 121 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-5 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 340 166 142 139 96 137 27 174 201

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 1-2 71 0.25 0.43 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-3 71 0.25 0.43 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 304 130 106 103 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-4 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 322 148 124 121 96 137 27 174 201
CM 1-5 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 340 166 142 139 96 137 27 174 201

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

82
22

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


CM 1-I and CM 1-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 1-2 71 0.25 / 0.43* 0.43 / 0.74* 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-3 71 0.25 / 0.43* 0.43 / 0.74* 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-4 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 324 150 126 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-5 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 342 168 144 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-6 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-7 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-8 80 0.64 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 454 240 216 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM 1-9 80 0.64 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 474 240 216 180 96 137 60 234 294

* Applies to supply voltage O.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B); 1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 1-2 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-3 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-4 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 324 150 126 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-5 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 342 168 144 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-6 80 0.84* / 0.78 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 418 204 180 144 96 137 60 214 274
CM 1-7 80 1.14* / 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 206 158 125 208 75 165 418 204 180 144 96 137 60 214 274
CM 1-8 80 1.14* / 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 206 158 125 208 75 165 454 240 216 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM 1-9 80 1.14* / 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 206 158 125 208 75 165 454 240 216 180 96 137 60 214 274

* Applies to supply voltage A.

83
22
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 1-2 71 0.25 0.43 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-3 71 0.25 0.43 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-4 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 324 150 126 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-5 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 342 168 144 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-6 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-7 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-8 80 0.74 1.28 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 474 240 216 180 96 137 60 234 294
CM 1-9 80 0.74 1.28 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 474 240 216 180 96 137 60 234 294

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

84
22

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


CM 3-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7509 3616


Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 3-2 71 0.25 / 0.43* 0.43 / 0.74* 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 151 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-3 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 151 304 130 106 103 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-4 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 151 322 148 124 121 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-5 80 0.64 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 149 380 166 142 139 96 137 27 214 241

* Applies to supply voltage O.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)


1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 3-2 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-3 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 304 130 106 103 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-4 80 0.84* / 0.78 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 362 148 124 121 96 137 27 214 241
CM 3-5 80 1.14* / 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 206 158 125 208 75 149 380 166 142 139 96 137 27 214 241

* Applies to supply voltage A.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 3-2 71 0.25 0.43 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-3 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 304 130 106 103 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-4 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 322 148 124 121 96 137 27 174 201
CM 3-5 80 0.74 1.28 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 400 166 142 139 96 137 27 234 261

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

85
22
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 3-I and CM 3-G


(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
0.25 / 0.43
CM 3-2 71 0.43 / 0.74* 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
*
CM 3-3 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-4 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 324 150 126 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-5 80 0.64 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 382 168 144 108 96 137 60 214 274
CM 3-6 80 1.27 2.20 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 438 204 180 144 96 137 60 234 294
CM 3-7 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 469 245 230 144 125 155 101 224 325
CM 3-8 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 546 282 267 180 125 155 102 264 366
CM 3-9 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 546 282 267 180 125 155 102 264 366

* Applies to supply voltage O.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B); 1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 3-2 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-3 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-4 80 0.84* / 0.78 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 364 150 126 90 96 137 60 214 274
CM 3-5 80 1.14* / 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 206 158 125 208 75 165 382 168 144 108 96 137 60 214 274
CM 3-6 90 1.54* / 1.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 469 245 230 144 125 155 101 224 325
CM 3-7 90 1.54* / 1.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 469 245 230 144 125 155 101 224 325
CM 3-8 90 1.54* / 1.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 505 281 266 180 125 155 101 224 325

* Applies to supply voltage A.

86
22

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 3-2 71 0.25 0.43 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-3 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-4 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 324 150 126 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-5 80 0.74 1.28 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 402 168 144 108 96 137 60 234 294
CM 3-6 80 0.74 1.28 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 438 204 180 144 96 137 60 234 294
CM 3-7 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 510 246 231 144 125 155 102 264 366
CM 3-8 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 546 282 267 180 125 155 102 264 366
CM 3-9 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 546 282 267 180 125 155 102 264 366

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

87
22
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 5-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7509 3616


Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 5-2 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 151 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 5-3 71 0.64 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 149 344 130 106 103 96 137 27 214 241
CM 5-4 71 1.27 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 201 420 195 180 108 125 155 88 224 312
CM 5-5 80 1.27 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 201 479 214 199 126 125 155 89 264 353

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B); 1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 5-2 80 0.84* / 0.78 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 149 326 112 88 85 96 137 27 214 241
CM 5-3 80 1.14* / 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 206 158 125 208 75 149 344 130 106 103 96 137 27 214 241
CM 5-4 90 1.54* / 1.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 201 420 195 180 108 125 155 88 224 312
CM 5-5 90 1.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 201 438 213 198 126 125 155 88 224 312

* Applies to supply voltage A.


Note: CM 5-5 is not available with supply voltage A.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 5-2 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 286 112 88 85 96 137 27 174 201
CM 5-3 80 0.74 1.28 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 149 364 130 106 103 96 137 27 234 261
CM 5-4 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 201 461 196 181 108 125 155 89 264 353
CM 5-5 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 201 479 214 199 126 125 155 89 264 353

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

88
22

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


CM 5-I and CM 5-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 5-2 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 5-3 80 0.64 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 192 75 165 346 132 108 72 96 137 60 214 274
CM 5-4 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 415 191 176 90 125 155 101 224 325
CM 5-5 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 474 210 195 108 125 155 102 264 366
CM 5-6 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 510 246 231 144 125 155 102 264 366
CM 5-7 90 1.68 2.90 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 510 246 231 144 125 155 102 264 366
CM 5-8 100 1.68 2.90 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 190 561 288 273 180 140 170 108 273 381

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)


1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 5-2 80 0.84* / 0.78 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 346 132 108 72 96 137 60 214 274
CM 5-3 80 1.14* / 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 206 158 125 208 75 165 346 132 108 72 96 137 60 214 274
CM 5-4 90 1.54* / 1.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 415 191 176 90 125 155 101 224 325
CM 5-5 90 1.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 433 209 194 108 125 155 101 224 325

* Applies to supply voltage A.


Note: CM 5-5 is not available with supply voltage A.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 5-2 71 0.43 0.74 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 306 132 108 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM 5-3 80 0.74 1.28 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 184 75 165 366 132 108 72 96 137 60 234 294
CM 5-4 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 456 192 177 90 125 155 102 264 366
CM 5-5 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 474 210 195 108 125 155 102 264 366
CM 5-6 90 1.27 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 200 90 180 510 246 231 144 125 155 102 264 366
CM 5-7 100 1.68 2.90 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 190 525 252 237 144 140 170 108 273 381
CM 5-8 100 1.68 2.90 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 190 561 288 273 180 140 170 108 273 381

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

89
22
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 10-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7512 3616


Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 10-1 80 0.64 1.10 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 190 158 125 217 100 242 390 156 131 97 95 137 59 234 292
CM 10-2 90 1.27 2.20 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 210 100 242 460 188 173 97 140 170 91 272 362
CM 10-3 100 2.30 4.00 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 242 507 234 219 127 140 170 107 273 380

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)


1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 10-1 80 1.14* / 1.10 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 255 158 125 233 100 242 370 156 131 97 95 137 59 214 272

* Applies to supply voltage A.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 10-1 80 0.74 1.28 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 190 158 125 209 100 242 390 156 131 97 95 137 59 234 292
CM 10-2 90 1.27 2.20 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 210 100 242 460 188 173 97 140 170 91 272 362
CM 10-3 112 2.30 4.00 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 254 560 258 242 127 140 172 130 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

90
22

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


CM 10-I and CM 10-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 10-1 80 0.64 1.10 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 180 158 125 217 100 219 420 186 161 105 95 137 81 234 315
CM 10-2 90 1.27 2.20 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 210 100 219 490 218 203 105 140 170 113 272 385
CM 10-3 100 2.30 4.00 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 219 507 234 219 105 140 170 129 273 402
CM 10-4 132 3.18 5.50 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 231 590 288 272 135 140 172 153 302 455
CM 10-5 132 3.18 5.50 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 231 650 348 332 195 140 172 153 302 455

Note: The dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 10-1 and CM 10-2.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)


1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Pump Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


type size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 10-1 80 1.14* / 1.10 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 206 158 125 233 100 219 400 186 161 105 95 137 81 214 295

* Applies to supply voltage A.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 10-1 80 0.74 1.28 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 180 158 125 209 100 219 420 186 161 105 95 137 81 234 315
CM 10-2 90 1.27 2.20 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 210 100 219 490 218 203 105 140 170 113 272 385
CM 10-3 112 2.30 4.00 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 231 560 258 242 105 140 172 153 302 455
CM 10-4 132 3.18 5.50 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 231 590 288 272 135 140 172 153 302 455
CM 10-5 132 3.18 5.50 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 231 650 348 332 195 140 172 153 302 455

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.


Note: The dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 10-1 and CM 10-2.

91
22
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 15-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7512 3616


Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 15-1 90 1.27 2.20 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 210 100 242 460 188 173 97 140 170 91 272 362
CM 15-2 100 2.30 4.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 242 477 204 189 97 140 170 107 273 380
CM 15-3 132 3.70 6.40 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 254 560 258 242 127 140 172 130 302 433

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 15-1 90 1.27 2.20 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 190 199 160 210 100 242 460 188 173 97 140 170 91 272 362
CM 15-2 112 2.30 4.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 254 530 228 212 97 140 172 130 302 433
CM 15-3 132 3.70 6.40 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 254 560 258 242 127 140 172 130 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

92
22

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


CM 15-I and CM 15-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 15-1 90 1.27 2.20 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 210 100 217 490 218 203 105 140 170 113 272 385
CM 15-2 100 2.30 4.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 217 507 234 219 105 140 170 129 273 402
CM 15-3 132 3.70 6.40 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 229 560 258 242 105 140 172 153 302 455

Note: The dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 15-1.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 15-1 90 1.27 2.20 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 178 199 160 210 100 217 490 218 203 105 140 170 113 272 385
CM 15-2 112 2.30 4.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 229 560 258 242 105 140 172 153 302 455
CM 15-3 132 3.70 6.40 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 229 560 258 242 105 140 172 153 302 455

Note: The dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 15-1.


All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

93
22
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 25-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7512 3616


Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 25-1 100 2.30 4.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 242 477 204 189 97 140 170 107 273 380
CM 25-2 132 3.70 6.40 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 254 530 228 212 97 140 172 130 302 433

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 25-1 112 2.30 4.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 254 530 228 212 97 140 172 130 302 433
CM 25-2 132 3.70 6.40 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 254 530 228 212 97 140 172 130 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

94
22

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


CM 25-I and CM 25-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 25-1 100 2.30 4 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 217 507 234 219 105 140 170 129 273 402
CM 25-2 132 3.70 6.4 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 229 560 258 242 105 140 172 153 302 455

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Pump Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions [mm]


type size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 25-1 112 2.30 4.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 229 560 258 242 105 140 172 153 302 455
CM 25-2 132 3.70 6.40 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 229 560 258 242 105 140 172 153 302 455

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

95
23
Dimensions, CM self-priming 50 Hz and 60 Hz

23. Dimensions, CM self-priming 50 Hz and 60 Hz

TM06 7507 3616


Dimensions
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame Dimensions [mm]


Pump type P2 [kW]
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 1-3 71 0.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-4 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-5 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 414 240 216 180 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-6 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 414 240 216 180 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-3 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-4 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-5 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 414 240 216 180 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-6 80 0.67 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 454 240 216 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM 5-3 71 0.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 5-4 80 0.67 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 418 204 180 144 96 137 60 214 274
CM 5-5 80 0.90 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 454 240 216 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM 5-6 90 1.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 505 281 266 180 125 155 101 224 325
CM 5-7 90 1.30 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 541 317 302 216 125 155 101 224 325

1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame Dimensions [mm]


Pump type P2 [kW]
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM 1-3 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 1-4 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-3 71 0.60 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 378 204 180 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM 3-4 80 0.84 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 418 204 180 144 96 137 60 214 274
CM 5-3 80 1.14 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 141 158 125 208 75 165 418 204 180 144 96 137 60 214 274
CM 5-4 90 1.54 1" 1" 3/8" 10.0 178 178 140 229 90 180 469 245 230 144 125 155 101 224 325

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

96
24

Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


24. Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz
CME 1-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7510 3616


Dimensions
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 1-2 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 149 348 112 87 85 96 137 27 236 263
CME 1-3 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 149 366 130 105 103 96 137 27 236 263
CME 1-4 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 149 384 148 123 121 96 137 27 236 263
CME 1-5 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 149 402 166 141 139 96 137 27 236 263

1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 1-2 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 149 308 112 87 85 96 137 27 196 223
CME 1-3 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 149 326 130 105 103 96 137 27 196 223
CME 1-4 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 149 344 148 123 121 96 137 27 196 223
CME 1-5 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 149 362 166 141 139 96 137 27 196 223

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

97
24
Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 1-I and CME 1-G


(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7508 3616


Dimensions
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 1-2 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 368 132 107 72 96 137 60 236 296
CME 1-3 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 368 132 107 72 96 137 60 236 296
CME 1-4 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 386 150 125 90 96 137 60 236 296
CME 1-5 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 404 168 143 108 96 137 60 236 296
CME 1-6 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 440 204 179 144 96 137 60 236 296
CME 1-7 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 440 204 179 144 96 137 60 236 296
CME 1-8 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 476 240 215 180 96 137 60 236 296
CME 1-9 90 1.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 178 140 248 90 181 482 285 270 180 125 155 105 198 303

1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 1-2 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 328 132 107 72 96 137 60 196 256
CME 1-3 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 328 132 107 72 96 137 60 196 256
CME 1-4 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 346 150 125 90 96 137 60 196 256
CME 1-5 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 364 168 143 108 96 137 60 196 256
CME 1-6 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 400 204 179 144 96 137 60 196 256
CME 1-7 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 400 204 179 144 96 137 60 196 256
CME 1-8 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 436 240 215 180 96 137 60 196 256
CME 1-9 90 1.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 178 140 248 90 181 443 285 270 180 125 155 105 158 263

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

98
24

Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


CME 3-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7510 3616


Dimensions
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 3-2 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 149 348 112 87 85 96 137 27 236 263
CME 3-3 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 149 366 130 105 103 96 137 27 236 263
CME 3-4 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 149 384 148 123 121 96 137 27 236 263
CME 3-5 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 149 402 166 141 139 96 137 27 236 263

1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 3-2 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 149 308 112 87 85 96 137 27 196 223
CME 3-3 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 149 326 130 105 103 96 137 27 196 223
CME 3-4 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 149 344 148 123 121 96 137 27 196 223
CME 3-5 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 149 362 166 141 139 96 137 27 196 223

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

99
24
Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 3-I and CME 3-G


(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7508 3616


Dimensions
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 3-2 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 368 132 107 72 96 137 60 236 296
CME 3-3 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 368 132 107 72 96 137 60 236 296
CME 3-4 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 386 150 125 90 96 137 60 236 296
CME 3-5 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 404 168 143 108 96 137 60 236 296
CME 3-6 90 1.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 178 140 248 90 181 446 249 234 144 125 155 105 198 303
CME 3-7 90 1.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 178 140 248 90 181 446 249 234 144 125 155 105 198 303
CME 3-8 90 2.20 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 178 140 248 90 181 482 285 270 180 125 155 105 198 303
CME 3-9 90 2.20 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 267 178 140 248 90 181 482 285 270 180 125 155 105 198 303

1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 3-2 71 0.55 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 328 132 107 72 96 137 60 196 256
CME 3-3 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 328 132 107 72 96 137 60 196 256
CME 3-4 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 346 150 125 90 96 137 60 196 256
CME 3-5 80 1.10 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 364 168 143 108 96 137 60 196 256
CME 3-6 90 1.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 178 140 248 90 181 407 249 234 144 125 155 105 158 263
CME 3-7 90 1.50 1" 1" 3/8" 10.5 212 178 140 248 90 181 407 249 234 144 125 155 105 158 263

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

100
24

Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


CME 5-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7510 3616


Dimensions
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 5-2 80 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 149 348 112 87 85 96 137 27 236 263
CME 5-3 80 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 149 366 130 105 103 96 137 27 236 263
CME 5-4 90 1.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 267 178 140 248 90 202 397 199 184 108 125 155 92 198 290
CME 5-5 90 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 267 178 140 248 90 202 415 217 202 126 125 155 92 198 290

1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 5-2 80 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 149 308 112 87 85 96 137 27 196 223
CME 5-3 80 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 149 326 130 105 103 96 137 27 196 223
CME 5-4 90 1.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 212 178 140 248 90 202 357 200 185 108 125 155 92 158 250

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

101
24
Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 5-I and CME 5-G


(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7508 3616


Dimensions
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 5-2 80 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 368 132 107 72 96 137 60 236 296
CME 5-3 80 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 233 75 165 368 132 107 72 96 137 60 236 296
CME 5-4 90 1.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 267 178 140 248 90 181 392 195 180 90 125 155 105 198 303
CME 5-5 90 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 267 178 140 248 90 181 410 213 198 108 125 155 105 198 303
CME 5-6 90 2.20 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 267 178 140 248 90 181 446 249 234 144 125 155 105 198 303
CME 5-7 100 3.00 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 12.0 291 200 160 300 100 190 520 250 233 144 140 173 106 270 376
CME 5-8 100 3.00 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 12.0 291 200 160 300 100 190 556 286 269 180 140 173 106 270 376

1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 5-2 80 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 328 132 107 72 96 137 60 196 256
CME 5-3 80 1.10 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 233 75 165 328 132 107 72 96 137 60 196 256
CME 5-4 90 1.50 1" 1 1/4" 3/8" 10.5 212 178 140 248 90 181 353 195 180 90 125 155 105 158 263

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

102
24

Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


CME 10-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7510 3616


Dimensions
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 10-1 80 1.10 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 258 100 242 398 162 138 97 95 137 65 236 301
CME 10-2 90 2.20 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 267 199 160 258 100 242 398 190 175 97 140 170 93 209 301
CME 10-3 112 4.00 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 291 230 190 312 112 254 506 242 222 127 140 189 115 264 379

1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 10-1 80 1.10 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 258 100 242 352 155 131 97 95 137 58 196 255

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

103
24
Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 10-I and CME 10-G


(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7508 3616


Dimensions
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 10-1 80 1.10 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 267 158 125 258 100 219 428 192 168 105 95 137 87 236 323
CME 10-2 90 2.20 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 267 199 160 258 100 219 428 220 205 105 140 170 115 209 323
CME 10-3 112 4.00 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 291 230 190 312 112 230 506 242 222 105 140 189 137 264 401
CME 10-4 112 5.50 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 291 230 190 312 112 230 553 289 269 135 140 189 154 264 418
CME 10-5 112 5.50 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 12.0 291 230 190 312 112 230 613 349 329 195 140 189 154 264 418

1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 10-1 80 1.10 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3/8" 10.5 212 158 125 258 100 219 382 185 161 105 95 137 80 196 277

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

104
24

Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


CME 15-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7510 3616


Dimensions
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 15-1 90 2.20 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 267 199 160 258 100 242 398 190 175 97 140 170 93 209 301
CME 15-2 112 4.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 291 230 190 312 112 254 476 212 192 97 140 189 115 264 379
CME 15-3 132 7.50 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 346 256 216 368 132 274 559 259 239 127 140 192 132 300 432

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

105
24
Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 15-I and CME 15-G


(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7508 3616


Dimensions
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 15-1 90 2.20 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 267 199 160 258 100 217 428 220 205 105 140 170 115 209 323
CME 15-2 112 4.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 291 230 190 312 112 229 506 242 222 105 140 189 137 264 401
CME 15-3 132 7.50 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 346 256 216 368 132 249 559 259 239 105 140 192 154 300 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

106
24

Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz


CME 25-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM06 7510 3616


Dimensions
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 25-1 100 3.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 291 200 160 300 100 242 476 205 189 97 140 173 108 270 379
CME 25-2 132 7.50 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 346 256 216 368 132 274 529 229 209 97 140 192 132 300 432

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

107
24
Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 25-I and CME 25-G


(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM06 7508 3616


Dimensions
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

Frame P2 Dimensions [mm]


Pump type
size [kW] A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME 25-1 100 3.00 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 291 200 160 300 100 217 506 235 219 105 140 173 130 270 401
CME 25-2 132 7.50 2" 2" 3/8" 12.0 346 256 216 368 132 249 559 259 239 105 140 192 154 300 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

108
CM, CME
25

25. Weights and shipping volume

Weights and shipping volume


All weights and volumes refer to pumps with standard pipe connections.
Overview

Pump type Material variant Pages


Cast iron 109-111
CM non-self-priming
Stainless steel 111-113

CM self-priming Stainless steel 114


Cast iron 114
CME non-self-priming
Stainless steel 115

CM non-self-priming pumps
Cast iron (A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)
CM non-self-priming pumps
Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume
Cast iron Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)
CM 1-2 11.68 14.18 0.02
CM 1-3 11.96 14.46 0.02
CM 1-4 12.22 14.72 0.02
CM 1-5 12.50 15.00 0.02
CM 3-2 11.68 14.18 0.02
CM 3-3 11.96 14.46 0.02
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)
CM 3-4 13.62 16.12 0.03
CM 3-5 15.00 17.50 0.04
CM 5-2 12.98 15.48 0.02
CM 5-3 14.36 16.86 0.04
CM 5-4 24.25 26.75 0.04
CM 10-1 24.53 27.03 0.04
CM 1-2 23.36 25.86 0.04
CM 1-3 11.96 14.46 0.02
CM 1-4 12.22 14.72 0.02
CM 1-5 12.50 15.00 0.02
CM 3-2 11.68 14.18 0.02
CM 3-3 11.96 14.46 0.02
1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B) CM 3-4 13.62 16.12 0.03
CM 3-5 15.00 17.50 0.04
CM 5-2 12.98 15.48 0.02
CM 5-3 14.36 16.86 0.04
CM 5-4 24.25 26.75 0.04
CM 5-5 24.53 27.03 0.04
CM 10-1 23.36 25.86 0.04
CM 1-2 10.98 13.48 0.02
CM 1-3 11.26 13.76 0.02
CM 1-4 12.22 14.72 0.02
CM 1-5 12.50 15.00 0.02
CM 1-6 12.77 15.27 0.03
CM 1-7 13.04 15.54 0.03
CM 1-8 14.71 17.21 0.03
CM 3-2 10.98 13.48 0.02
CM 3-3 11.96 14.46 0.02
CM 3-4 12.22 14.72 0.02
CM 3-5 12.50 15.00 0.02
CM 3-6 14.17 16.67 0.03
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)
CM 3-7 15.54 18.04 0.03
CM 3-8 15.81 18.31 0.03
CM 5-2 11.58 14.08 0.02
CM 5-3 11.86 14.36 0.02
CM 5-4 13.53 16.02 0.03
CM 5-5 14.90 17.40 0.03
CM 5-6 22.70 25.20 0.04
CM 5-7 22.97 25.47 0.04
CM 5-8 23.24 25.74 0.04
CM 10-1 22.16 24.66 0.04
CM 10-2 29.83 32.33 0.04
CM 10-3 32.64 35.14 0.04

109
25 CM, CME
Weights and shipping volume

CM non-self-priming pumps
Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume
Cast iron Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)
CM 15-1 28.53 31.03 0.04
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 15-2 31.27 33.77 0.04
CM 25-1 30.63 33.13 0.04
CM 1-2 10.98 13.48 0.02
CM 1-3 11.26 13.76 0.02
CM 1-4 11.52 14.02 0.02
CM 1-5 11.80 14.30 0.02
CM 1-6 12.07 14.57 0.03
CM 1-7 13.04 15.54 0.03
CM 1-8 13.31 15.81 0.03
CM 3-2 10.98 13.48 0.02
CM 3-3 11.26 13.76 0.02
CM 3-4 11.52 14.02 0.02
CM 3-5 12.50 15.00 0.02
CM 3-6 12.77 15.27 0.03
CM 3-7 16.54 19.04 0.03
CM 3-8 16.81 19.31 0.04
CM 5-2 10.88 13.38 0.02
CM 5-3 11.86 14.36 0.02
CM 5-4 15.63 18.13 0.03
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)
CM 5-5 15.90 18.40 0.03
CM 5-6 25.50 28.00 0.04
CM 5-7 25.77 28.27 0.04
CM 5-8 28.94 31.44 0.05
CM 10-1 20.86 23.36 0.04
CM 10-2 32.63 35.13 0.04
CM 10-3 35.84 38.34 0.04
CM 10-4 41.51 44.01 0.05
CM 10-5 42.20 44.70 0.05
CM 15-1 22.54 25.04 0.04
CM 15-2 35.18 37.68 0.04
CM 15-3 52.02 54.52 0.08
CM 15-4 56.40 58.90 0.08
CM 25-1 33.83 36.33 0.04
CM 25-2 51.31 53.81 0.08
CM 25-3 55.72 58.22 0.08
CM 25-4 56.40 58.90 0.08
CM 1-2 10.98 13.48 0.02
CM 1-3 11.26 13.76 0.02
CM 1-4 12.22 14.72 0.02
CM 1-5 12.50 15.00 0.02
CM 3-2 10.98 13.48 0.02
CM 3-3 11.96 14.46 0.02
CM 3-4 12.22 14.72 0.02
CM 3-5 16.00 18.50 0.03
CM 5-2 11.58 14.08 0.02
CM 5-3 15.36 17.86 0.03
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)
CM 5-4 29.45 31.95 0.04
CM 5-5 29.73 32.23 0.04
CM 10-1 24.36 26.86 0.04
CM 10-2 35.84 38.34 0.04
CM 10-3 52.68 55.18 0.08
CM 15-1 35.83 38.33 0.04
CM 15-2 51.31 53.81 0.08
CM 15-3 55.32 57.82 0.08
CM 25-1 50.67 53.17 0.08
CM 25-2 54.61 57.11 0.08
CM 1-2 11.68 14.18 0.02
CM 1-3 11.96 14.46 0.02
CM 1-4 12.22 14.72 0.02
CM 1-5 12.50 15.00 0.02
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) CM 3-2 11.68 14.18 0.02
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H) CM 3-3 11.96 14.46 0.02
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J) CM 3-4 12.22 14.72 0.02
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O) CM 3-5 15.63 18.13 0.03
CM 5-2 11.58 14.08 0.02
CM 5-3 15.36 17.86 0.03
CM 5-4 27.85 30.35 0.04
CM 5-5 28.13 30.63 0.04

110
CM, CME
25

Weights and shipping volume


CM non-self-priming pumps
Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume
Cast iron Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)
CM 10-1 23.20 25.70 0.04
CM 10-2 35.84 38.34 0.04
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) CM 10-3 52.68 55.18 0.08
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H) CM 15-1 33.83 36.33 0.04
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J) CM 15-2 51.31 53.81 0.08
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O) CM 15-3 55.32 57.82 0.08
CM 25-1 50.67 53.17 0.08
CM 25-2 54.61 57.11 0.08

CM non-self-priming pumps
Stainless steel (I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

CM non-self-priming pumps
Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume
Stainless steel Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)
CM 1-2 12.31 14.81 0.02
CM 1-3 12.39 14.89 0.02
CM 1-4 12.72 15.22 0.02
CM 1-5 13.07 15.57 0.02
CM 1-6 15.07 17.57 0.03
CM 1-7 16.25 18.75 0.04
CM 1-8 16.84 19.34 0.04
CM 1-9 16.93 19.43 0.04
CM 3-2 12.31 14.81 0.02
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A) CM 3-3 12.39 14.89 0.02
CM 3-4 14.12 16.62 0.03
CM 3-5 15.57 18.07 0.04
CM 3-6 23.95 26.45 0.04
CM 3-7 24.04 26.54 0.04
CM 3-8 24.63 27.13 0.04
CM 5-2 13.68 16.18 0.02
CM 5-3 14.86 17.36 0.04
CM 5-4 22.98 25.48 0.04
CM 10-1 18.75 21.25 0.04
CM 1-2 12.31 14.81 0.02
CM 1-3 12.39 14.89 0.02
CM 1-4 12.72 15.22 0.02
CM 1-5 13.07 15.57 0.02
CM 1-6 15.07 17.57 0.03
CM 1-7 16.25 18.75 0.04
CM 1-8 16.84 19.34 0.04
CM 1-9 16.93 19.43 0.04
CM 3-2 12.31 14.81 0.02
CM 3-3 12.39 14.89 0.02
1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)
CM 3-4 14.12 16.62 0.03
CM 3-5 15.57 18.07 0.04
CM 3-6 23.95 26.45 0.04
CM 3-7 24.04 26.54 0.04
CM 3-8 24.63 27.13 0.04
CM 5-2 13.68 16.18 0.02
CM 5-3 14.86 17.36 0.04
CM 5-4 22.98 25.48 0.04
CM 5-5 23.33 25.83 0.04
CM 10-1 18.75 21.25 0.04
CM 1-2 11.61 14.11 0.02
CM 1-3 11.69 14.19 0.02
CM 1-4 12.72 15.22 0.02
CM 1-5 13.07 15.57 0.02
CM 1-6 13.67 16.17 0.03
CM 1-7 13.75 16.25 0.03
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 1-8 15.74 18.25 0.04
CM 1-9 15.82 18.32 0.04
CM 1-10 16.44 18.94 0.04
CM 1-11 17.61 20.11 0.04
CM 1-12 18.48 20.98 0.05
CM 1-13 18.55 21.05 0.05
CM 1-14 24.32 26.82 0.08

111
25 CM, CME
Weights and shipping volume

CM non-self-priming pumps
Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume
Stainless steel Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)
CM 3-2 11.61 14.11 0.02
CM 3-3 12.39 14.89 0.02
CM 3-4 12.72 15.22 0.02
CM 3-5 13.07 15.57 0.02
CM 3-6 15.07 17.57 0.03
CM 3-7 16.25 18.75 0.03
CM 3-8 16.84 19.34 0.04
CM 3-9 22.61 25.11 0.04
CM 3-10 23.23 25.73 0.05
CM 3-11 23.30 25.80 0.05
CM 3-12 24.17 26.67 0.08
CM 3-13 24.24 26.74 0.08
CM 3-14 26.42 28.92 0.08
CM 5-2 12.28 14.78 0.02
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 5-3 12.36 14.86 0.02
CM 5-4 14.09 16.59 0.03
CM 5-5 15.54 18.04 0.03
CM 5-6 21.83 24.33 0.04
CM 5-7 21.91 24.41 0.04
CM 5-8 22.51 25.01 0.04
CM 5-9 24.69 27.19 0.04
CM 5-10 25.30 27.80 0.05
CM 5-11 25.37 27.87 0.05
CM 10-1 17.56 20.06 0.04
CM 10-2 24.79 27.29 0.04
CM 10-3 27.09 29.59 0.04
CM 15-1 24.48 26.98 0.04
CM 15-2 26.78 29.28 0.04
CM 25-1 26.58 29.08 0.04
CM 1-2 11.61 14.11 0.02
CM 1-3 11.69 14.19 0.02
CM 1-4 12.02 14.52 0.02
CM 1-5 12.37 14.87 0.02
CM 1-6 12.97 15.47 0.03
CM 1-7 13.75 16.25 0.03
CM 1-8 14.35 16.84 0.03
CM 1-9 14.43 16.93 0.03
CM 1-10 18.54 21.04 0.04
CM 1-11 18.61 21.11 0.04
CM 1-12 19.48 21.98 0.05
CM 1-13 19.55 22.05 0.05
CM 1-14 19.63 22.13 0.05
CM 3-2 11.61 14.11 0.02
CM 3-3 11.69 14.19 0.02
CM 3-4 12.02 14.52 0.02
CM 3-5 13.07 15.57 0.02
CM 3-6 13.67 16.17 0.03
CM 3-7 17.25 19.75 0.03
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F) CM 3-8 17.84 20.34 0.04
CM 3-9 17.95 20.45 0.04
CM 3-10 26.03 28.53 0.05
CM 3-11 26.10 28.60 0.05
CM 3-12 26.94 29.44 0.08
CM 3-13 29.94 32.44 0.08
CM 3-14 30.02 32.52 0.08
CM 5-2 11.58 14.08 0.02
CM 5-3 12.36 14.86 0.02
CM 5-4 16.19 18.69 0.04
CM 5-5 16.54 19.04 0.03
CM 5-6 24.63 27.13 0.04
CM 5-7 24.71 27.21 0.04
CM 5-8 28.21 30.71 0.05
CM 5-9 28.29 30.79 0.05
CM 5-10 28.90 31.40 0.05
CM 5-11 30.54 33.04 0.05
CM 5-12 31.49 33.99 0.08
CM 5-13 31.56 34.06 0.08
CM 10-1 16.25 18.75 0.04

112
CM, CME
25

Weights and shipping volume


CM non-self-priming pumps
Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume
Stainless steel Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)
CM 10-2 27.59 30.09 0.04
CM 10-3 30.30 32.80 0.05
CM 10-4 36.12 38.62 0.05
CM 10-5 37.51 40.01 0.08
CM 10-6 49.52 52.02 0.08
CM 10-7 54.71 57.21 0.08
CM 10-8 54.91 57.41 0.08
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F) CM 15-1 18.48 20.98 0.04
CM 15-2 30.68 33.18 0.04
CM 15-3 47.02 49.52 0.05
CM 15-4 51.57 54.07 0.05
CM 25-1 29.78 32.28 0.04
CM 25-2 46.81 49.31 0.05
CM 25-3 50.73 53.23 0.05
CM 25-4 51.57 54.07 0.05
CM 1-2 12.31 14.81 0.02
CM 1-3 12.39 14.89 0.02
CM 1-4 12.72 15.22 0.02
CM 1-5 13.07 15.57 0.02
CM 1-6 13.67 16.17 0.03
CM 1-7 13.75 16.25 0.03
CM 1-8 17.87 20.37 0.04
CM 1-9 17.95 20.45 0.04
CM 3-2 12.31 14.81 0.02
CM 3-3 12.39 14.89 0.02
CM 3-4 12.72 15.22 0.02
CM 3-5 16.60 19.10 0.03
CM 3-6 27.56 30.06 0.04
CM 3-7 27.64 30.14 0.04
CM 3-8 28.23 30.73 0.05
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H) CM 3-9 28.31 30.81 0.05
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I) CM 5-2 12.28 14.78 0.02
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J) CM 5-3 15.86 18.36 0.03
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)
CM 5-4 26.58 29.08 0.04
CM 5-5 26.93 29.43 0.04
CM 5-6 27.53 30.03 0.04
CM 5-7 29.26 31.76 0.05
CM 5-8 30.06 32.56 0.05
CM 10-1 18.59 21.09 0.04
CM 10-2 30.79 33.29 0.04
CM 10-3 47.13 49.63 0.05
CM 10-4 44.28 46.78 0.05
CM 10-5 45.67 48.17 0.08
CM 15-1 29.78 32.28 0.04
CM 15-2 46.81 49.31 0.05
CM 15-3 50.33 52.83 0.05
CM 25-1 46.62 49.12 0.05
CM 25-2 50.12 52.62 0.05

113
25 CM, CME

CM self-priming pumps
Weights and shipping volume

Stainless steel (I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304)


CM self-priming pumps
Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume
Stainless steel Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304)
CM 1-3 11.7 14.2 0.02
CM 1-4 12.0 14.5 0.02
CM 3-3 11.7 14.2 0.02
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)
CM 3-4 12.0 14.5 0.02
CM 5-3 12.4 14.9 0.02
CM 5-4 15.5 18.0 0.03
CM 1-3 11.7 14.2 0.02
CM 1-4 12.7 15.2 0.02
CM 1-5 13.1 15.6 0.02
CM 1-6 13.7 16.2 0.03
CM 3-3 12.4 14.9 0.02
CM 3-4 12.7 15.2 0.02
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 3-5 13.1 15.6 0.02
CM 3-6 15.1 17.6 0.03
CM 5-3 12.4 14.9 0.02
CM 5-4 14.1 16.6 0.03
CM 5-5 15.5 18.0 0.03
CM 5-6 21.8 24.3 0.04
CM 5-7 21.9 24.4 0.04

CME non-self-priming pumps


Cast iron (A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)
CME non-self-priming pumps
Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume
Cast iron Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)
CME 1-2 13.68 17.18 0.08
CME 1-3 13.96 17.46 0.08
CME 1-4 14.22 17.72 0.08
CME 1-5 15.30 18.80 0.08
CME 3-2 13.68 17.18 0.08
CME 3-3 14.76 18.26 0.08
CME 3-4 15.02 18.52 0.08
CME 3-5 15.30 18.80 0.08
CME 5-2 14.38 17.88 0.08
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S) CME 5-3 14.66 18.16 0.08
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T) CME 5-4 18.15 21.65 0.08
CME 5-5 17.59 21.09 0.08
CME 10-1 23.56 27.06 0.08
CME 10-2 27.13 30.63 0.08
CME 10-3 41.28 44.78 0.09
CME 15-1 25.83 29.33 0.08
CME 15-2 39.91 43.41 0.09
CME 15-3 52.88 56.38 0.09
CME 25-1 36.05 39.55 0.09
CME 25-2 52.20 55.70 0.09
CME 1-2 12.78 16.28 0.03
CME 1-3 13.06 16.56 0.04
CME 1-4 13.32 16.82 0.04
CME 1-5 14.40 17.90 0.04
CME 3-2 12.78 16.28 0.03
CME 3-3 13.86 17.36 0.04
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U)
CME 3-4 14.12 17.62 0.04
CME 3-5 14.40 17.90 0.04
CME 5-2 13.48 16.98 0.03
CME 5-3 13.76 17.26 0.04
CME 5-4 17.35 20.85 0.04
CME 10-1 22.66 26.16 0.04

114
CM, CME
25
CME non-self-priming pumps

Weights and shipping volume


Stainless steel (I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

CME non-self-priming pumps


Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume
Stainless steel Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)
CME 1-2 14.31 17.81 0.08
CME 1-3 14.39 17.89 0.08
CME 1-4 14.72 18.22 0.08
CME 1-5 15.77 19.27 0.08
CME 1-6 16.37 19.87 0.08
CME 1-7 16.45 19.95 0.08
CME 1-8 17.05 20.55 0.08
CME 1-9 18.61 22.11 0.08
CME 3-2 14.31 17.81 0.08
CME 3-3 15.09 18.59 0.08
CME 3-4 15.42 18.92 0.08
CME 3-5 15.77 19.27 0.08
CME 3-6 17.86 21.36 0.08
CME 3-7 17.93 21.43 0.08
CME 3-8 19.93 23.43 0.08
CME 3-9 20.01 23.51 0.08
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)
CME 5-2 14.98 18.48 0.08
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)
CME 5-3 15.06 18.56 0.08
CME 5-4 16.88 20.38 0.08
CME 5-5 18.63 22.13 0.08
CME 5-6 19.23 22.73 0.08
CME 5-7 29.29 32.79 0.09
CME 5-8 29.88 33.38 0.09
CME 10-1 18.95 22.45 0.08
CME 10-2 22.09 25.59 0.08
CME 10-3 35.73 39.23 0.09
CME 10-4 45.87 49.37 0.09
CME 10-5 47.27 50.77 0.09
CME 15-1 21.78 25.28 0.08
CME 15-2 35.41 38.91 0.09
CME 15-3 52.88 56.38 0.09
CME 25-1 31.99 35.49 0.09
CME 25-2 52.20 55.70 0.09
CME 1-2 13.51 17.01 0.04
CME 1-3 13.59 17.09 0.04
CME 1-4 13.92 17.42 0.04
CME 1-5 14.97 18.47 0.04
CME 1-6 15.57 19.07 0.04
CME 1-7 15.65 19.15 0.04
CME 1-8 16.25 19.75 0.04
CME 1-9 17.81 21.31 0.04
CME 3-2 13.51 17.01 0.04
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U)
CME 3-3 14.29 17.79 0.04
CME 3-4 14.62 18.12 0.04
CME 3-5 14.97 18.47 0.04
CME 3-6 17.06 20.56 0.04
CME 3-7 17.14 20.64 0.04
CME 5-2 14.18 17.68 0.04
CME 5-3 14.26 17.76 0.04
CME 5-4 16.08 19.58 0.04
CME 10-1 18.06 21.56 0.04

115
26 CM, CME

26. Motor data


Motor data

Mains-operated motors, 50 Hz
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

P2 I1/1 Istart Speed


Frame size Cos
[kW] [A] 1/1 [%] [A] [min-1]
71A 0.3 1.8 - 2.4 0.95 - 0.86 67.4 - 61.4 6.1 - 8.2 2.800 - 2.830
71B 0.5 3.1 - 2.8 0.97 - 0.99 74-70 16.4 - 14.8 2.730 - 2.740
80A 0.67 4.4 - 4.0 0.99 - 0.99 71.8 - 73 17.2 - 15.6 2.720 - 2.800
80B 0.9 5.4 - 5.0 0.98 - 0.98 76-74 23.2 - 21.5 2.750 - 2.790
90SA 1.3 8.4 - 8.0 0.98 - 0.98 71-71 28.6 - 27.2 2.710 - 2.710
90SB 1.9 11.0 - 10.0 0.99 - 0.98 75-76 40.7 - 37.0 2.755 - 2.770

3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

P2 I 1/1 Istart Speed


Frame size Cos
[kW] [A] 1/1 [%] [A] [min-1]
71A 0.46 2.0 - 2.2 / 1.0 - 1.2 0.83 - 0.75 73.4 - 73.6 9.8 - 11.7 / 4.9 - 6.4 2.770 - 2.820
71B 0.65 2.8 - 3.1 / 1.6 - 1.8 0.82 - 0.72 73.9 - 72.9 16.2 - 19.2 / 9.3 - 11.2 2.770 - 2.820
80C 1.10 4.4 - 4.5 / 2.55 - 2.6 0.82 - 0.74 83.1 - 83.4 31.7 - 35.1 / 18.4 - 20.3 2.830 - 2.860
90SB 1.50 5.45 - 5.45 / 3.15 - 3.15 0.87 - 0.82 84.2 - 84.9 46.3 - 50.7 / 26.8 - 29.3 2.890 - 2.910
90LC 2.20 7.70 - 7.70 / 4.45 - 4.45 0.89 - 0.87 85.9 - 85.9 65.5 - 73.2 / 37.8 - 42.3 2.890 - 2.910
100LC 3.00 11.0 - 11.0 / 6.30 - 6.30 0.87 - 0.82 87.2 - 87.1 92.4 - 101.2 / 52.9 - 58.0 2.900 - 2.920
112MC 4.00 13.8 - 13.2 / 8.00 - 7.65 0.89 - 0.86 89.2 - 89.2 154.6 - 162.4 / 89.6 - 94.1 2.920 - 2.940
132SC 5.50 19.0 - 19.0 / 11.0 - 11.0 0.87 - 0.82 89.9 - 90.2 212.8 - 243.2 / 123.2 - 140.8 2.920 - 2.940
132SD 6.40 22.8 - 22.6 / 13.2 - 13.0 0.86 - 0.80 89.9 - 90.0 273.6 - NA / 158.4 - NA 2.920 - 2.930

Mains-operated motors, 60 Hz
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame P2 Service I1/1 Service factor I start Speed


Cos
size [kW] [hp] factor [A] current 1/1 [%] [A] [min-1 ]

71B 0.60 0.80 1 4.1 4.1 0.98 71 16.8 3.300


80A 0.84 1.1 1 5.8 5.8 0.98 69.8 18.6 3.150
80B 1.14 1.5 1 7.35 7.35 0.99 73.5 19.8 3.270
90SB 1.54 2.0 1 9.8 9.8 0.98 74.8 37.2 3.330

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)

Frame P2 Service I1/1 Service factor I start Speed


Cos
size [kW] [hp] factor [A] current 1/1 [%] [A] [min-1 ]

71BA 0.60 0.8 1 7.6 / 3.9 7.6 / 3.9 0.76 69-66 19.8 / 10.1 3.240
80AA 0.78 1.06 1 10.6 / 5.4 10.6 / 5.4 0.65 69-68 31.8 / 16.2 3.240
80BA 1.10 1.50 1 14.0 / 7.0 14.0 / 7.0 0.94 71-69 44.8 / 22.4 3.320
90CC 1.50 2.03 1 19.5 / 9.8 19.5 / 9.8 0.97 72.9 - 69 78.0 / 39.2 3.360

116
CM, CME
26
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)

Motor data
Frame P2 Service I 1/1 Istart Speed
Service factor current Cos
size [kW] [hp] factor [A] 1/1 [%] [A] [min-1 ]

11.2 - 11.1 /
71AA 0.43 0.58 1 1.9 - 1.7 / 1.0 - 0.8 1.9 - 1.7 / 1.0 - 0.8 0.85 - 0.81 / 0.85 - 0.81 76.0 - 78.6 3.360 - 3.420
5.9 - 5.2
20.1 - 23.4 /
71BA 0.74 1.0 1 3.4 - 3.6 / 1.7 - 1.8 3.4 - 3.6 / 1.7 - 1.8 0.89 - 0.83 / 0.89 - 0.83 76.0 - 78.4 3.220 - 3.370
10.0 - 11.7
35.4 - 39.3 /
80CB 1.1 1.47 1 5.2 - 5.1 / 2.55 - 2.65 5.2 - 5.1 / 2.55 - 2.65 0.81 - 0.73 / 0.81 - 0.73 84.8 - 84.7 3.430 - 3.470
17.3 - 20.4
74.6 - 80.9 /
90FA 2.2 2.95 1 8.20 - 7.7 / 4.0 - 3.7 8.20 - 7.7 / 4.0 - 3.7 0.9 - 0.86 / 0.9 - 0.86 86.5 - 87.0 3.510 - 3.530
36.4 - 38.9
129.6 - 91.4 /
100DA 2.9 3.9 1 10.8 - 10.5 / 5.25 - 5.3 10.8 - 10.5 / 5.25 - 5.3 0.85 - 0.78 / 0.85 - 0.78 88.0 - 88.2 3.520 - 3.530
63.0 - 46.1
131.4 - 156.4 /
112CA 4.0 5.36 1 14.6 - 13.6 / 6.95 - 6.65 14.6 - 13.6 / 6.95 - 6.65 0.9 - 0.86 / 0.9 - 0.86 88.6 - 88.5 3.530 - 3.540
62.6 - 76.5
259.1 - 277.2 /
132DA 5.5 7.37 1 20.4 - 19.8 / 9.95 - 9.85 20.4 - 19.8 / 9.95 - 9.85 0.84 - 0.78 / 0.84 - 0.78 90.1 - 90.0 3.540 - 3.550
126.4 - 137.9
144.0 - 143.6 /
132EB 6.4 8.57 1 23.6 - 22.8 / 11.6 - 11.6 23.6 - 22.8 / 11.6 - 11.6 0.84 - 0.78 / 0.84 - 0.78 90.1 - 89.9 3.530 - 3.550
70.8 - 73.1

3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)*

Frame P2 Service I1/1 Service factor I start Speed


Cos
size [kW] [hp] factor [A] current 1/1 [%] [A] [min-1 ]

71AA 0.43 0.58 1 0.7 0.7 0.84 76.0 4.6 3.340


71BA 0.74 1.0 1 1.3 1.3 0.84 76 8.5 3.340
80BA 1.04 1.4 1 1.55 1.55 0.8 85.2 11.8 3.450
80CB 1.28 1.7 1 1.84 1.84 0.82 85.7 15.3 3.440
90CC 1.7 2.3 1 2.89 2.89 0.83 85.9 27.7 3.440
90FA 2.5 3.4 1 3.5 3.5 0.9 85.9 20.7 3.490
100BB 4.0 5.4 1 5.7 5.7 0.88 88.5 49.6 3.500
132CA 6 8 1 8.2 8.2 0.86 89.2 106.6 3.520

* Only available with IE2 efficiency motors.

117
26 CM, CME

Mains-operated motors, 50/60 Hz


Motor data

3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

P2 Frequency I1/1 Istart Speed


Frame size Cos
[kW] [Hz] [A] 1/1 [%] [A] [min-1]
0.43 50 2.3 - 2.6 / 1.3 - 1.5 0.72 - 0.60 78-76 11.5 - 15.6 / 6.5 - 9.0 2.870 - 2.890
71B
0.74 60 3.1 - 2.75 / 1.78 - 1.58 0.87 - 0.84 75-77 15.5 - 16.5 / 8.9 - 9.5 3.280 - 3.350
0.64 50 3.75 - 4.75 / 2.16 - 2.75 0.56 - 0.43 83.1 - 78.6 36.0 - 42.8 / 20.7 - 24.8 2.920 - 2.930
80C
1.1 60 4.30 - 4.25 / 2.48 - 2.44 0.83 - 0.72 84.6 - 85.4 28.4 - 33.2 / 16.4 - 19.0 3.420 - 3.470
1.27 50 5.9 - 6.95 / 3.40 - 4.0 0.70 - 0.55 85.4 - 83.4 85.6 - 95.9 / 49.3 - 55.2 2.960 - 2.970
90LC
2.2 60 7.95 - 7.55 / 4.60 - 4.35 0.88 - 0.84 86.8 - 87.0 71.6 - 90.6 / 41.4 - 52.2 3.520 - 3.530
1.68 50 7.0 - 7.90 / 4.05 - 4.55 0.73 - 0.62 88.1 - 86.2 98.0 - 110.6 / 56.7 - 63.7 2.950 - 2.960
100LC
2.90 60 10.2 - 9.10 / 5.85 - 5.25 0.90 - 0.85 86.9 - 88.5 88.7 - 88.3 / 50.9 - 50.9 3.490 - 3.520
2.3 50 9.95 - 10.6 / 5.75 - 6.1 0.73 - 0.63 88.4 - 86.7 159.2 - 173.8 / 92.0 - 100.0 2.970 - 2.970
112MC
4 60 14.0 - 12.8 / 8.05 - 7.35 0.89 - 0.84 89.1 - 89.7 147.0 - 169.0 / 84.5 - 97.0 3.520 - 3.540
3.18 50 12.4 - 13.0 / 7.20 - 7.45 0.78 - 0.69 90.0 - 89.2 213.3 - 236.6 / 123.8 - 135.6 2.960 - 2.960
132SC
5.5 60 19.0 - 16.8 / 11.0 - 9.75 0.91 - 0.86 89.5 - 90.4 201.4 - 231.0 / 116.6 - 134.1 3.510 - 3.530
3.7 50 16.4 - 18.4 / 9.45 - 10.6 0.69 - 0.57 89.6 - 87.8 272.2 - 311.0 / 156.9 - 179.1 2.960 - 2.970
132SD
6.4 60 22.2 - 20.4 / 12.8 - 11.8 0.89 - 0.82 90.0 - 90.2 217.6 - 265.2 / 125.4 - 153.4 3.510 - 3.540

3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)

P2 Frequency I1/1 Istart Speed


Frame size Cos
[kW] [Hz] [A] 1/1 [%] [A] [min-1]
0.25 50 0.55 - 0.65 0.77 - 0.71 77-76 4.0 - 5.1 2.870 - 2.890
71AA
0.43 60 0.95 - 0.80 0.85 - 0.82 76.0 - 78.6 5.6 - 5.2 3.360 - 3.420
0.43 50 1.4 - 1.5 0.76 - 0.66 77-76 7.7 - 9.0 2.860 - 2.890
71BA
0.74 60 1.7 - 1.8 0.89 - 0.83 76.0 - 78.4 10.0 - 11.7 3.220 - 3.380
0.64 50 1.82 - 1.98 0.67 - 0.56 84.2 - 83.1 16.9 - 19.2 2.910 - 2.920
80CB
1.10 60 2.22 - 2.22 0.8 - 0.72 84.9 - 85.4 16.7 - 19.3 3.440 - 3.470
1.27 50 2.85 - 2.9 0.81 - 0.74 86.7 - 86 34.2 - 37.7 2.950 - 2.960
90FA
2.2 60 4.0 - 3.7 0.88 - 0.84 86.8 - 87.0 36.0 - 40.7 3.520 - 3.530
1.68 50 4.05 - 4.60 0.73 - 0.62 88.1 - 86.2 48.6 - 62.1 2.950 - 2.960
100DA
2.9 60 5.25 - 5.3 0.85 - 0.79 88.5 - 88.2 63.0 - 46.1 3.520 - 3.540
2.3 50 5.2 - 5.1 0.8 - 0.74 86.4 - 88.8 80.6 - 78.3 2.960 - 2.970
112CA
4.0 60 6.95 - 6.65 0.88 - 0.84 88.7 - 88.5 84.1 - 89.1 3.540 - 3.550
3.18 50 7.2 - 7.45 0.78 - 0.69 90.0 - 89.2 123.8 - 135.6 2.960 - 2.960
132DA
5.5 60 9.7 - 9.45 0.86 - 0.82 90.4 - 90.4 133.4 - 145.5 3.530 - 3.550
3.7 50 9.45 - 10.6 0.69 - 0.57 89.6 - 87.8 156.9 - 179.1 2.960 - 2.970
132EB
6.4 60 11.8 - 12.0 0.82 - 0.74 90.6 - 90.2 153.4 - 174.0 3.540 - 3.550

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

P2 Frequency I1/1 Istart Speed


Frame size Cos
[kW] [Hz] [A] 1/1 [%] [A] [min-1]
0.25 50 1.6 / 1.0 0.65 77 11.7 / 7.3 2.900
71AA
0.43 60 2.0 - 1.8 / 1.15 - 1.05 0.85 - 0.8 76.0 - 78.6 11.8 - 11.7 / 6.8 - 6.8 3.370 - 3.424
0.43 50 3.6 / 2.0 0.53 77 19.8 / 11.0 2.904
71B
0.74 60 3.3 - 3.5 / 2.0 - 2.2 0.83 - 0.76 76 - 78.4 19.5 - 22.8 / 11.8 - 14.3 3.380 - 3.429
0.74 50 5.95 / 3.45 0.46 78.1 37.5 / 21.7 2.920
80C
1.28 60 5.5 - 5.65 / 3.15 - 3.25 0.80 - 0.71 84.4 - 84.3 34.4 - 37.9 / 19.7 - 21.8 3.410 - 3.450
1.27 50 6.75 / 3.9 0.69 86.0 99.9 / 57.7 2.960
90LC
2.2 60 8.85 - 8.35 / 5.1 - 4.8 0.88 - 0.85 86.8 - 87.0 92.9 - 100.2 / 53.6 - 57.6 3.510 - 3.520
1.68 50 7.45 / 4.30 0.73 88.1 59.6 / 34.4 2.950
100LC
2.90 60 10.8 - 10.4 / 6.25 - 6.0 0.91 - 0.87 86.9 - 88.1 81.0 - 96.7 / 46.9 - 55.8 3.490 - 3.510
2.3 50 10.2 / 5.9 0.77 87.3 157.1 / 90.9 2.960
112MC
4 60 14.6 - 13.6 / 8.45 - 7.85 0.90 - 0.87 88.6 - 89.1 135.8 - 148.9 / 78.6 - 86.0 3.520 - 3.540
3.18 50 13.6 / 7.85 0.78 90.0 152.3 / 87.9 2.960
132SC
5.5 60 21.0 - 20.0 / 12.1 - 11.6 0.91 - 0.88 89.5 - 90.1 214.2 - 296.0 / 123.4 - 171.7 3.510 - 3.520
3.7 50 20.0 / 11.6 0.63 88.8 240.0 / 139.2 2.970
132SD
6.4 60 24.6 - 23.6 / 14.2 - 13.8 0.87 - 0.82 90.1 - 90.6 270.6 - 290.3 / 156.2 - 169.7 3.520 - 3.520

118
CM, CME
26
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)*

Motor data
P2 Frequency I1/1 Istart Speed
Frame size Cos
[kW] [Hz] [A] 1/1 [%] [A] [min-1]
0.25 50 0.73 0.68 72.6 4.7 2.890
71AA
0.43 60 1.0 0.86 73.5 6.5 3.320
0.43 50 1.68 0.53 71.1 10.9 2.890
71BA
0.74 60 1.70 0.84 76.0 11.1 3.320
0.6 50 1.9 0.59 81.6 13.5 2.910
80BA
1.04 60 2.18 0.83 83 13.5 3.400
0.74 50 2.28 0.57 82.4 13.9 2.920
80CB
1.28 60 2.65 0.84 83.9 13.8 3.400
1 50 3 0.59 81.3 26.7 2.960
90CC
1.7 60 3.2 0.87 81.3 23.7 3.510
1.45 50 3.0 0.83 86.8 36.0 2.920
90FA
2.5 60 4.65 0.91 85.4 41.9 3.500
2.32 50 5.5 0.7 87 63.3 2.960
100BB
4 60 7.35 0.89 87.6 63.2 3.500
3.5 50 8.8 0.65 88.2 145.2 2.960
132CA
6 60 11.2 0.87 90 172.9 3.520
* Only available with IE2 efficiency motors.

119
26 CM, CME

Speed-controlled motors
Motor data

3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S)

P2 I1/1
Frame size Cos 1/1
[kW] [A]
71 0.55 1.30 - 1.10 0.83 - 0.72
80 1.10 2.15 - 1.80 0.91 - 0.82
90 1.50 2.90 - 2.40 0.92 - 0.84
90 2.20 4.15 - 3.40 0.93 - 0.87
100 3.00 5.80 - 4.80 0.91 - 0.86
112 4.00 7.60 - 6.20 0.92 - 0.87
112 5.50 10.30 - 8.20 0.92 - 0.88
132 7.50 14.10 - 11.20 0.93 - 0.89

3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T)

P2 I1/1 Service factor current


Frame size Service factor Cos 1/1
[kW] [hp] [A] [A]

71 0.55 0.75 1.25 1.20 1.50 0.76


80 1.10 1.50 1.15 1.90 2.10 0.85
90 1.50 2.00 1.15 2.60 2.90 0.87
90 2.20 3.00 1.15 3.70 4.25 0.89
112 3.70 5.00 1.15 6.20 - 5.80 7.00 - 6.60 0.90 - 0.88
112 5.50 7.50 1.15 9.10 - 8.50 10.4 - 9.70 0.91 - 0.89
132 7.50 10.00 1.15 12.4 - 11.5 14.2 - 13.0 0.91 - 0.90

1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U)

P2 I1/1 Service factor current


Frame size Service factor Cos 1/1
[kW] [hp] [A] [A]

71A 0.55 0.75 1 3.40 - 2.90 3.40 - 2.90 0.98


80B 1.1 1.5 1 6.55 - 5.45 6.55 - 5.45 0.99
90C 1.5 2 1 8.90 - 7.45 8.90 - 7.45 0.99

3 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage Q)

P2 I1/1
Frame size Cos 1/1
[kW] [A]
90CC 1.50 5.60 - 5.10 0.95 - 0.95
90SB 1.50 5.60 - 5.10 0.95 - 0.95
90LC 2.20 8.3 - 7.6 0.95 - 0.90
90FA 2.20 8.3 - 7.6 0.95 - 0.90
112MC 4.0 13.4 - 12.8 0.94 - 0.9
132SC 5.5 19.7 - 18.1 0.94 - 0.92

3 x 200-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage R)

P2 I1/1
Frame size Cos 1/1
[kW] [A]
90SB 1.50 5.60 - 5.10 0.95 - 0.95
90LC 2.20 8.3 - 7.6 0.95 - 0.90
112MC 4.0 13.4 - 12.8 0.94 - 0.9
132SC 5.5 19.7 - 18.1 0.94 - 0.92

120
CM, CME
26
Additional data for Inputs and outputs

Motor data
speed-controlled motors Earth reference, GND
All voltages refer to GND.
Single-phase supply voltage All currents return to GND.
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage U) Absolute maximum voltage and current limits
Recommended fuse size Exceeding the following electrical limits may result in
severely reduced operating reliability and motor life:
Motor size Min. Max.
[kW] [A] [A] Relay 1:
0.12 - 0.75 6 10 Maximum contact load: 250 VAC, 2 A or 30 VDC, 2 A.
1.1 - 1.5 10 16 Relay 2:
You can use standard as well as quick-blow or Maximum contact load: 30 VDC, 2 A.
slow-blow fuses. GENI terminals: -5.5 to 9.0 VDC or less than 25
Leakage current mADC.
Earth leakage current less than 3.5 mA, AC. Other input or output terminals: -0.5 to 26 VDC or less
than 15 mADC.
Earth leakage current less than 10 mA, DC.
The leakage currents are measured in accordance with Digital inputs, DI
EN 61800-5-1:2007. Internal pull-up current greater than 10 mA at Vi equal
to 0 VDC.
Three-phase supply voltage Internal pull-up to 5 VDC (currentless for Vi greater
3 x 380-500 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage S) than 5 VDC).
3 x 440-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage T) Low logic level: Vi less than 1.5 VDC.
Recommended fuse size High logic level: Vi greater than 3.0 VDC.
Hysteresis: No.
Motor size Min. Max. Screened cable: 0.5 - 1.5 mm 2, 28-16 AWG.
[kW] [A] [A]
0.12 - 1.1 6 6
Maximum cable length: 500 m.
1.5 6 10 Open-collector digital outputs, OC
2.2 6 16
3 10 16
Current sinking capability: 75 mADC, no current
4 13 16 sourcing.
5.5 16 32 Load types: Resistive or/and inductive.
7.5 20 32 Low-state output voltage at 75 mADC: Maximum 1.2
11 32 32
VDC.
You can use standard as well as quick-blow or Low-state output voltage at 10 mADC: Maximum 0.6
slow-blow fuses. VDC.
Leakage current, AC Overcurrent protection: Yes.
Screened cable: 0.5 - 1.5 mm 2, 28-16 AWG.
Leakage Maximum cable length: 500 m.
Speed Power Mains voltage
current
[min-1 ] [kW] [V]
[mA]
400 < 3.5
0.25 - 2.2
> 400 <5
400 < 3.5
2900-4000 3 - 5.5
> 400 < 3.5
400 < 3.5
7.5 - 11
> 400 <5
400 < 3.5
0.25 - 2.2
> 400 <5
400 < 3.5
4000-5900 3 - 5.5
> 400 < 3.5
400 < 3.5
7.5 - 11
> 400 <5

The leakage currents are measured in accordance with


EN 61800-5-1:2007.

121
26 CM, CME

Analog inputs, AI LiqTec sensor inputs*


Motor data

Voltage signal ranges: Use Grundfos LiqTec sensor only.


• 0.5 - 3.5 VDC, AL AU. Screened cable: 0.5 - 1.5 mm 2, 28-16 AWG.
• 0-5 VDC, AU. Grundfos Digital Sensor input and output, GDS*
• 0-10 VDC, AU. Use Grundfos Digital Sensor only.
Voltage signal: Ri greater than 100 k at 25 °C. * Only applicable for TPE, TPED Series 2000 and TPE3, TPE3 D
Leak currents may occur at high operating pumps.
temperatures. Keep the source impedance low. Power supplies
Current signal ranges: +5 V:
• 0-20 mADC, AU.
• Output voltage: 5 VDC - 5 %/+ 5 %.
• 4-20 mADC, AL AU.
• Maximum current: 50 mADC, sourcing only.
Current signal: Ri equal to 292 .
• Overload protection: Yes.
Current overload protection: Yes. Change to voltage
signal. +24 V:
Measurement tolerance: - 0/+ 3 % of full scale • Output voltage: 24 VDC - 5 %/+ 5 %.
(maximum-point coverage). • Maximum current: 60 mADC, sourcing only.
Screened cable: 0.5 - 1.5 mm2, 28-16 AWG. • Overload protection: Yes.
Maximum cable length: 500 m (excl. potentiometer). Digital outputs, relays
Potentiometer connected to +5 V, GND, any AI: Potential-free changeover contacts.
Use maximum 10 k . Minimum contact load when in use: 5 VDC, 10 mA.
Maximum cable length: 100 m. Screened cable: 0.5 - 2.5 mm 2, 28-12 AWG.
Analog output, AO Maximum cable length: 500 m.
Current sourcing capability only. Bus input
Voltage signal: Grundfos GENIbus protocol, RS-485.
• Range: 0-10 VDC. Screened 3-core cable: 0.5 - 1.5 mm 2, 28-16 AWG.
• Minimum load between AO and GND: 1 k . Maximum cable length: 500 m.
• Short-circuit protection: Yes.
EMC (electromagnetic compatibility)
Current signal:
Standard used: EN 61800-3.
• Ranges: 0-20 and 4-20 mADC.
The table below indicates the emission category of the
• Maximum load between AO and GND: 500 .
motor.
• Open-circuit protection: Yes.
C1: Fulfils the requirements for residential areas.
Tolerance: - 0/+ 4 % of full scale (maximum-point
C3: Fulfils the requirements for industrial areas.
coverage).
Screened cable: 0.5 - 1.5 mm2, 28-16 AWG. Emission category
Maximum cable length: 500 m. Motor
[kW] 2900-4000 min-1
1450-2000 min-1
Pt100/1000 inputs, PT 4000-5900 min-1

Temperature range: 0.25 C1 C1


0.37 C1 C1
• Minimum -30 °C. 88 / 882 .
0.55 C1 C1
• Maximum 180 °C. 168 / 1685 .
0.75 C1 C1
Measurement tolerance: ± 1.5 °C.
1.1 C1 C1
Measurement resolution: < 0.3 °C.
1.5 C1 C1
Automatic range detection, Pt100 or Pt1000: Yes. 2.2 C1 C1
Sensor fault alarm: Yes. 3 C1 C1
Screened cable: 0.5 - 1.5 mm2, 28-16 AWG. 4 C1 C1
Use Pt100 for short wires. 5.5 C3/C1* C1
Use Pt1000 for long wires. 7.5 C3/C1* C3/C1*
11 - C3/C1*

*
C1, if equipped with an external Grundfos EMC filter.
Immunity: Fulfils the requirements for industrial areas.
Contact Grundfos for further information.

122
CM, CME
26
Enclosure class

Motor data
Sound pressure level
Standard: IP55 (IEC 34-5). ISO 3743

Maximum speed
[dB(A)]
Optional: IP66 (IEC 34-5).

nameplate
stated on
Insulation class

1-phase

3-phase
motors

motors
[min-1]

[min-1]
Speed
Motor
F (IEC 85).

[kW]
Standby power consumption 1500 39
2000
5-10 W. 2000 46
Cable entries 1.5 4000
3000 57 57
4000 64 64
Number and size of cable entries 4000 58 58
Motor
5900
[kW] -1 -1 5900 68 68
2900-4000 min 4000-5900 min
1500 47
0.25 - 1.5 4 x M20 4 x M20 2000
2000
2.2 4 x M20 4 x M20
3000 57
3-4 1 x M25 + 4 x M20 1 x M25 + 4 x M20 2.2 4000
4000 64
5.5 1 x M25 + 4 x M20 1 x M25 + 4 x M20
4000 58
7.5 - 11 1 x M32 + 5 x M20 1 x M32 + 5 x M20 5900
5900 68
Cable glands delivered with the pump 1500 48
2000
2000 54
Motor Cable diameter
Quantity Thread size 3000 59
[kW] [mm]
3 4000
2 5 4000 67
0.25 - 2.2 M20 x 1.5 4000 63
1 7-14 5900
5900 73
4 M20 x 1.5 5
3 - 5.5 1500 48
1 M25 x 1.5 9-18 2000
2000 55
4 M20 x 1.5 5
7.5 - 11 3000 60
1 M32 x 1.5 14-25 4 4000
4000 67
Torques 4000 63
5900
5900 73
Maximum torque
Terminal Thread size
[Nm] 1500 54
2000
L1, L2, L3, L, N M4 1.8 2000 60

NC, C1, C2, NO M2.5 0.5 3000 60


5.5 4000
1-26 and A, Y, B M2 0.5 4000 68
4000 63
Sound pressure level 5900
5900 73
1500 55
Sound pressure level 2000
ISO 3743 2000 61
Maximum speed

[dB(A)]
3000 64
7.5 4000
nameplate

4000 72
stated on

1-phase

3-phase
motors

motors
[min-1 ]

[min-1 ]

4000 68
Speed
Motor

5900
[kW]

5900 79
3000 65
1500 38 38 4000
2000 4000 73
2000 42 42 11
4000 69
0.25 - 3000 53 53 5900
4000 5900 79
0.75 4000 58 58
4000 58 58 The grey fields indicate that the motor is not available
5900
5900 68 68 in this MGE motor range.
1500 38
2000
2000 42
3000 53 53
1.1 4000
4000 58 58
4000 58 58
5900
5900 68 68

123
27 CM, CME

27. Customisation
Customisation

Although the Grundfos CM and CME product range Dimensions


offers a number of pumps for different applications,
customers require specific pump solutions to satisfy
their needs. Below are the options available for
customising the CM and CME pumps.

TM04 5847 4609


Contact Grundfos for further information or for
requests other than the ones mentioned below.

Motors
Pump type Frame size h1 h2

Motor with multiplug connection CM 1


71 206 237
80 206 237
Mains-operated motors fitted with a Harting 10-pin CM 3
90 263 294
CM 5
multiplug connection, HAN 10 ES, enable easy 100 283 314
connection to the mains. 71 231 262
Note: For CME pumps we offer the solutions shown on 80 231 262
CM 10 90 273 304
page 125. CM 15
CM 25 100 283 314
The purpose of a multiplug connection is to facilitate 112 309 340
the electrical installation and service of the pump. The 132 309 340
multiplug functions as a plug-and-pump device.
Figure 36 shows the position of the multiplug on the Plug connections
mains-operated motor.

ê é è ç ïð

TM01 8702 0700


Éî Ëî Êî

Ëï Êï Éï
TM04 5846 4109

ï î í ì ë

Fig. 38 Plug connection from motor

Fig. 36 Motor with multiplug connection


Ôï Ôî Ôí
ï î í ì ë

TM01 8703 0700


ê é è ç ïð
TM02 0470 0700

Fig. 39 Plug connection for star connection

Ôï Ôî Ôí
Fig. 37 Multiplug logo
ï î í ì ë
TM01 8704 0700

ê é è ç ïð

Fig. 40 Plug connection for delta connection

Note: Wire bridges for connections are located in the


plug.

124
CM, CME
27
Plug-and-pump solution for CME pumps

Customisation
To facilitate electrical installation and service, we offer
plug-and-pump solutions for CME pumps. These
customised solutions are only available on request.
Please contact Grundfos.
CME pumps can be fitted with receptacles in the cable
entries of the motor for fast cable connection. Simply
plug and pump.
Figure 41 shows how the CME pumps are connected.

TM05 7677 1413

Fig. 41 Fast connection of CME pumps

125
27 CM, CME

Motor with anti-condensation heater Figure 43 shows a typical circuit of a three-phase


Customisation

motor with anti-condensation heater.


CM

TM03 2440 4305

TM03 4058 1406


Fig. 42 Mains-operated motor with anti-condensation
heater

In applications where condensation in the motor may Fig. 43 Three-phase motor with anti-condensation heater
occur, we recommend that you install a motor with an
anti-condensation heater on the stator coil ends. The Legend
heater keeps the motor temperature higher than the
Symbol Designation
ambient temperature and prevents condensation.
K Contactor
In areas with ambient temperatures below 0 °C, we
M Motor
recommend that you always use motors with
anti-condensation heater. Note: Connect the anti-condensation heater to the
High humidity may cause condensation in the motor. power supply so that it is on when the motor is
Slow condensation occurs as a result of a decreasing switched off.
ambient temperature; rapid condensation occurs as a The following motor sizes are available with
result of shock cooling caused by direct sunlight anti-condensation heater:
followed by rain.
Power of heating unit
Note: Rapid condensation is not to be confused with Motors, 50/60 Hz
[W]
the phenomenon which occurs when the pressure Frame size 1 x 24 V 1 x 190-250 V
inside the motor is lower than the atmospheric
71/80 23
pressure. In such cases, moisture is sucked from the 90 38 31
atmosphere into the motor through bearings, housings, 100 38
etc. 112/132 2 x 38 2 x 38
In applications with constant humidity levels above 85
CME
%, the drain holes in the drive-end flange must be
open. This changes the enclosure class to IPX5. If The MGE motors fitted to CME pumps incorporate a
IP55 protection is required due to operation in dusty standstill heating function. No external heater on the
environments, we recommend that you install a motor stator coil is necessary.
with anti-condensation heater. The working principle is that AC voltage is applied to
the motor windings. The applied AC voltage will not
make the motor run, but will ensure that sufficient heat
is generated to prevent condensation in the motor. The
terminal box is kept warm and dry by the heat
generated via the mains voltage connected. However,
it is a condition that the terminal box is not exposed to
open air. It must be provided with a suitable cover to
protect it from rain and the drain plugs have to be
removed to obtain ventilation in motor and terminal
box. See Operation in condensing environments, on
page 21.

126
CM, CME
27
Motors with PTC sensors Figure 45 shows a typical circuit of a three-phase

Customisation
motor with PTC sensors.
Ôï Ôî Ôí Ò

íËÒî ïððóð Ý
ßï çë

TM02 7038 2403


Øï
Øî
Ò Õ

Ìï Ìî ßî çê çè

Fig. 44 PTC sensor incorporated in windings


Íï

Built-in PTC sensors (thermistors) protect the motor


against overheating. Single-phase motors are Õï

protected against slow and rapid overheating.


Three-phase motors are protected against slow Õï

overheating.

TM00 3965 1494


We offer built-in PTC sensors to protect the motor.
Ó
Three-phase mains-operated motors with supply í
voltages F, G and O of 3 kW and up have PTC sensors
as standard (UL-approved motors have no internal
protection). Fig. 45 Three-phase motor with PTC sensors
Note: PTC sensors must be connected to an external
Legend
tripping unit connected to the control circuit.
Protection according to IEC 60034-11: Symbol Designation
• slow and rapid overheating. S1 On/off switch
PTC sensors comply with DIN 44082. Maximum K1 Contactor
voltage at the terminals, Umax = 2.5 VDC. All tripping +T PTC sensor (thermistor) in motor
units available for DIN 44082 PTC sensors meet this M Motor
requirement. 3UN2 100-0 C Tripping unit with automatic resetting
N Amplifier
K Output relay
H1 LED "Ready"
H2 LED "Tripped"
A1, A2 Connection for control voltage
T1, T2 Connection for PTC sensor loop

127
27 CM, CME

Motors with thermal switches (PTO) Figure 47 shows a typical circuit of a three-phase
Customisation

motor with built-in bimetallic thermal switches.

TM02 7042 2403


Fig. 46 Thermal switch incorporated in windings

Built-in thermal switches protect the motor against


overheating. Single-phase motors are protected
against slow and rapid overheating. Three-phase
motors are protected against slow overheating.
We offer mains-operated motors with bimetallic
thermal switches in the motor windings.
Three-phase mains-operated motors with supply
voltages F, G and O are available with built-in thermal
switches.

TM00 3964 1494


Note: Thermal switches must be connected to an
external control circuit to protect the motor against
slow overheating. The thermal switches require no
tripping unit.
Fig. 47 Three-phase motor with thermal switches
Protection according to IEC 60034-11:
• slow and rapid overheating. Legend
As protection against seizure, the motor must be
Symbol Designation
connected to a motor-protective circuit breaker.
S1 On/off switch
Thermal switches tolerate the following maximum
K1 Contactor
loads:
t° Thermal switch in motor
U max 250 VAC M Motor
IN 1.5 A MV Motor-protective circuit breaker
I max 5.0 A (locked-rotor and breaking current)

128
CM, CME
27
Undersize and oversize motors Functional modules for CME pumps

Customisation
The available motor sizes are shown in section Motor CME pumps offer a number of advantages, depending
data on pages 116 to 120. on hardware combinations and software configuration
Undersize and oversize motors are defined as the next of the motor. For example, various functional modules
kW size below or above the fitted standard motor. are available.
Note: The CM 1, 3 and 5 cannot be combined with As standard, the CME pumps are fitted with the
frame sizes 112 and 132. standard functional module. The basic or advanced
We recommend that you use an oversize motor if the module is available as a customised solution.
operating conditions fall outside the standard Basic functional module (FM 100)
conditions. The basic module has only the most necessary inputs
We especially recommend oversize motors in these for closed- and open-loop operation. The module also
cases: enables communication via a GENIbus connection.
• The pump is installed at an altitude of more than The basic module has these connections:
1000 metres above sea level. • analog voltage input
• The viscosity or density of the pumped liquid is • two digital inputs or one digital input and one
higher than that of water. open-collector output
• The ambient temperature exceeds 55 °C (CM). • GENIbus connection.
We recommend that you use an undersize motor if the
operating conditions do not at all reach the standard Standard functional module (FM 200)
conditions. The standard module has more inputs and outputs
We especially recommend undersize motors in these than the basic module and is suitable for even more
cases: demanding applications.
• The viscosity or density of the pumped liquid is The standard module has these connections:
lower than that of water. • two analog inputs
• The duty point of the pump is constant, and the flow • two digital inputs or one digital input and one
rate is significantly lower than the recommended open-collector output
maximum flow rate. • Grundfos Digital Sensor input and output
• two signal relay outputs
Terminal box positions
• GENIbus connection.
As standard the terminal box is mounted in 12 o’clock
position as shown in fig. 48. CM pumps with motor Advanced functional module (FM 300)
frame sizes of 71 and 80 are available with other The advanced module has a number of inputs and
terminal box positions on special request. outputs enabling the motor to be used in advanced
applications where many inputs and outputs are
12 o’clock (standard) required.
The advanced module has these connections:
• three analog inputs
• one analog output
TM04 0357 1008

9 o’clock 3 o’clock
(on request) (on request) • two dedicated digital inputs
• two configurable digital inputs or open-collector
outputs
• Grundfos Digital Sensor input and output
Fig. 48 Terminal box positions of frame sizes 71 and 80,
as seen from fan cover side • two Pt100/1000 inputs
• LiqTec sensor inputs
• two signal relay outputs
• GENIbus connection.

129
27 CM, CME

Pumps Shaft seal arrangements


Customisation

The shaft seal is developed with customisation in


Pumping of liquids down to -30 °C mind. Depending on media, you may combine the seal
We offer custom-built pumps for the pumping of liquids faces in any way.
down to -30 °C. The pumps have an oversize neck ring Available stationary seal faces: Q, B, U.
ensuring that impellers do not seize up as a result of Available rotating seal faces: Q, V, U.
thermal expansion. Rubber: E, V and K.
We offer the above solution for CM and CME in I and G Note: For further details about seal face material
versions (stainless steel). codes, see Identification on page Identification.

Surface treatment Alternative connection positions


Cleaned and dried pumps The pump is available with various connection
We recommend cleaned and dried pumps for use in positions on special request. See fig. 49.
applications involving strict demands on cleanliness
12 o’clock (standard)
and surface quality, such as low content of silicone.
Prior to assembly, all pump parts are cleaned in 60 to

TM03 8709 1008


70 °C water with a cleaning agent. All pump parts are
then thoroughly rinsed in de-ionised water and dried. 9 o’clock 3 o’clock
(on request) (on request)
The pump is assembled without any use of silicone
lubricants.
Cleaned and dried pumps are not performance-tested. Fig. 49 Alternative connection positions as seen from
Electropolished stainless-steel pumps pump inlet side

Electropolished pumps are often used in the Note: On CM 1, 3 and 5 pumps fitted with motor frame
pharmaceutical industry and in the food and beverage sizes 71 and 80, the outlet can be positioned upon
industry where materials and surface quality must customer request without any issues. All other pump
meet strict requirements to hygiene or corrosion types cannot be factory tested if they are ordered with
resistance. outlet positions that are not standard.
Electropolishing removes burrs as well as metallic and
non-metallic inclusions, providing a smooth, clean and Alternative pipe connections
corrosion-resistant stainless-steel surface. A wide range of pipe connections are available for the
First, all components are pickled in a mixture of nitric CM and CME pumps:
and hydrofluoric acid. Subsequently, the components • Tri-Clamp
are electropolished in a mixture of sulphuric and • DIN, JIS, ANSI flange (combi flange)
phosphoric acid. Finally, the components are
• Victaulic coupling
passivated in nitric acid.
• Whitworth thread Rp
To meet the strict hygienic requirements to material
and surface quality, we offer electropolished • internal NPT thread.
stainless-steel pumps with the following surface The available pipe connections are shown in fig. 50.
quality:
Surface quality: Ra 0.8 m.
Alternative colouring
We offer custom-built pumps in any NCS- or
RAL-specified colour to suit your requirements! Tri-Clamp

The used paint is water-based. Painted parts


correspond to corrosion class III.
All pump types and sizes are available with alternative
TM04 3937 0409

DIN, JIS, ANSI flange


colouring.

Customised nameplate
Victaulic coupling
We offer additional customised nameplates attached to
the pump: Fig. 50 Examples of pipe connections

• A nameplate supplied by you.


• A Grundfos nameplate customised in terms of a
specific duty point.
• A Grundfos nameplate with a tag number.
Note: The Grundfos standard nameplate is always
fitted to the pump.

130
CM, CME
28

28. Accessories

Accessories
Pipework connections
Various sets of flanges and couplings are available for pipework connection.

Distance piece
The distance piece is intended for mounting on the outlet port in order to improve the accessibility when connecting
the pump to the piping system. The distance piece is made of brass.

Pipework Pump
Distance piece Pump type Product number
connection thread

CM 1

TM04 5800 4009


CM 3 1" R 96587201
CM 5

Flange sets for CM(E) (DIN/ANSI/JIS)


All materials in contact with the pumped liquids are made of stainless steel EN 1.4408/AISI 316.
The pipe stub is made of stainless steel EN 1.4408/AISI 316 and the flange part is made of cast iron EN-GJL-200.

L
Pipework Pump [mm] Product
Flange Pump type
connection thread Flange mounted Flange mounted on number
on pump inlet pump outlet

Rp 96904693
CM 1
CM 3
NPT 96904705
TM04 3867 0309

DN 32 49.0 78.0
Rp 96904696
CM 5
NPT 96904708

Rp 96904699
TM04 3869 0309

CM 10 DN 40 44.0 68.0

NPT 96904711

Rp 96904702
TM04 3868 0309

CM 15
DN 50 48.0 68.0
CM 25

NPT 96904714

Length from outer edge of flange to pump inlet or outlet port.


Note: Please pay attention to the compatibility between pump and flange before ordering. See tables below.

131
28 CM, CME

CM pumps compatible with DIN/ANSI/JIS flanges


Accessories

Pump type Material version MG 71/80 1-ph MG 71/80 3-ph MG 90 1-ph MG 90 3-ph MG 100 MG 112
Cast iron
CM 1, 3, 5
Stainless steel
Cast iron
CM 10, 15, 25
Stainless steel

CME pumps compatible with DIN/ANSI/JIS flanges

Supply voltages Q, R Supply voltages S, T, U


Pump type Material version
MGE 90S MGE 90L MGE 112/132 MGE 71/80 MGE 90
*)
Cast iron
CME 1, 3, 5
Stainless steel
Cast iron
CME 10, 15, 25
Stainless steel
*)
Only 9 mm clearance between flange and terminal box.

Counter-flanges for CM(E)-A


Counter-flanges for CM(E)-A pumps are made of cast iron EN-GJL-200.
A counter-flange set consists of one counter-flange, one gasket, bolts and nuts.

Pipework
Counter-flange Pump type Description Rated pressure Product number
connection
(ïç

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 1 1/4 00419901


TM03 0400 3705

CM(E) 1-A
CM(E) 3-A
(éè CM(E) 5-A
(ïðð For welding 25 bar, EN 1092-2 32 mm, nominal 00419902
(ïìð

(ïç
Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 1 1/2 00429902
TM03 0401 3705

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 2 00429904


CM(E) 10-A
(èè
For welding 25 bar, EN 1092-2 40 mm, nominal 00429901
(ïïð
(ïëð For welding 40 bar, special flange 50 mm, nominal 00429903
(ïç

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 2 00339903


TM03 0402 3705

(ïðî
(ïîë Threaded 16 bar, special flange Rp 2 1/2 00339904
(ïêë

ïçòë
(ïîé

TM02 7203 2803

CM(E) 15-A
Threaded 16 bar, special flange Rp 2 1/2 96509578
ïèòë

CM(E) 25-A
(ïðî
(ïîë
(ïêë

(ïç

For welding 25 bar, EN 1092-2 50 mm, nominal 00339901


TM03 0402 3705

(ïðî
(ïîë For welding 40 bar, special flange 65 mm, nominal 00339902
(ïêë

132
CM, CME
28
Counter-flanges for CM(E)-I/G

Accessories
Counter-flanges for CM(E)-I/G pumps are made of stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316.
A counter-flange set consists of one counter-flange, one gasket, bolts and nuts.

Pipework
Counter-flange Pump type Description Rated pressure Product number
connection
(ïç

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 1 1/4 00415304

TM03 0400 3705


CM(E) 1-I/G
CM(E) 3-I/G
(éè CM(E) 5-I/G
(ïðð For welding 25 bar, EN 1092-2 32 mm, nominal 00415305
(ïìð

(ïç
TM03 0401 3705

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 1 1/2 00425245


(èè
(ïïð
(ïëð

îï
(ïïë

TM02 7202 2803

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 2 96509570


ïèòë

(èç
(ïïð
(ïëð

CM(E) 10-I/G
(ïç
TM03 0401 3705

For welding 25 bar, EN 1092-2 40 mm, nominal 00425246


(èè
(ïïð
(ïëð

îï
(ïïë

TM02 7202 2803

For welding 25 bar, special flange 50 mm, nominal 96509571


ïèòë

(èç
(ïïð
(ïëð

(ïç
TM00 0402 3705

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 2 00335254


(ïðî
(ïîë
(ïêë

ïçòë

Threaded 16 bar, special flange Rp 2 1/2 96509575


(ïîé

TM02 7203 2803


ïèòë

(ïðî
(ïîë
Threaded 16 bar, special flange Rp 2 1/2 96509579
(ïêë
CM(E) 15-I/G
(ïç CM(E) 25-I/G
TM03 0402 3705

For welding 25 bar, EN 1092-2 50 mm, nominal 00335255


(ïðî
(ïîë
(ïêë

ïçòë
(ïîé

TM00 7203 2803

For welding 25 bar, special flange 65 mm, nominal 96509573


ïèòë

(ïðî
(ïîë
(ïêë

133
28 CM, CME

Victaulic connections for CM(E)


Accessories

Pump D L Product
Victaulic connection Pump type
thread [mm] [mm] number
CM 1 Rp 96904694
33.7 48.5
CM 3 NPT 96904706
Rp 96904697
CM 5 33.7 / 42.4 48.5
NPT 96904709

TM04 3865 0309


Rp 96904700
CM 10 48.3 48.5
NPT 96904712
CM 15 Rp 96904703
60.3 50.1
CM 25 NPT 96904715

Length from outer edge of connection to pump inlet or outlet port.

Coupling, pipe stub and gasket for Victaulic connections


Parts in contact with the pumped liquid are made of stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316, and rubber.
A Victaulic coupling set consists of two coupling halves (Victaulic, type 77), one gasket, one pipe stub (for welding or
threaded), bolts and nuts.

Number of
Pipework Product
Coupling and pipe stub Pump type Pipe stub Rubber parts coupling sets
connection number
required

EPDM 2 97575245
Threaded R1
CM(E) 1 FKM 2 97575246
CM(E) 3
CM(E) 5 EPDM 2 97575247
For welding DN 25
FKM 2 97575248

EPDM 1 00419911
Threaded R 1 1/4
FKM 1 00419905
CM(E) 5
EPDM 1 00419912
For welding DN 32
FKM 1 00419904

EPDM 2 97575249
Threaded R 1 1/2
FKM 2 97575250
CM(E) 10
EPDM 2 97575251
For welding DN 40
FKM 2 97575252

EPDM 2 00339911
Threaded R2
TM00 3808 1094

FKM 2 00339918
CM(E) 15
CM(E) 25
EPDM 2 00339910
For welding DN 50
FKM 2 00339917

For outlet port. Note: Only one coupling set is required for the outlet port.
For inlet port.

134
CM, CME
28
Tri-Clamp connections for CM(E)

Accessories
D L* Product
Tri-Clamp Pump type Pump thread
[mm] [mm] number
CM 1 Rp 96904695
50.4 40.3
CM 3 NPT 96904707
Rp 96904698
CM 5 50.4 35.3
NPT 96904710

TM04 3866 0309


Rp 96904701
CM 10 50.4 37.4
NPT 96904713
CM 15 Rp 96904704
63.9 37.4
CM 25 NPT 96904716

Length from outer edge of Tri-Clamp connection to pump inlet or outlet port.

Clamping ring, pipe stub and gasket for Tri-Clamp connections

Clamping ring Pipe stub Gasket

TM03 4645 2406

TM03 4646 2406

TM03 4647 2406


Nominal diameter A B A B C D A B
Pump type
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
CM(E) 1, 3, 5, 10 38.0 92.0 59.5 21.5 50.5 35.6 38.6 35.3 50.5
CM(E) 15, 25 51.0 104.4 74.0 21.5 64.0 48.6 51.6 48.0 64.0

The clamping ring is made of stainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304.


The pipe stub is made of stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316.
The gasket is made of PTFE or EPDM.

Number of
Pipework Pressure Product
Pump type Connection material Gasket coupling sets
connection [bar] number
required
EPDM 2 96515374
CM(E) 1, 3, 5, 10 DN 32
PTFE 2 96515375
Stainless steel 16
EPDM 2 96515376
CM(E) 15, 25 DN 50
PTFE 2 96515377

135
28 CM, CME

Potentiometer for CME Grundfos GO


Accessories

The potentiometer is for setpoint setting and start/stop Grundfos GO is used for wireless infrared or radio
of the CME pump. communication with the pumps.
Various Grundfos GO variants are available. The
Product Product number
variants are described in the following.
External potentiometer with cabinet for wall
625468
mounting MI 204
The MI 204 is an add-on moduleswith built-in infrared
Communication interface modules and radio communication. The MI 204 can be used in
conjunction with an Apple iPhone or iPod with
(CIM) for CME Lightning connector, e.g. fifth generation iPhone or
iPod.
(The MI 204 is also available together with an Apple
iPod touch and a cover.)

MI 204

TM05 7704 1513


TM05 7508 1113

Fig. 52 MI 204

Fig. 51 Grundfos CIM modules Supplied with the product:


• Grundfos 204
A CIM module is an add-on communication interface
• sleeve
module for MGE motors. The CIM module enables
data transmission between the pump and an external • quick guide
system, for example a BMS (building management • charger cable.
system) or SCADA system. MI 301
We offer the following CIM modules: The MI 301 is a module with built-in infrared and radio
Description Fieldbus protocol Product number communication. The MI 301 must be used in
CIM 050 GENIbus 96824631
conjunction with an Android or iOS-based smart
CIM 100 LonWorks 96824797 devices with a Bluetooth connection. The MI 301 has
CIM 150 PROFIBUS DP 96824793 rechargeable Li-ion battery and must be charged
CIM 200 Modbus RTU 96824796 separately.
CIM 250* GSM/GPRS 96824795
CIM 270* GRM 96898815
CIM 300 BACnet MS/TP 96893770
CIM 500 BACnet IP

TM05 3890 1712


CIM 500 Modbus TCP 98301408
CIM 500 PROFINET

* Antenna not included. See below.

Antennas for CIM 250 and 270


Fig. 53 MI 301
Description Product number
Antenna for roof 97631956 Supplied with the product:
Antenna for desk 97631957 • Grundfos MI 301
• battery charger
• quick guide.
Product numbers

Grundfos GO Remote variant Product number


Grundfos MI 204 98424092
Grundfos MI 204 including iPod touch 98612711
Grundfos MI 301 98046408

136
CM, CME
28
Sensors for CME

Accessories
The sensors must be fitted to the pipework with suitable fittings.

Accessory Type Supplier Measuring range Product number


3
SITRANS FM MAGFLO 1-5 m
Flowmeter Siemens ID8285
MAG 5100 W (DN 25)
3
SITRANS FM MAGFLO 3-10 m
Flowmeter Siemens ID8286
MAG 5100 W (DN 40)
3
SITRANS FM MAGFLO 6-30 m
Flowmeter Siemens ID8287
MAG 5100 W (DN 65)
SITRANS FM MAGFLO 20-75 m3
Flowmeter Siemens ID8288
MAG 5100 W (DN 100)
Temperature sensor TTA (0) 25 Carlo Gavazzi 0-25 °C 96432591
Temperature sensor TTA (-25) 25 Carlo Gavazzi -25-25 °C 96430194
Temperature sensor TTA (50) 100 Carlo Gavazzi 50-100 °C 96432592
Temperature sensor TTA (0) 150 Carlo Gavazzi 0-150 °C 96430195
Protecting tube
Carlo Gavazzi 96430201
9 x 50 mm
Accessory for temperature sensor.
Protecting tube
All with 1/2 RG connection. Carlo Gavazzi 96430202
9 x 100 mm
Cutting ring bush Carlo Gavazzi 96430203
tmg
Temperature sensor, ambient temperature WR 52 -50-50 °C ID8295
(Plesner)
Differential-temperature sensor ETSD Honsberg 0-20 °C 96409362
Differential-temperature sensor ETSD Honsberg 0-50 °C 96409363

Note: All sensors have 4-20 mA signal output.

Danfoss pressure sensor kits for CME pumps and CM pumps connected to Grundfos CUE

The kit comprises: Pressure range [bar] Temperature range Product number
0-4 96428014
• Danfoss pressure transmitter, type MBS 3000, with 2 m screened 0-6 96428015
cable Connection: G 1/2 A (DIN 16288 - B6kt)
0-10 -40-85 °C 96428016
• 5 cable clips (black)
• Installation and operating instructions PT (400212) 0-16 96428017
0-25 96428018

DPI differential-pressure sensor kit

The kit comprises: Pressure range [bar] Product number

• 1 sensor incl. 0.9 m screened cable (7/16" connections) 0 - 0.6 96611522


• 1 original DPI bracket (for wall mounting)
0 - 1.0 96611523
• 1 Grundfos bracket (for mounting on motor)
• 2 M4 screws for mounting of sensor on bracket 0 - 1.6 96611524
• 1 M6 screw (self-cutting) for mounting on MGE 90/100
• 1 M8 screw (self-cutting) for mounting on MGE 112/132 0 - 2.5 96611525
• 3 capillary tubes (short/long)
• 2 fittings (1/4" - 7/16") 0 - 4.0 96611526
• 5 cable clips (black)
0 - 6.0 96611527
• Installation and operating instructions (480675)
• Service kit instructions 0-10 96611550

137
28 CM, CME

MP 204 motor protector Warnings


Accessories

• Overload
• underload
• temperature
• overvoltage

TM03 1471 2205


• undervoltage
• power factor (cos )
• run capacitor (single-phase operation)
• starting capacitor (single-phase operation)
Fig. 54 MP 204
• loss of communication in network
The MP 204 is an electronic motor protector and data • harmonic distortion.
collecting unit. Apart from protecting the motor, it can Learning function
also send information to a control unit via GENIbus,
like for instance: • Phase sequence (three-phase operation)
• trip • run capacitor (single-phase operation)
• warning • starting capacitor (single-phase operation)
• energy consumption • identification and measurement of Pt100/Pt1000
sensor circuit.
• input power
• motor temperature. Product number
The MP 204 protects the motor primarily by measuring Description Product number
the motor current by means of a true RMS MP 204 motor protector 96079927
measurement.
The pump is protected secondarily by measuring the
temperature with a Tempcon sensor, a Pt100/Pt1000 Cover for CM motor
sensor and a PTC sensor/thermal switch. The cover protects the motor from ingress of liquid,
The MP 204 is designed for single- and three-phase especially if the pump is installed in a vertically tilted
motors. position with the motor end pointing upwards.
Note: The MP 204 must not be used together with Product number
frequency converters.
Description Product number
Features
Cover for CM motors, frame sizes 71 and 80 97528743
• Phase-sequence monitoring
• indication of current or temperature
Angled cable gland
• input for PTC sensor/thermal switch
• indication of temperature in °C or °F
• 4-digit, 7-segment display
• setting and status reading with the Grundfos GO

TM05 0729 1411


Remote
• setting and status reading via the Grundfos
GENIbus fieldbus.
Tripping conditions
Fig. 55 Angled cable gland with O-ring and lock nut
• Overload
• underload (dry running) Description Product number
• temperature Angled cable gland with O-ring and lock nut 97842998
• missing phase
• phase sequence
• overvoltage
• undervoltage
• power factor (cos )
• current unbalance.

138

Potrebbero piacerti anche